NICHOLS RESEARCH CORP /AL/
10-K, 1998-11-27
ENGINEERING SERVICES
Previous: TEMPLETON GROWTH FUND INC, 24F-2NT, 1998-11-27
Next: STATE STREET RESEARCH FINANCIAL TRUST, 485APOS, 1998-11-27



================================================================================



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

              (X) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF
                   THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE
                       FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1998.

            ( ) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF
                   THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE
                           TRANSITION PERIOD FROM TO .

                         Commission file number 0-15295

                          NICHOLS RESEARCH CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

              Delaware                                 63-0713665
              --------                                 ----------
   (State or other jurisdiction of        (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
    incorporation or organization)

     4090 South Memorial Parkway
         Huntsville, Alabama                          35815-1502
         -------------------                          ----------
(Address of principal executive offices)              (Zip Code)

The registrant's telephone number including area code:  (256) 883-1140
                                                         --------------

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class                                        Name of each exchange
- -------------------                                        ---------------------
       None                                                         None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                     Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
                     --------------------------------------
                                (Title of Class)


     Indicate  by check mark  whether the  registrant  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES X NO

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,
to the best of  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]

         As of November 3, 1998,  there were  13,854,932  shares  outstanding of
Nichols Research  Corporation voting Common Stock, $.01 par value. The aggregate
market value of the voting stock held by  non-affiliates  of the  registrant was
approximately  $225,938,622 based on the closing price of such stock as reported
by the Nasdaq  National  Market on  November 3, 1998,  assuming  that all shares
beneficially held by officers and members of the registrant's Board of Directors
are  shares  owned by  "affiliates,"  a status  which each of the  officers  and
directors individually disclaims.


                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE


Documents                                                   Form 10-K Reference
- ---------                                                   -------------------

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the January 14, 1999    Part III
  Annual Shareholders' Meeting


================================================================================

Except for  historical  information  contained  herein,  this document  contains
forward-looking  statements as defined in Section 21E of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934.  Such  forward-looking  statements are subject to various risks and
uncertainties  that could cause actual results to differ  materially  from those
projected in the forward-looking  statements.  These risks and uncertainties are
discussed  in  more  detail  in the  Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and Results of Operations  section of this Annual  Report.
These forward-looking statements can be generally identified as such because the
content of the  statements  will  usually  contain  such words as the Company or
management  "believes,"  "anticipates,"  "expects," "plans," or words of similar
import.  Similarly,   statements  that  describe  the  Company's  future  plans,
objectives, goals, or strategies are forward-looking statements.


                                     PART I

ITEM 1.           BUSINESS

General

         References  herein to the "Company" mean Nichols  Research  Corporation
and its majority-owned subsidiaries and joint ventures.

         The Company is a premier provider of high-performance  technology-based
solutions and services where information  access,  movement,  and evaluation are
mission  critical  to an  organization's  success.  The Company  provides  these
services  to a wide  range  of  clients,  in four  markets:  national  security,
government  information  technology (IT),  commercial IT, and healthcare IT. The
Company's substantial expertise and capabilities in a wide range of technologies
have  been  built  over a  22-year  period of  providing  advanced  development,
scientific and application  services to U.S.  military  programs,  including air
defense  systems,  national and theater  missile  defense  systems,  and weapons
development  programs.  These  activities  have allowed the Company to build and
maintain  a  foundation  of  advanced  skills in systems  engineering;  command,
control,  communication,  computers  and  intelligence  (C4I)  systems;  virtual
reality-based  training systems; test and evaluation;  naval architecture;  high
performance  systems  integration;  information  systems  support;  network  and
computer facility  outsourcing and management software and systems  development;
data  warehousing  and mining;  and systems  security.  The  Company's  advanced
technical  capabilities  gained while  performing  services for mission critical
federal projects  provide the Company with a technological  competence which the
Company is  transferring to the commercial  sector.  The Company today addresses
the technology needs of a diverse customer base by applying its state-of-the-art
technical  capabilities in commercial system integration,  simulation,  software
development and client-server architectures,  including SAP(TM) consulting. As a
result,  the  Company  has  expanded  the market for its  services  by  offering
innovative  technical  solutions to  customers'  needs.  Although the  Company's
traditional  military  technology business has continued to grow and represented
approximately 55% of revenues in fiscal year 1998, other growing markets for the
Company's  services  represented  approximately  45% of  revenues in fiscal year
1998.

        Some of the Company's federal government contracts contain options which
are  exercisable  at the  discretion of the  customer.  An option may extend the
period of  performance  for one or more years for  additional  consideration  on
terms and conditions  similar to those  contained in the original  contract.  An
option  may also  increase  the  level of  effort  and  assign  new tasks to the
Company. In the Company's experience, options are usually exercised.  Therefore,
references herein to contract terms and values include options.

Business Strategy

        The Company's  business  strategy  consists of three key  elements:  (i)
maintain the  Company's  leadership in  technology  applications  in its current
markets;  (ii) apply the Company's  technology base to create  solutions for new
clients  in chosen  markets;  and (iii)  make  strategic  acquisitions  and form
alliances to gain industry knowledge and thereby expand the business base of the
Company.

        Maintain Technology Leadership.  The Company's substantial expertise and
capabilities  in a wide  range of  technologies  have been  built over a 22-year
period of providing advanced development,  scientific,  and application services
to U.S. military programs,  including air defense systems, strategic and theater
missile defense systems, and weapons development programs.  The Company believes
that,  because  of its  expertise  and  capabilities  with such a wide  range of
technologies,  it has an advantage over its competitors in providing information
technology and other technical  business  services based on these  technologies.
The  Company  will seek to  maintain  this  advantage  by keeping  pace with new
developments in technology and by continuing to compete for contracts which will
require the Company to provide high-quality,  sophisticated  technical solutions
to clients utilizing advanced technologies.

        Apply  Technology  To Create  Solutions  For New  Clients.  The  Company
believes that the creative use of its technology  expertise and  capabilities to
provide innovative, focused technical solutions for its clients has been largely
responsible  for the Company's  success.  The Company intends to use its base of
technical  expertise and  capabilities in network design,  systems  integration,
software  development,  simulation  technology,  and Internet services to create
solutions  for new  clients  in  government,  healthcare,  insurance,  and other
commercial markets.

        Make  Strategic   Acquisitions   And  Form   Alliances.   The  Company's
acquisition  program is a key component of its overall  business  strategy.  The
Company will seek to make  strategic  acquisitions  and form alliances that will
allow the Company to (i) develop technical  services which it does not currently
provide,  (ii) target markets that it does not currently serve and gain industry
knowledge in such markets,  (iii) develop strategic  relationships with clients,
and (iv) spin-out high growth/high margin businesses.

        In order to  better  execute  its  business  strategy,  the  Company  is
organized  into the following  four  strategic  business  units  reflecting  the
particular market focus of each line of business:


        Defense and Intelligence,  formerly Nichols Federal,  provides technical
services  primarily  to U.S.  Government  defense  agencies.  For the year ended
August 31, 1998, the Defense and Intelligence unit produced approximately 55% of
the Company's revenues.

        Government Information  Technology,  formerly Nichols InfoFed,  provides
information and technology solutions and services to a variety of federal, state
and local  governmental  agencies.  For the year  ended  August  31,  1998,  the
Government  Information  Technology  unit  produced  approximately  24%  of  the
Company's revenues.

        Commercial Information  Technology,  formerly Nichols InfoTec,  provides
information and technology  services to various commercial  clients,  other than
healthcare  clients.  For  the  year  ended  August  31,  1998,  the  Commercial
Information   Technology  unit  produced  approximately  10%  of  the  Company's
revenues.

        Healthcare  Information  Technology,  formerly Nichols SELECT,  provides
administrative  and  information  services  to  clients  in the  healthcare  and
insurance  industries.  For the year  ended  August  31,  1998,  the  Healthcare
Information   Technology  unit  produced  approximately  11%  of  the  Company's
revenues.

Acquisitions and Alliances

        Since  September 1, 1994,  the Company has  successfully  completed  ten
strategic  acquisitions  and alliances to expand its business into other markets
and gain industry knowledge. The key acquisitions and alliances completed during
this period are:

        Communications & Systems  Specialists,  Inc. (CSSi).  In September 1994,
the Company acquired CSSi, which provides  information  systems  development and
services primarily in client-server  systems  development for federal government
agencies. This acquisition enhanced the Company's ability to provide information
development services.

        Conway  Computer  Group (CCG).  In May 1995,  the Company  acquired CCG,
which  provides  information  technology  products  and services to a variety of
commercial customers.  As a result of the CCG acquisition,  the Company expanded
its   business   to   include   computerized   workers'   compensation   claims,
administration and risk management services.  CCG also provides IT services to a
variety of commercial  customers,  including software development and consulting
services.  CCG provides support services to customers with IBM business computer
systems.

        Computer Services  Corporation (CSC). In June 1995, the Company acquired
CSC, which provides  transaction  and practice  management  system  services,  a
computer-based  medical  management  system, and a complete billing and accounts
receivable  management service to physicians and other medical  providers.  This
acquisition  expands the Company's  commitment to IT services in the  healthcare
industry by providing  the Company  with a core  business  base in  computerized
transaction  processing and related IT services.  Effective  September 23, 1996,
CSC was merged into Nichols SELECT  Corporation  which was subsequently  renamed
Nichols TXEN Corporation.

        HealthGate Data Corporation  (HealthGate).  In October 1995, the Company
acquired approximately 20% of HealthGate.  HealthGate is a global Internet media
company which  develops and provides  branded,  interactive  health and wellness
information  solutions  to each of the four primary  healthcare  constituencies:
patients, providers, payors and suppliers.

     Advanced Marine Enterprises,  Inc. (AME). In May 1996, the Company acquired
AME, a leading naval  architecture and marine technical  services firm. AME also
develops  simulation  and  virtual  reality  technology  for  naval  and  marine
applications  and provides support in ship  acquisition  management,  production
support,  human systems  integration and ship survivability and protection.  AME
sells  ship  simulators  and  virtual  reality  trainers  to  the  international
commercial ship building  industry.  Approximately 80% of AME's business is with
the U.S. Navy. The acquisition  substantially expanded the Company's presence in
the Washington,  D.C. area and provided an opportunity for the Company to expand
its business relationship with the U.S. Navy.

     Intertech Management Group, Inc. (Intertech).  During fiscal year 1997, the
Company acquired approximately 36% of the capital stock of Intertech.  Intertech
provides  software  and  data  processing  services  to  the  telecommunications
industry.

        NCCIM L.L.C (NCCIM). In fiscal year 1997, NCCIM, a joint venture equally
owned by the Company and Colsa  Corporation,  was formed and awarded a five year
contract having a value with options of $193 million. Under this contract, NCCIM
provides support services for automation, telecommunications, visual information
and records  management for the U.S. Army Aviation and Missile Command and other
federal, state and local government agencies.

        TXEN, Inc. (TXEN).  In fiscal year 1995, the Company  purchased 19.9% of
TXEN's capital stock with an option to purchase the remaining  80.1%.  In August
1997,  the Company  exercised its option to purchase the remaining  80.1% of the
capital  stock  of TXEN.  TXEN  provides  information  technology  products  and
services to the  managed  healthcare  industry,  including  computerized  claims
processing and administration  services. As a result of the acquisition of TXEN,
the Company  enhanced its  knowledge of the  healthcare  industry and acquired a
business  base in a rapidly  expanding  segment  of the  healthcare  information
services industry. TXEN was merged into Nichols SELECT Corporation,  which after
the merger changed its name to Nichols TXEN Corporation.

        Mnemonic  Systems,  Incorporated  (MSI).  In  April  1998,  the  Company
acquired MSI, a systems  integration company providing services primarily within
the  U.S.  Department  of  Justice.   The  acquisition  supports  the  Company's
performance of  information  technology  services for government  agencies other
than the Department of Defense (DOD).

     Welkin  Associates,  Ltd.  (Welkin).  In July 1998,  the  Company  acquired
Welkin, a provider of systems engineering and acquisition management services to
the national intelligence community. The acquisition supports the Company's work
in the national  intelligence  community and increases the Company's presence in
the Washington D.C. area.

Defense and Intelligence

         The Company's Defense and Intelligence unit provides technical services
to U.S. defense and intelligence  agencies.  For the year ended August 31, 1998,
the Company's  Defense and Intelligence  unit produced  approximately 55% of the
Company's revenues.

         The Company provides systems engineering,  systems analysis, simulation
development,  and systems integration for the defense and intelligence technical
services  market.  The  Company's  capabilities  include  optics,  guidance  and
control, software engineering,  virtual reality trainers and simulations,  naval
architecture,  and C4I. These technical  services are rendered primarily for the
U.S.  Army,  U.S.  Navy,  U.S.  Air Force,  and national  agencies.  Many of the
Company's  contracts  are not project  specific,  but  require  that the Company
provide  technical  services  to a  variety  of  weapons  development  and other
projects.

         The Company has provided  technical services related to missile defense
since 1983 when the Strategic Defense Initiative Organization (SDIO) was formed.
In 1993,  SDIO changed its name to the Ballistic  Missile  Defense  Organization
(BMDO).  BMDO's  mission  continues to be Ballistic  Missile  Defense (BMD) with
emphasis on Theater  Missile  Defense (TMD) and National  Missile Defense (NMD).
The  Company's  contract  revenues from BMD programs  were  approximately  $63.0
million in fiscal year 1996, $76.5 million in fiscal year 1997 and $71.7 million
in fiscal year 1998.  Approximately 17% of the Company's revenues in fiscal year
1998 were from contracts  related to BMD,  compared to 20% of revenues in fiscal
year 1997, and 26% of revenues in fiscal year 1996.  Ballistic  Missile  Defense
has existed  for more than 29 years as a mission of the DOD  through  activities
such as the BMD program.  If a decision  were made to reduce  substantially  the
scope of current BMD programs or to eliminate the BMDO, management believes that
many national and theater missile defense programs,  including some research and
development  areas  that  existed  prior to the  creation  of  SDIO/BMDO,  would
continue  to be  funded  by the U.S.  Army and U.S.  Air  Force,  and  other DOD
agencies.

Missile and Air Defense

         For  NMD  and TMD  programs,  the  Company's  services  include  system
architecture  definition,  system  analysis,  system and element  definition and
performance estimates, system engineering, lethality and vulnerability analysis,
test and evaluation, model and simulation development, radar and infrared sensor
and seeker definition and technology assessments,  risk assessments, and program
and system  acquisition  documentation.  Under a five year  contract  awarded in
fiscal year 1997 by the U.S.  Army Space and  Missile  Defense  Command  with an
estimated value of $250 million,  the Company is providing  systems  engineering
and technical support through studies, concept definition, independent analyses,
simulations,   technological  assessments,  and  related  tasks  in  support  of
ballistic  and theater  missile  defense  systems,  experiments  and  technology
demonstrations.  Under a five year  contract  awarded in fiscal year 1998 by the
BMDO with an estimated total value of $100 million,  the Company provides system
engineering support for sensor systems.

         Air Force Space Programs

         Under a seven year contract awarded in fiscal year 1993 by the U.S. Air
Force Space and Missile  Systems  Center with an  estimated  total value of $100
million, the Company provides  engineering,  analysis,  and design for satellite
and missile  development  programs.  The Company  anticipates that this contract
will be recompeted in late fiscal year 1999.  Under several  contracts  with the
U.S. Air Force, the Company supports new materials  research,  provides software
quality assurance for testing and evaluation, supports research for infrared and
cryogenic  technologies,  provides sensor data reduction analysis,  and develops
software for satellite tracking systems.

         Military Systems and Simulations

         The Company  specializes in the  application of information  technology
for  military  systems  and the  simulation  of those  systems.  The Company has
developed  FlexTM,  a  modeling  and  simulation  software  product.The  Company
develops   user-friendly   interface   technologies   that  assist  in  applying
information technology for military applications.

         Army Tactical Systems and Technology

         The  Company  provides  development  services  for U.S.  Army  tactical
systems and  technologies,  which support Army project  offices and research and
development centers. The Company develops  high-fidelity  simulations for weapon
systems, which are used for cost-effective  missile concept definition,  design,
and analysis.  Under a three year  contract  awarded in fiscal year 1997 with an
estimated  total  value  of  $104  million,   the  Company  provides  functional
engineering  support to the U.S.  Army  Aviation and Missile  Command's  (AMCOM)
Research  Development and Engineering  Center for missile  guidance and control.
The  functional  engineering  support  includes  simulation-based  analysis  and
technical support. The Company anticipates that this contract will be recompeted
in fiscal year 1999.

         Under a four year contract awarded in fiscal year 1996 by the U.S. Army
with an estimated  contract  value of $20 million,  the Company is producing the
Avenger  Institutional  Conduct of Fire Trainer (ICOFT) and the Avenger Tabletop
Trainer. These two real-time training devices are being delivered to air defense
units of the U.S. Army, U.S. Marine Corps,  and to U.S. allies under the Foreign
Military Sales Program.

         Under a five year  contract  awarded  in fiscal  year 1998 by the Naval
Surface  Warfare Center,  Crane  Division,  with an estimated total value of $50
million,  the Company is providing  development,  production,  installation  and
field support services for various air defense systems.

         Army Simulation Programs

         The Company provides engineering, analysis and development services for
U.S. Army tactical and strategic  systems and advanced  weapons system concepts,
which support Army project  offices and research and  development  centers.  The
Company  develops  high-fidelity  digital,  hardware-in-the-loop,   and  virtual
reality  man-in-the-loop  simulations  for  weapon  systems,  which are used for
cost-effective  missile concept definition,  design, and analysis.  Under a four
year contract  awarded in fiscal year 1996 with an estimated  total value of $93
million,  the  Company  provides  systems  analysis,   design  and  fabrication,
simulation  and software  support,  system,  subsystem  and  component  test and
evaluation  support,  and  scientific  computing  support to the AMCOM  Research
Development and Engineering  Center for missile system  simulation and analysis.
The Company anticipates that this contract will be recompeted during fiscal year
1999.

         The Company has used the knowledge and capabilities that it gained from
creating computer simulations,  performing computer and network integrations and
developing high resolution scene generations to establish an extensive  business
base in Distributive  Interactive Simulation (DIS), Virtual Prototype Simulation
(VPS) and Virtual Engagement (VE) simulations.  DIS, which is migrating into the
High Level Architecture  (HLA), is a simulation  infrastructure  that permits an
interactive  exchange of information to facilitate multiple simulations across a
computer network.  VPS is a virtual reality computer  simulation that replicates
the sights,  sounds,  and  functionality of a given system,  simulating both the
operation of the weapon system and the  environment  surrounding the operator of
the system. VPS may be used to evaluate equipment designs, instruct users in the
operation of weapon  systems,  analyze the  effectiveness  of the system against
different threats, or test system  effectiveness  under various conditions.  VPS
also provides the basis for the development of system  trainers.  VE simulations
support  the  integration  and testing of weapons  systems by  engaging  real or
virtual targets using a virtual missile  interceptor.  The Company has developed
virtual  prototype  simulators  for several  AMCOM  systems,  including  Bradley
Linebacker,   Line-Of-Sight-Anti-Tank  (LOSAT)  missile,  Javelin,  the  Bradley
Fighting Vehicle (BFV) A2 and the Improved Target Acquisition System (ITAS). BFV
and ITAS include the Tube Launched Optically Guided Weapon (TOW) missile,  Rapid
Force  Projection  Initiative  (RFPI) Hunter  Vehicle,  Unmanned  Ground Vehicle
(UGV), and Advanced Chaparral. The Company has developed a VE simulation for the
Patriot missile system which has been used in tests.

         Defense Systems Integration

         The Company  provides system  integration and development  services for
the DOD,  and supports DOD program  managed  activities  as well as research and
development centers. The Company's capability to provide systems engineering and
integration solutions and services is broad based. The Company conducts analyses
of requirements,  modernization of information  technologies,  process modeling,
design and rapid  prototyping of designs and extensive  simulation of the design
for operational application,  training,  testing and post deployment support and
analyses.

         Digitization and C4I activities are a major force in the transformation
and  modernization  of the military in the next century.  Tactical and strategic
digitization of the U.S. armed forces leverage the major IT advances in both the
commercial and government sectors of the U.S. economy. A major program supported
by the Company is the Rapid Forces Projection Initiative (RFPI) Advanced Concept
Technology  Development  (ACTD),  for which the Company has acted as the systems
integration contractor since fiscal year 1994. The Company developed significant
solutions to the application of commercial-off-the-shelf components for military
needs  including  development  of a  Light  Digital  Tactical  Operation  Center
prototype and simulation center, and a distributed  command and control computer
for the 101st Airborne  Division of the U.S. Army. The Company has also assisted
in the  development  of the Institute of  Electrical  and  Electronic  Engineers
(IEEE)  standards for information  exchange by the military,  such as the Sensor
Link  Protocol for the Program  Manager for Night Vision  Devices.  Under a five
year contract  awarded in fiscal year 1997 with an estimated  total value of $50
million,  the Company  supports the Office of the Secretary of Defense and joint
military services in the conduct of test planning,  multi-service  coordination,
and execution for joint testing and evaluations.

         Advanced Tactical Systems

         The Company performs basic research and provides  engineering  services
to the U.S. Air Force, U.S. Army, U.S. Navy, and Special Operations Command. The
Company supports the U.S. Air Force in the development of simulations and signal
processing  algorithms for advanced  guidance  concepts for conventional  weapon
systems.  The Irma  Multi-Sensor  Signature Model, the U.S. Air Force's standard
air-to-surface  target-in-background simulation, is an example of one such code.
Training  concepts  and  course  development  are  provided  to  the  U.S.  Army
Simulation,  Training,  and  Instrumentation  Command (STRICOM) and the Aviation
Center.   Other  areas  of  engineering   support  include  special   operations
technology, mine detection algorithms, avionics counter measures and formational
positioning systems, and special operations maritime electronics.

         Naval Architecture

         The Company provides naval  architecture,  marine engneering  services,
services in ship  acquisition  management,  production  support,  human  systems
integration, and ship survivability and protection. The Company is also a leader
in the application of modeling and simulation  technologies for naval solutions,
simulations development, training simulators, and virtual reality programs.

         Under a five year  contract  awarded  in  fiscal  year 1995 by the U.S.
Naval Sea Systems  Command,  with an estimated total value of $169 million,  the
Company provides ship design services and technical support.

         Under two five year contracts awarded in fiscal year 1998 for the Naval
Surface Warfare Center, Carderock Division, with an estimated total value of $23
million, the Company is performing marine scale model design, construction,  and
testing services, and ship systems integration engineering.

         Systems Engineering

         The Company  provides  studies,  analysis,  acquisition  management and
systems  engineering   services  to  elements  of  the  intelligence   community
sponsoring  advanced  technology  systems  essential to national  security.  The
Company  delivers  consulting  services or direct  support  labor to augment the
capability  of  selected  U.S.  Government  agencies to  develop,  acquire,  and
integrate  effectively  complex systems or system  components to achieve maximum
effectiveness in system operation.

         Space Systems Applications

         The Company  provides  integration  and development  support  involving
satellite and other space applications. The Company performs contracts involving
the establishment of the architecture of future space  surveillance and avionics
systems for the defense  and  intelligence  community,  and the  development  of
related prototype information  processing systems.  These contracts are based on
the Company's experience in optical sensor and geolocation  technologies and its
ability  to  develop   sophisticated   computer   simulations  to  evaluate  the
performance of candidate architectures.

         Intelligence Program Applications

         The Company provides systems and software  engineering services related
to the design,  development,  and support of real-time  and embedded IT systems,
turnkey  information  systems,   distributed   client-server  software  systems,
object-oriented  software  solutions,  and software  applications to the various
U.S. Government  intelligence  agencies.  The Company also provides  engineering
services  in  the  areas  of  network  security,   enterprise   solutions,   and
professional staff augmentation.  The Company's information  technology services
cover a broad  spectrum of  multi-vendor  platforms and operating  environments,
including  client-server,  scientific  computing and digital signal  processing.
Business  practices  employed by the Company are  consistent  with the  Software
Engineering  Institute  Software  and Systems  Engineering  Capability  Maturity
Models.

         Special Programs and Polarimetry Programs

         The Company  provides  technical  services  related to  scientific  and
technical  intelligence  analysis,  including  hardware  systems  evaluation and
integration,  hardware-in-the-loop  testing and evaluation,  analysis of foreign
weapons systems,  foreign material  exploitation,  and system signature analysis
and  prediction.  Results  of this work aid U.S.  weapon  system  developers  in
producing more effective  products that give U.S. military forces greater combat
leverage.

         The Company's  17-year record of such analysis and engineering  support
has positioned the Company to develop polarization technology as an augmentation
to conventional optical sensor performance. The Company is continuing to develop
the fundamental  technology,  both  independently and through integrated product
teams with government  laboratories,  while pursuing specific  opportunities for
application of the technology under contracts from several government agencies.

Government Information Technology

        The   Company's   Government   Information   Technology   unit  provides
information  services  and  systems  integration  to  federal,  state  and local
governmental  agencies.  For the year  ended  August  31,  1998,  the  Company's
Government  Information  Technology  unit  produced  approximately  24%  of  the
Company's revenues.

        The  services  offered by the  Company  include  information  technology
services, computer systems integration, staff augmentation, consulting services,
computer facility management and operations,  Internet services,  and customized
software system  development for customers in the federal and state  information
technology services market.

Computer Systems Integration

        By building on its existing  technical  expertise and capabilities,  the
Company has been awarded  contracts in computer systems  integration,  including
large-scale projects. The Company's services include high performance computing,
enterprise networking,  and office automation,  including high-end supercomputer
architectures  and  applications;   Internet  services;  high-speed,  networking
technologies;  advanced visualization systems; and on-line,  high-integrity data
storage  and  archival  systems.  The Company is a systems  integrator  for many
manufacturers and suppliers of supercomputers, workstations, personal computers,
and  networking  equipment.  The  Company  also  offers a wide range of training
services  utilizing  innovative  techniques  and tools,  such as  computer-based
training  aids to promote  high  productivity  and  efficient  use of  installed
systems.  These training services include personal computer applications as well
as advanced supercomputing applications.

        Under two three year  contracts  (excluding  options)  awarded in fiscal
year 1996 by the U.S. Army Information Systems Selection and Acquisition Agency,
the Company acts as the lead  systems  integrator  for the DOD High  Performance
Computing  Modernization  Program.  Under these contracts,  the Company supplies
computer hardware and software, provides maintenance and systems integration and
provides  Internet  services to DOD shared resource centers in Dayton,  Ohio and
Vicksburg,  Mississippi.  The U.S.  Government  has awarded a total of only four
such contracts under a program to modernize its shared computer resources. These
shared  resource  centers offer  government  scientists and engineers  access to
state-of-the-art high performance computing and communications capabilities. The
programs  provide for  periodic  upgrades in systems to insure  state-of-the-art
technology is installed in these centers.  These awards  established the Company
as a leader in systems  integration of high performance  computers.  The Company
anticipates that these contracts will be recompeted in fiscal year 1999.


        Other  contracts  include an eight year contract  awarded in fiscal year
1994 with the State of Alabama,  with an estimated total value of $53 million to
provide complete systems integration and facilities  management services for the
statewide Alabama Research and Education  Network and the Alabama  Supercomputer
Center. The Company is providing Internet access to state government,  industry,
college and  secondary  school  clients  within the State of Alabama.  Under two
eight year  contracts  awarded in fiscal year 1992 by the  Defense  Intelligence
Agency's Missile and Space Intelligence  Center with an estimated total value of
$34  million,  the Company  provides  acquisition,  installation,  Intranet  and
Internet services,  and technical and management services for a high performance
scientific computer center.

         In August 1998 the  Company  was  awarded  two eight year  subcontracts
under the General  Services  Administration's  Seat  Management  Program with an
estimated  total value of $100  million.  The Company has  responsibility  under
these  subcontracts for high performance  computing services and for delivery of
high-end scientific and engineering workstations.

Information Systems Support

        The  Company  provides  operating  and  support  services  for  existing
information  systems and assists in the development of  enhancements  that allow
these  existing  systems to meet  evolving  technical  challenges.  The  Company
provides  a wide  range of  services  such as  workflow  management  to  enhance
operations data,  training to improve the client's  abilities to use existing IT
capabilities,  support  of video  teleconferences,  document  imaging  to reduce
paperwork,  support of desktop  computers,  network design and development,  and
software support for new and legacy computer systems.

        The Company supports federal and state government  clients in the use of
their  information  systems to ensure maximum potential and to keep such systems
up-to-date  with  evolving  hardware  and  software  technology.  The Company is
performing its final option year under a $35 million  contract awarded in fiscal
year 1995 by the Centers for Disease  Control and  Prevention and the Agency for
Toxic  Substances and Disease  Registry to upgrade,  maintain,  and manage their
microcomputer  local and wide area  networks for a primary  facility in Atlanta,
Georgia,  as well as offices in all 50 states and a number of  locations  around
the world.

        In fiscal year 1998,  the  Company was awarded a seven year  subcontract
for $16  million to support the Space and Missile  Defense  Center.  The Company
will provide  computer support and network  administrative  services and operate
and maintain software applications.

        Other  customers  for which the Company  provides  information  services
include the State of Alabama  Department  of Human  Resources  and the Office of
National Drug Control Policy.

Law Enforcement and Criminal Justice

        The Company is a provider of proprietary and state-of-the-art innovative
technology and services to the  investigative  and law  enforcement  communities
both  domestically  and  internationally.  The Company's focus is to improve the
effectiveness  of the criminal  justice system.  The Company  provides  software
development,  maintenance  and  technical  support  to  the  Federal  Bureau  of
Investigation.  The Company supports the Drug Enforcement  Agency (DEA) by using
digital imaging techniques to populate databases used in DEA investigations. The
Company  licenses a proprietary  software product known as DRUGFIRETM which is a
forensic  firearms  examination  and analysis  system  installed  throughout the
United States and in six other countries. The Company also plans to introduce in
fiscal  year  1999,  another  software  product,  ScenePro,  which  will  be  an
automated, multi-media crime scene toolkit.

Commercial Information Technology

        The Company provides  information  technology and services to commercial
customers,  state  and local  government  agencies  and  judicial  systems.  The
services  offered by the Company  include systems  integration and  engineering,
application  software  development and deployment,  data warehousing and mining,
information   security,   staff   augmentation,   and  SAP  R/3  consulting  and
implementation.  For the year ended August 31, 1998,  the  Company's  Commercial
Information  Technology  unit  generated  approximately  10%  of  the  Company's
revenues.

        SAP (TM) Licensing and Implementation

        Nichols ENTEC Systems, L.L.C. (ENTEC) is a joint venture presently owned
60% by the  Company  and 40% by DSM  Copolymer,  Inc.,  formed  to  license  and
implement SAP (TM) software.  This software is used to manage accounting,  human
resources,   production  planning,  materials  management,  and  the  sales  and
distribution  functions.  According to SAP publications,  this software has been
purchased  by  more  than  9,000  customers  worldwide.   ENTEC  is  a  National
Implementation  Partner with SAP America,  specializing in the implementation of
SAP R/3 enterprise-wide business software. In addition, ENTEC is both a SAP (TM)
Certified  Business  Solutions  Partner  and ASAP  Partner.  ENTEC sells SAP R/3
software  to  companies  with annual  revenues of less than $200  million in the
states of Arkansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, and Alabama. ENTEC provides a single
point of contact for the customer interested in purchasing  software,  hardware,
and  services  to  implement  a complete  system.  ENTEC was  awarded a two year
contract in fiscal year 1998 by DynMcDermott  Petroleum Operations Company, with
an  estimated  total  value of $10  million,  to deliver and  implement  SAP R/3
software for the  Department  of Energy's  Strategic  Petroleum  Reserve.  ENTEC
clients  include  DSM  Copolymer,   Aluma-Form/Dixie   Electrical  Manufacturing
Company, Tractor Supply Company, and Philips.

        Consulting and Professional Services

        The Company  provides IT consulting  and  professional  services such as
networking and system  integration  client server,  custom business  application
software development, contract programming, staff augmentation and training. The
Company  provides  these IT  consulting  services  for clients with all types of
systems and networks. Programming and design capabilities range from traditional
software  languages to modern  graphical user interface  development  tools. The
Company's  experience  covers  a  broad  spectrum  of  platforms  and  operating
environments.  The Company's  clients include the State of Alabama,  MobileComm,
The Vanguard Group,  Philips,  the Virginia Courts System, and the University of
Mississippi Medical Center.

Healthcare Information Technology

        The  Company  provides   information   technology-based   administrative
services for the  healthcare  industry.  For the year ended August 31, 1998, the
Company's Healthcare  Information  Technology unit produced approximately 11% of
the Company's revenues.

        Nichols TXEN Corporation

        The  Company  formed  CSC  Acquisition,   Inc.   ("Acquisition")   as  a
wholly-owned  subsidiary on June 6, 1995. On June 30, 1995, the Company acquired
all of the assets and  certain  liabilities  of  Computer  Services  Corporation
(CSC).  Since its incorporation in 1967, CSC performed  administrative  services
and information  technology  services for, and sold turnkey computer systems to,
physician  practices.  The Company formed Nichols  SELECT  Corporation  (Nichols
SELECT) as a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  on September  17, 1996. On September 23,
1996,  Acquisition  was merged into Nichols  SELECT.  On December 16, 1994,  the
Company  acquired 19.9% of the capital stock of TXEN, Inc. (TXEN) with an option
to acquire the remaining 80.1% of TXEN.  Since its  incorporation  in 1989, TXEN
provided  technology  information  outsourcing  and  administrative  outsourcing
services for the managed health care  industry.  On August 29, 1997, the Company
acquired  the  remaining  80.1% of TXEN  through a merger  of TXEN into  Nichols
SELECT,  which after the merger  continued  to be  wholly-owned  by the Company.
After the TXEN  acquisition,  Nichols  SELECT  changed its name to Nichols  TXEN
Corporation.

        The  Company,   through  its  wholly-owned   subsidiary,   Nichols  TXEN
Corporation,  is a leading  provider of  outsourcing  solutions for  information
technology  and  administrative  services  in the  managed  care  and  physician
practice  management  segments  of  the  health  care  industry.  The  Company's
outsourcing services improve quality and reduce costs by minimizing the time and
personnel  needed to process health care  transactions  by offering  customers a
broad range of medical  billing  and claims  processing  solutions.  The Company
provides services under contracts and generates  revenues primarily based on the
number of  transactions  processed or the number of enrolled health plan members
per  month.  As a result  of the  Company's  fee  structure  and  high  customer
retention, approximately 72% and 77% of Nichols TXEN's revenues for fiscal years
1997 and 1998, respectively, were recurring.

        The Company,  through Nichols TXEN, offers a broad range of products and
services  which  allow  customers  the  flexibility  to  perform  administrative
functions  with  their  own  staff  utilizing  the  Company's  technology  or to
outsource to the Company certain  administrative and processing functions.  Each
customer contracts with the Company for the level of outsourcing service needed.
The Company's outsourcing solutions provide customers with significant benefits,
including: (i) a variable rate operating cost structure for outsourced services;
(ii)  speed  of   implementation;   (iii)  reduced  capital   expenditures   for
administrative  health  care  technologies;  (iv)  access to  knowledgeable  and
experienced  personnel;  (v)  sophisticated  application  software  and decision
support tools; and (vi) streamlined  administrative  functions. As a result, the
Company's  services enable customers to concentrate on providing  quality health
care by  focusing on core  competencies.  The  Company  maintains a  centralized
network data center to process  transactions and provide technology services for
its  customers.  The Company  believes that its ability to offer both  technical
solutions   and   administrative   services   through  a  network   data  center
differentiates  the Company from  competitors  that offer only turnkey  software
solutions or only administrative services.

        The Company,  through  Nichols TXEN,  has organized its  healthcare  and
administrative  services into two business divisions.  The Managed Care Services
division  provides the Company's  technology and services to health  maintenance
organizations  (HMOs),   physician-hospital  organizations  (PHOs),  independent
practice  associations  (IPAs),  integrated  delivery  systems (IDSs),  provider
sponsored  organizations (PSOs),  Medicare and Medicaid HMOs, insurance carriers
and managed third-party  administrators  (Managed TPAs). The Practice Management
Services   division   provides  the   Company's   technology   and  services  to
hospital-based and other physician groups,  hospital  emergency  departments and
physician  networks.  As of October 1, 1998,  the  Company  had 90 managed  care
services  customers  representing over 3.0 million lives nationwide and over 235
practice   management  services  customers   representing   approximately  3,000
physicians primarily in the Southeast.

        Workers' Compensation Services

        The Company develops and supports two major packaged  software  products
which are used for property and  casualty  and workers'  compensation  insurance
systems.   One  of  the   products   provides   rating,   underwriting,   policy
administration,  and  premium  accounting  for  insurance  companies.  The other
product  provides full claims  administration  and risk  management,  as well as
electronic  data  transfer  and  managed  care  options,  which  may be  used in
conjunction  with the other products in an insurance  company  environment.  The
Company also provides information  technology  consulting  services,  customized
software  development,  and  packaged  solutions  for the  property and casualty
insurance  industry.  Customers using the software  include the State of Alaska,
The Kroger Company,  Employers'  Security  Insurance Co., and American Federated
General  Agency.  The  Company  recently  expanded  its  services  by offering a
continuum of  technology-based  services built around a network data center. For
the fiscal year ended  August 31,  1998,  revenues  from the  Company's  workers
compensation  services were less than 1% of total revenues.  Beginning in fiscal
year 1999,  the  Company's  workers'  compensation  services  became part of the
Company's Commercial IT unit.

HealthGate

        The  Company  owns  approximately  20% of  HealthGate  Data  Corporation
(HealthGate).  HealthGate is a global  Internet media company which develops and
provides branded,  interactive health and wellness information solutions to each
of the four primary healthcare constituencies:  patients,  providers, payors and
suppliers.

Competition

        The Company competes against technical services companies in the defense
and aerospace  industries,  including TRW, Inc., GRC  International,  Inc., BTG,
Inc., and CACI  International,  Inc. The information  services industry in which
the Company operates is highly  fragmented with no single company or small group
of companies in a dominant position.  The Company's  competitors  include large,
diversified  firms with  substantially  greater  financial  resources and larger
technical staffs than the Company. Some of the larger competitors offer services
in a number of markets which overlap many of the same areas in which the Company
offers  services,  while  certain  companies are focused on only one or a few of
these markets.  The firms which compete with the Company are  consulting  firms,
computer services firms,  applications  software companies and accounting firms,
as well as the computer  service arms of computer  manufacturing  companies  and
defense and aerospace  firms. The primary factors of competition in the business
in which the Company is engaged  include  technical,  management  and  marketing
competence, price, and past performance. The federal government market is highly
competitive with no single dominant company.  Procurement reforms have increased
the  importance of a contractor's  past  performance in deciding new bid awards.
Past  performance can represent over half the criteria  weighting on new awards.
The Company  emphasizes  client  satisfaction,  as  evidenced  by the  Company's
ability to maintain clients for many years and winning all of its major contract
recompetes  during  the last  five  years.  The  Company  believes  that its low
overhead and cost structure give it an advantage in bidding on contracts.

Marketing

        For the Defense and  Intelligence and Government IT units, the Company's
marketing  activities  are  generally  directed by the  strategic  business unit
presidents.  The strategic  business unit  presidents  coordinate  the marketing
activities of program  development  managers assigned to the executing  business
units.  The  program  development  staff,  as well as  other  Company  managers,
engineers and scientists,  attend new business briefings sponsored by government
agencies,  review publications and learn of new business  opportunities  through
customer contacts.  Potential new procurements are analyzed and evaluated within
the unit of the Company that would be principally responsible for performance of
the  contract.  The  decision  to  submit  a bid  or  proposal  is  made  by the
responsible unit president for bids under $10 million.  The decision to submit a
bid or proposal for bids greater than $10 million is made by the Chief Marketing
Officer through a formal bid review process.

        For the Commercial IT and Healthcare IT units,  the Company's  marketing
services are directed by such units' vice  presidents of commercial  sales.  The
marketing and sales staff receive a salary plus incentive  compensation based on
sales.  After  identifying  prospective  sales  opportunities,   the  sales  and
marketing staff  coordinates with the technical staff responsible for performing
the services to develop each customer proposal which, if accepted,  results in a
contract award.

        The corporate marketing staff focuses on selected large procurements and
activities associated with major new clients.  Resources from across the Company
are  available  to the  corporate  marketing  staff to address  major  marketing
issues. The corporate proposal staff and the corporate marketing staff report to
the Chief Marketing Officer.

Government Contracts

        A  substantial  portion  of the  Company's  revenues  are  derived  from
contracts and subcontracts with the DOD and other federal government agencies. A
majority of the  Company's  contracts are  competitively  bid and awarded on the
basis of technical merit, personnel qualifications,  experience,  and price. The
Company  also  receives  some  contract  awards  involving   special   technical
capabilities on a negotiated,  noncompetitive  basis due to the Company's unique
technical  capabilities  in special  areas.  Future  revenues  and income of the
Company  could be  materially  affected by changes in  procurement  policies,  a
reduction in expenditures  for the services  provided by the Company,  and other
risks generally associated with federal government contracts.

        The Company  performs its services  under federal  government  contracts
that usually require  performance over a period of one to five years.  Long-term
contracts  may be  conditioned  upon  continued  availability  of  Congressional
appropriations.   Variances   between   anticipated   budget  and  Congressional
appropriations may result in delay,  reduction or termination of such contracts.
Contractors  often experience  revenue  uncertainties  with respect to available
contract  funding  during the first  quarter  of the  government's  fiscal  year
beginning   October  1,  until   differences   between   budget   requests   and
appropriations are resolved.

        The  Company's   federal   government   contracts  are  performed  under
cost-reimbursement  contracts,   time-and-materials  contracts  and  fixed-price
contracts.  Cost-reimbursement  contracts provide for reimbursement of costs (to
the extent allowable under Federal Acquisition Regulations) and for payment of a
fee.  The fee may be  either  fixed  by the  contract  (cost-plus-fixed  fee) or
variable,  based upon cost,  quality,  delivery,  and the customer's  subjective
evaluation  of  the  work   (cost-plus-award   fee).  Under   time-and-materials
contracts,  the Company  receives a fixed amount by labor  category for services
performed and is reimbursed (without fee) for the cost of materials purchased to
perform the  contract.  Under a  fixed-price  contract,  the  Company  agrees to
perform certain work for a fixed price and, accordingly, realizes the benefit or
detriment to the extent that the actual cost of performing the work differs from
the contract  price.  Contract  revenues for the year ended August 31, 1998 were
approximately  43% from  cost-reimbursement  contracts,  approximately  33% from
time-and-materials contracts and 24% from fixed-price contracts.

        The Company's  allowable federal government  contract costs and fees are
subject to audit by the Defense Contract Audit Agency (DCAA).  Audits may result
in  non-reimbursement  of some contract costs and fees. To date, the Company has
experienced no material  adjustments as a result of audits by the DCAA. The DCAA
has not completed its audit of the Company's  federal  contracts for fiscal year
1998.

        The Company's federal government  contracts may be terminated,  in whole
or in  part,  at  the  convenience  of  the  government.  If a  termination  for
convenience  occurs,  the  government  generally  is  obligated  to pay the cost
incurred by the Company  under the  contract  plus a pro rata fee based upon the
work completed. When the Company participates as a subcontractor, the Company is
at risk if the prime contractor does not perform its contract.  Similarly,  when
the Company as a prime contractor employs subcontractors, the Company is at risk
if a subcontractor does not perform its subcontract.

        Some of the Company's federal government contracts contain options which
are  exercisable  at the  discretion of the  customer.  An option may extend the
period of  performance  for one or more years for  additional  consideration  on
terms and conditions  similar to those  contained in the original  contract.  An
option  may also  increase  the  level of  effort  and  assign  new tasks to the
Company. In the Company's experience, options are usually exercised.


        The  Company's  eligibility  to  perform  under its  federal  government
contracts  requires  the Company to maintain  adequate  security  measures.  The
Company  has   implemented   security   procedures   necessary  to  satisfy  the
requirements of its federal government contracts.

Backlog

        The  Company  had a backlog of  approximately  $1.3  billion,  including
options of $954.1 million, at August 31, 1998. The Company had a backlog of $1.2
billion,  including options of $928.0 million, at August 31, 1997, and a backlog
of $1.0  billion,  including  options of $501.8  million,  at August  31,  1996.
Backlog  represents the amount of revenues  expected to be realized from awarded
contracts.  Therefore,  the amount in backlog  is  typically  less than the face
amount of the contract.  The amount  includes  estimates  based on the Company's
experience  with similar  awards and  customers,  and estimates of revenues that
would be recognized from the performance of options,  under existing  contracts,
that may be exercised by the customer. These estimates are reviewed periodically
and are adjusted based on the latest available information.  Historically, these
adjustments  have  not  been  significant.  Because  contracts  in  backlog  are
typically  multi-year  contracts,  an increase in backlog may not translate into
proportional  revenue  growth in any future  period.  Management  believes  that
approximately 20% to 25% of the Company's backlog at August 31, 1998 will result
in revenues for the year ending August 31, 1999.

        The  backlog  of  contract  awards is  influenced  by the  number of new
contracts  awarded and by the number of contracts  awarded where the Company has
an existing  contract that is  recompeted.  The Company  performs  under several
large multi-year contracts which, upon expiration, are recompeted. Historically,
the Company has been  successful in winning  recompeted  contracts  where it has
been the incumbent  contractor.  However, the Company cannot give assurance that
it will experience continued success with respect to future awards of recompeted
contracts.

        The backlog  amounts as presented  are  comprised of funded and unfunded
components.  Funded  backlog  represents  the sum of contract  amounts for which
funds have been  specifically  obligated  by customers  to  contracts.  Unfunded
backlog represents future contract or option amounts that customers may obligate
over  the  specified  contract  performance  periods.  The  Company's  customers
allocate funds for expenditures on long-term  contracts on a periodic basis. The
Company is committed to provide services under its contracts to the extent funds
are provided.  The funded component of the Company's  backlog at August 31, 1998
was approximately $214.6 million. The funded components of the Company's backlog
at  August  31,  1997  and  1996,   were  $162.2   million  and  $99.5  million,
respectively.  The ability of the Company to realize  revenues from contracts in
backlog is dependent upon adequate funding for such contracts.  Although funding
of its  contracts  is not  within the  Company's  control,  historical  contract
fundings  have  been  approximately  equal  to  the  aggregate  amounts  of  the
contracts.

Intellectual Property Rights

        The Company's success has resulted,  in part, from its methodologies and
other  proprietary  intellectual  property  rights.  The  Company  relies upon a
combination of trade secret,  nondisclosure and other  contractual  arrangements
and technical measures to protect its proprietary  rights. The Company generally
enters into confidentiality and nonsolicitation  agreements with its clients and
potential  clients  and limits  access to and  distribution  of its  proprietary
information.  There can be no  assurance  that the steps taken by the Company in
this  regard  will be  adequate  to deter  misappropriation  of its  proprietary
information or that the Company will be able to detect unauthorized use and take
appropriate steps to enforce its intellectual property rights.

        The  Company's  business  does not depend on  patents,  copyrights,  and
trademarks.  Management  believes  that the  Company's  success  depends  on the
innovative  skills and technical  competence of its personnel rather than on the
ownership of patents,  copyrights  or  trademarks.  Technology  developed by the
Company under its federal contracts is owned by the U.S. Government.

Employees

        At  August  31,  1998 the  Company  had  approximately  3,000  full-time
employees. None of the Company's employees is covered by a collective bargaining
agreement. The Company considers its relationship with its employees to be good.


<PAGE>


ITEM 2.           PROPERTIES

         The  Company  currently  leases  approximately  253,000  square feet of
office space in Huntsville,  Alabama,  and approximately  512,000 square feet of
office space in approximately  30 other locations  throughout the United States.
The Company's  leases expire at varying periods from 1998 to 2005, and currently
call for minimum annual lease payments of approximately $9.3 million. Certain of
the lessors  under such leases are  affiliated  with the Company.  See Note 8 to
Notes to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         Pursuant  to a purchase  agreement  dated April 15,  1998,  the Company
purchased all of the capital stock of Mnemonic  Systems,  Inc. (MSI), from Artis
B. Isaac  (Isaac).  The purchase  agreement  contains an indemnity from Isaac in
favor of the Company  against  damages  arising out of that  certain  litigation
pending in the United District Court for the District of Columbia captioned Otto
B. Isaac and Kathryn Isaac,  Plaintiffs,  v. Mnemonic  Systems Inc. and Artis B.
Isaac,  Defendants instituted on August 8, 1996, wherein the plaintiffs alleged,
among  other  matters,  breach of  contract,  promissory  estoppel,  fraud,  and
negligent  misrepresentation  in connection with the employment of Otto B. Isaac
by MSI and the subsequent termination of such employment  relationship.  MSI and
Isaac have denied the allegations and have counterclaimed for breach of contract
and fraud. In addition to the contractual indemnity, an escrow account funded by
the  seller in the amount of  approximately  $800,000  exists to secure  Isaac's
indemnity obligation to the Company, which the Company believes will be adequate
to cover the potential liability associated with this litigation.

        On July 1, 1998,  Forensic Technology WAI, Inc.  (Forensic),  filed suit
against  MSI in  United  States  District  Court  for the  Eastern  District  of
Virginia,  Alexandria  Division,  seeking injunctive relief, as well as monetary
damages.  Forensic has alleged that the DRUGFIRE  system offered by MSI and used
for the examination of fired cartridges  infringes a United States patent issued
to  Forensic  on  August 5,  1997.  MSI  believes  that the  DRUGFIRE  system is
non-infringing, and that there are various grounds for invalidating the Forensic
patent. The Company has made a claim for indemnity against Isaac pursuant to the
contractual indemnity provisions of the purchase agreement.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

         None.


<PAGE>



                      EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

         Information  relating  to the  executive  officers of the Company as of
August 31, 1998,  is set forth below.  Officers  serve at the  discretion of the
Board of Directors.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                           Officer
Name                        Age                       Position                                              Since
<S>                          <C>           <C>                                                              <C>   

Chris H. Horgen              52            Chairman                                                         1976
Michael J. Mruz              53            Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Operating              1994
                                           Officer and Director
Roy J. Nichols               60            Senior Vice President and Vice Chairman                          1976
Patsy L. Hattox              49            Corporate Vice President, Chief Administrative                   1980
                                           Officer, Secretary and Director
J. Michael Coward            55            Corporate Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer             1990
Allen E. Dillard             38            Corporate Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
                                           and Treasurer                                                    1992
Michael W. Solley            40            Executive Vice President                                         1992
John Rose                    52            President, Army Business Operations                              1998
James C. Moule               62            President, Navy and Air Force Business Operations                1988
Carl W. Monk, Jr.            51            President, National Programs Business Operations                 1998
Thomas L. Patterson          56            Chairman, Healthcare IT and Director                             1996
Paul D. Reaves               41            Chief Executive Officer, Healthcare IT                           1998
H. Grey Wood                 42            President, Healthcare IT                                         1998
Maurice Romine               57            President, Commercial IT                                         1996
</TABLE>


     Messrs. Horgen,  Nichols,  Coward, Dillard, Solley and Moule and Ms. Hattox
have been  principally  employed by the Company for over five years.  Mr. Horgen
serves as a director of SouthTrust Bank of Alabama, N.A. Mr. Nichols serves as a
director of Adtran, Inc.

         Michael J. Mruz became  President  of the Company in August  1994,  its
Chief  Operating  Officer  and a  Director  in  September  1994,  and its  Chief
Executive  Officer in  September  1997.  From 1989 to 1994,  Mr.  Mruz served as
Executive Vice President,  Chief  Financial and  Administrative  Officer,  and a
member of the Board of Directors of BDM  International,  Inc.  (BDM),  a defense
contractor.  While  at BDM,  Mr.  Mruz  held the  positions  of  Corporate  Vice
President from 1988 to 1989, Vice President/General  Manager of BDM's Huntsville
Technology Center from 1983 to 1988, Vice President, Systems Design and Analysis
from 1979 to 1983, and various  management and technical  positions from 1974 to
1979.  Mr. Mruz served in the U.S.  Air Force from 1968 through 1974 in research
and development assignments involving communications systems.

         John P. Rose  became  the  President  of the  Company's  Army  Business
Operations on May 1, 1998.  General Rose retired as a Brigadier General from the
U.S. Army in April,  1998. He served as the Director of Requirements on the Army
Staff from July 1995 to April 1998.  From July 1992 to July 1995,  General  Rose
served as Director of North Atlantic Treaty  Organization  (NATO) Force Programs
at the Supreme  Headquarters  Allied Powers  Europe  (SHAPE),  Belgium.  In that
capacity he orchestrated military requirements for NATO nations in the post Cold
War environment.

         Carl W. Monk, Jr. was named  president of the Company's National 
Programs Business  Operations in September 1998. Mr. Monk joined the Company 
in July 1998 with the acquisition of Welkin.  Mr. Monk was the founder and 
CEO of Welkin from its inception in 1988 through its merger with the Company 
in 1998.

         Thomas  L.  Patterson  is  Chairman  of  Nichols  TXEN  Corporation,  a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company.  He has been active in the  healthcare,
managed care, and insurance markets since 1980. Mr. Patterson was co-founder and
President of TXEN,  Inc.,  an  information  technology  company for managed care
organizations,  from 1989 to 1997. From 1980 to 1989, he was President of SEAKO,
Inc., an information technology company for practice management and managed care
systems.

     Paul D. Reaves has been Chief Executive Officer of Nichols TXEN Corporation
since May 1998.  Mr.  Reaves was a co-founder  of TXEN,  Inc.,  and he served as
Executive Vice President of TXEN,  Inc.,  from 1989 to 1997.  From 1981 to 1989,
Mr. Reaves was employed by SEAKO, Inc. in programming,  implementation, customer
support and sales and  marketing.  Mr. Reaves served as Vice President of SEAKO,
Inc. from 1985 to 1989.

         H. Grey Wood has been  President  of  Nichols  TXEN  Corporation  since
January 1998 and was Vice President and General  Manager of TXEN, Inc. from 1995
to 1998.  From 1993 to 1995, he was Director and General Manger of the Physician
Practice Management Group of CSC Healthcare  Systems,  Inc., a vendor of turnkey
practice management and managed care software.

         Maurice G. Romine became  President of Nichols InfoTec  Corporation,  a
wholly-owned  subsidiary  of the  Company,  in  May  1997.  He  served  as  Vice
President/General  Manager of Nichols  InfoTec  Corporation  from  November 1996
until May 1997,  and Vice  President  of the  Company's  Commercial  Information
Technology  Systems from  February 1996 to November  1996.  Prior to joining the
Company,  Mr.  Romine was employed by  Intergraph  Corporation,  an  interactive
computer graphics systems company, where he served as Executive  Vice-President,
Corporate  Marketing,  from  November  1989 to October  1992,  and held  various
management and technical positions from October 1976 to November 1989.


<PAGE>



                                     PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED  STOCKHOLDER 
         MATTERS

Dividend Policy

         The Company has never  declared  or paid cash  dividends  on its Common
Stock.  The  Company  presently  intends to retain its  earnings  for use in its
business,  and therefore does not anticipate  paying any cash dividends.  Future
cash dividends, if any, will be determined by the Board of Directors in light of
Company's earnings,  financial condition,  capital requirements,  and such other
factors as the Board may deem  relevant.  The Company's  existing loan agreement
presently restricts the payment of cash dividends if the Company is in default.

Market and Stockholder Information

         The  Company's  Common  Stock is traded on the Nasdaq  National  Market
under  the  symbol  NRES.  The  following  table  sets  forth,  for the  periods
indicated, the high and low closing sale prices of the Company's Common Stock as
reported on the Nasdaq National Market.

                           1998                                 1997
                    High               Low              High            Low

First Quarter      28 1/8            20 3/4            25 2/3          18 2/3
Second Quarter     26 5/8            20 3/8            29 3/4          21 1/2
Third Quarter      28 3/8            22                26 1/8          14 5/8
Fourth Quarter     28 3/4            20 1/8            25 3/4          17 3/4

         On November  3, 1998,  the per share  closing  sale price of the Common
Stock on the Nasdaq National Market was $19.875. On November 3, 1998, there were
approximately 1,607 holders of record of the Common Stock.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

         On July 28, 1998,  the Company issued 415,671 shares of Common Stock to
shareholders  of  Welkin  in  connection  with  the  merger  of  a  wholly-owned
subsidiary  of the Company  with and into  Welkin.  The offering was exempt from
registration  under Section 4(2) of the  Securities Act of 1933 as a transaction
not involving any public offering.


<PAGE>



ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    FIVE-YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY

                       Pro forma                     Pro forma
                          1998         1998            1997              1997            1996             1995            1994
                          ----         ----            ----              ----            ----             ----            ----
<S>                <C>             <C>            <C>              <C>               <C>             <C>               <C>

Revenues           $ 427,043,000   $427,043,000   $ 398,142,000    $  398,142,000     $256,605,000   $ 180,698,000     $149,874,000

Net income         $16,958,000***  $ 14,423,000    13,199,000**    $    1,199,000     $ 10,063,000   $   7,651,000     $  6,858,000

Earnings per
  common share *   $        1.25   $       1.06   $        1.09    $         0.10     $       1.00   $        0.80     $       0.72

Earnings per
  common share
  assuming
  dilution*        $        1.20   $       1.02   $        1.04    $         0.09     $       0.94   $        0.77     $       0.70

Stockholders'
equity             $ 166,472,000   $166,472,000   $ 146,968,000    $  146,968,000     $115,052,000   $  69,358,000     $ 58,365,000


Long-term debt     $   2,948,000   $  2,948,000   $   4,025,000    $    4,025,000     $  4,784,000   $   5,366,000     $  4,328,000


Goodwill and
  other intangibles,
  net              $  54,214,000   $ 54,214,000   $  48,130,000    $   48,130,000      $21,004,000   $   8,803,000      $         -


Total assets       $ 224,061,000   $224,061,000   $ 210,132,000    $  210,132,000     $165,321,000   $ 103,283,000      $82,318,000

</TABLE>

*        As adjusted for a three-for-two stock split effective October 21, 1996.

**       Excludes a $12.0 million write off of purchased in-process research and
         development.

***      Excludes $4.1 million of pretax special charges.



NOTE:  All prior  periods  have been  restated  to reflect  the fiscal year 1998
merger with Welkin, which was accounted for as a pooling of interests.


<PAGE>



ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS

Except for  historical  information  contained  herein,  this document  contains
forward-looking  statements as defined in Section 21E of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934.  Such  forward-looking  statements are subject to various risks and
uncertainties  that could cause actual results to differ  materially  from those
projected in the forward-looking  statements.  These risks and uncertainties are
discussed  in  more  detail  below.  These  forward-looking  statements  can  be
generally  identified as such because the content of the statements will usually
contain  such words as the  Company  or  management  "believes,"  "anticipates,"
"expects,"  "plans,"  or words of similar  import.  Similarly,  statements  that
describe the  Company's  future plans,  objectives,  goals,  or  strategies  are
forward-looking statements.

Overview and Business Environment

         The  Company  is  a  leading  provider  of  technical  and  information
technology (IT) services, including information processing,  systems development
and systems integration.  The Company provides these services to a wide range of
clients,  including the  Department of Defense  (DOD),  other federal  agencies,
state  and  local  governments,  healthcare  and  insurance  organizations,  and
commercial  enterprises.  The Company was founded in 1976 to develop specialized
optical  sensing   capabilities  for  military  weapons  and  ballistic  defense
programs.  Until fiscal year 1991,  virtually all of the Company's revenues were
derived under contracts with the federal government  relating to high technology
weapons  systems,   strategic   missile  defense  and  other  related  aerospace
technologies.  Areas of particular  strength have included tactical  technology,
smart sensing systems,  simulations,  data processing,  systems  engineering and
systems  integration  (including  software  development,   networking,  hardware
acquisition   and   installation,   user  training  and  system   operation  and
maintenance).  Beginning in fiscal year 1991, in response to  increasing  budget
pressure on military  procurements,  the Company  strategically began to develop
applications  for  its  technical  capabilities  outside  its  traditional  core
military  business.  Although the Company's core military business has continued
to grow, the Company has  successfully  entered the markets for other government
information technology solutions, as well as information technology solutions in
the healthcare  industry and other commercial  markets.  The Company's  business
strategy consists of three key elements:  (i) maintain the Company's  leadership
in technology;  (ii) apply the Company's  technology to create solutions for new
clients;  and (iii) make strategic  acquisitions  and  investments to expand the
business of the Company and gain industry knowledge.

         The Company is organized into four strategic business units, reflecting
the  particular  market  focus  of  each  line  of  business.  The  Defense  and
Intelligence  unit,  formerly  Nichols  Federal,   provides  technical  services
primarily  to U.S.  Government  defense  agencies.  The  Government  Information
Technology unit, formerly Nichols InfoFed,  provides  information and technology
solutions and services to a variety of  governmental  agencies.  The  Commercial
Information Technology unit, formerly Nichols InfoTec,  provides information and
technology  services  to  various  commercial  clients,  other  than  healthcare
clients.  The Healthcare  Information  Technology unit, formerly Nichols SELECT,
provides  information and  administrative  services to clients in the healthcare
and insurance industries.  For the year ended August 31, 1998, the percentage of
total revenues attributable to the four business units was approximately 55% for
Defense and Intelligence,  24% for Government IT, 10% for Commercial IT, and 11%
for Healthcare IT.

Risk Factors

         The Company's  business and financial  performance are subject to risks
and uncertainties, including those discussed below.

         Acquisition Strategy

         Expansion  through  acquisitions  is  an  important  component  of  the
Company's overall business strategy.  The Company has successfully completed ten
strategic acquisitions and alliances since September 1, 1994, most of which have
centered on IT and healthcare information services markets. Since the respective
dates of the acquisitions, the Company has integrated these acquired entities in
order to draw on the Company's base of technical  expertise and  capabilities in
designing  solutions for government,  commercial,  and healthcare  clients.  The
Company's  continued  ability to grow by acquisitions is dependent upon, and may
be  limited  by,  the  availability  of  compatible  acquisition  candidates  at
reasonable  prices,  the Company's  ability to fund or finance  acquisitions  on
acceptable  terms,  and  the  Company's  ability  to  maintain  or  enhance  the
profitability of any acquired business.

         Performance of Large Systems Integration Contracts

         As part of the Company's  business  strategy to enter new markets,  the
Company  continues to pursue  large  systems  integration  contracts in both the
government and commercial  markets,  although  competition for such contracts is
intense and many of the Company's  competitors  have greater  resources than the
Company.  While such contracts are working  capital  intensive,  requiring large
equipment and software purchases to be funded by the Company before payment from
the customer,  the Company  believes such  contracts  offer  attractive  revenue
growth and margin expansion  opportunities  for the Company's range of technical
expertise and capabilities.

         Variability of Quarterly Earnings or Operating Results

         The  Company's  revenues  and earnings  may  fluctuate  from quarter to
quarter  based on such  factors as the  number,  size,  and scope of projects in
which the Company is engaged,  the contractual terms and degree of completion of
such  projects,  expenditures  required by the Company in  connection  with such
projects,  any  delays  incurred  in  connection  with such  projects,  employee
utilization  rates,  the  adequacy of  provisions  for losses,  the  accuracy of
estimates  of  resources  required to  complete  ongoing  projects,  and general
economic  conditions.  Under  certain  contracts,  the  Company is  required  to
purchase,  integrate  and  deliver to the  customer  large  amounts of  computer
processing systems and other equipment. Revenues are accrued as costs to deliver
these systems are incurred, and as a result, quarterly revenues will be impacted
by fluctuations  related to equipment  purchases which occur on a periodic basis
depending on contract terms and modifications.

         Concentration of Revenues

         Approximately  75%,  88%, and 76% of the  Company's  total  revenues in
fiscal  year 1998,  fiscal year 1997 and fiscal  year 1996,  respectively,  were
derived from contracts or subcontracts funded by the U.S. Government. These U.S.
Government  contracts  include military weapons systems  contracts funded by the
DOD that accounted for  approximately  55%, 53%, and 57% of the Company's  total
revenues in such years, respectively.  The Company believes that the success and
development  of its business will  continue to be dependent  upon its ability to
participate in U.S.  Government  contract programs.  Accordingly,  the Company's
financial  performance  may be directly  affected by  changing  U.S.  Government
procurement  practices and policies.  Other  factors that could  materially  and
adversely  affect the  Company's  government  contracting  business and programs
include budgetary constraints,  changes in fiscal policies or available funding,
changes in government programs or requirements  (including  proposals to abolish
certain government agencies or departments, curtailing the U.S. Government's use
of  technology  services  firms,  the  adoption  of new  laws  or  regulations),
technological developments and general economic conditions.  These factors could
cause U.S.  Government  agencies to exercise their rights to terminate  existing
contracts for convenience or not to exercise options to renew such contracts.

         Certain  of  the   Company's   contracts   individually   contribute  a
significant  percentage of the Company's  revenues.  The Company's seven largest
contracts (by revenues) are with the U.S. Government and generated approximately
43% of the  Company's  total  revenues for the year ended  August 31, 1998.  The
Company expects  revenues to continue to be  concentrated in a relatively  small
number of large U.S. Government contracts. Termination of such contracts, or the
Company's  inability to renew or replace such contracts when they expire,  could
materially and adversely affect the Company's revenues and income. During fiscal
year 1999, five of these seven contracts are expected to be recompeted.

         Reductions or Changes in Military Weapons Expenditures

         Historically,  a majority of the  Company's  revenues (55% for the year
ended August 31, 1998) are related to U.S.  military weapons  systems.  The U.S.
military  weapons  budget has been  declining in real terms since the mid-1980s,
resulting in some cases in program  delays,  extensions,  and  cancellations.  A
further significant  decline in U.S. military  expenditures for weapons systems,
or a reduction  in the weapons  systems  portion of the  defense  budget,  could
materially and adversely affect the Company. While not anticipated,  the loss or
significant   curtailment  of  the  Company's  U.S.  military   contracts  would
materially and adversely affect the Company's revenues and income.

         Approximately  17% of the  Company's  revenues in fiscal year 1998 were
from contracts  related to Ballistic  Missile Defense (BMD),  compared to 20% of
revenues  in fiscal  year 1997 and 26% of revenues in fiscal year 1996 from such
contracts.  Strategic defense has existed for more than 26 years as a mission of
DOD  through  activities  such as the BMD  program.  If a decision  were made to
reduce substantially the scope of current BMD programs, management believes that
many national and theater missile  defense  programs would continue to be funded
by the U.S. Army and U.S. Air Force,  and other DOD agencies.  While the Company
has expanded into other markets, a decision to reduce significantly or eliminate
missile defense  funding would have an adverse effect on the Company's  revenues
and income.

         Uncertainties Associated with Government Contracts

         The Company performs its services under U.S. Government  contracts that
usually  require  performance  over a  period  of one to five  years.  Long-term
contracts  may be  conditioned  upon  continued  availability  of  Congressional
appropriations.   Variances  between   anticipated   budgets  and  Congressional
appropriations may result in delay, reduction, or termination of such contracts.
Contractors  can  experience  revenue  uncertainties  with  respect to available
contract  funding  during the first  quarter  of the  government's  fiscal  year
beginning   October  1,  until   differences   between   budget   requests   and
appropriations are resolved.

         The  Company's  contracts  with  the  U.S.  Government  and  its  prime
contractors are subject to termination, in whole or in part, either upon default
by the Company or at the  convenience of the  government.  The  termination  for
convenience  provisions generally entitle the Company to recover costs incurred,
settlement expenses, and profit on work completed prior to termination.  Because
the Company contracts to supply goods and services to the U.S. Government, it is
also subject to other risks, including contract suspensions,  audit adjustments,
protests  by  disappointed  bidders of contract  awards  which can result in the
re-opening  of the  bidding  process  and  changes  in  government  policies  or
regulations.

Contract Profit Exposure

         The Company's  services are provided  primarily  through three types of
contracts:  fixed-price,  time-and-materials and  cost-reimbursement  contracts.
Fixed-price  contracts  require the Company to perform services under a contract
at a stipulated price.  Time-and-materials  contracts  reimburse the Company for
the number of labor hours expended at an established  hourly rate  negotiated in
the  contract,  plus the cost of materials  incurred.  Under  cost-reimbursement
contracts, the Company is reimbursed for all actual costs incurred in performing
the contract to the extent that such costs are within the  contract  ceiling and
allowable under the terms of the contract, plus a fee or profit.

         The Company  assumes  greater  financial risk on fixed-price  contracts
than  on  either  time-and-materials  or  cost-reimbursement  contracts.  As the
Company  increases  its  commercial  business,  it believes  that an  increasing
percentage  of  its  contracts  will  be  fixed-priced.  Failure  to  anticipate
technical  problems,   estimate  costs  accurately,   or  control  costs  during
performance of a fixed-price contract,  may reduce the Company's profit or cause
a loss.  In  addition,  greater  risks  are  involved  under  time-and-materials
contracts than under  cost-reimbursement  contracts  because the Company assumes
the  responsibility for the delivery of specified skills at a fixed hourly rate.
Although  management  believes that adequate  provision for its  fixed-price and
time-and-materials contracts is reflected in the Company's financial statements,
no  assurance  can be given that this  provision  is  adequate or that losses on
fixed-price and time-and-materials contracts will not occur in the future.

         To compete  successfully for business,  the Company must satisfy client
requirements at competitive rates.  Although the Company continually attempts to
lower its costs,  there are other information  technology and technical services
companies  that may provide the same or similar  services at comparable or lower
rates than the Company.  Additionally,  certain of the Company's clients require
that their vendors  reduce rates after  services have  commenced.  The Company's
success  will also  depend  upon its  ability to  attract,  retain,  train,  and
motivate  highly  skilled  employees,  particularly  in the areas of information
technology, where such employees are in great demand.

         Year 2000

         Many computer programs were designed and developed without  considering
the  upcoming  change in the  century,  which  could lead to failure in computer
applications  or create  erroneous  results due to those  computer  programs not
recognizing the year 2000. This issue is referred to as the "Year 2000" problem.
Although  the  Company  believes  that  its  Year  2000  compliance  program  is
comprehensive,  the Company may not be able to identify,  successfully remedy or
assess all date-handling problems in its business systems or operations or those
of its customers and suppliers.  As a result, the Year 2000 problem could have a
materially  adverse  affect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition or
results of operations.

Amortization of Intangible Assets Related to TXEN Acquisition

         In fiscal year 1995, the Company  purchased  19.9% of the capital stock
of TXEN,  Inc.  (TXEN),  for  approximately  $1.5 million.  In August 1997,  the
Company exercised its option to acquire the remaining 80.1% of the capital stock
of TXEN for aggregate  consideration of approximately  $43.8 million.  The total
purchase  price for the TXEN  acquisition  was  allocated to the TXEN assets and
liabilities.  The excess of the purchase price over the fair market value of the
tangible net assets acquired of approximately $42.1 million was allocated to the
following  intangibles:  $12.0 million to in-process  research and  development,
$15.6 million to goodwill,  $12.7 million to other  intangibles and $1.8 million
to capitalized  software  development.  In-process  research and  development of
$12.0  million was  expensed in the fourth  quarter of 1997.  Goodwill and other
intangibles of $27.6 million are being amortized using the straight-line  method
over an estimated useful life of 20 years.

         Of the total purchase price for the acquisition of TXEN,  $12.0 million
was  allocated to ten  software  programs  and systems  constituting  in-process
technology.  The fair value of the acquired in-process technology was determined
based on an analysis of the markets,  projected cash flows and risks  associated
with achieving such cash flows.  At the date of acquisition,  the  technological
feasibility of the acquired technology had not been established and the acquired
technology  has no alternative  future uses.  There can be no assurance that the
purchased  in-process  technology will be successfully  developed.  The acquired
in-process technology consisted of ten software and systems development projects
to reduce the time and personnel  needed to perform managed care  administrative
functions and provide enhanced  information reports. At the date of acquisition,
the Company  estimated  that the cost to complete the projects was $1.75 million
of which  $445,000  was spent in fiscal  year 1998 and of which $1.3  million is
expected to be spent in fiscal year 1999.  The Company  expects to benefit  from
such projects  commencing in the second quarter of fiscal year 1999. The Company
expects the projects  will be completed in the third  quarter of fiscal 1999. To
the extent the in-process technology is not successfully  developed,  this could
have a material adverse impact on the Company's  operating results and financial
condition.

         In  connection  with the  Company's  filing of a Form S-3  registration
statement,  the  Company  is  engaged  in  discussions  with  the  staff  of the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission  regarding  the purchase  price  allocation
related to its August 1997  acquisition of TXEN. These  discussions  principally
relate to the amount  allocated to in-process  research and  development and the
useful  life  of  twenty  years  assigned  to  goodwill.  The  Company  and  its
independent  auditors,  Ernst & Young LLP, believe the purchase price allocation
recorded in  connection  with the TXEN  acquisition,  and  related  amortization
charges,  are in  accordance  with widely  recognized  appraisal  practices  and
generally accepted accounting  principles.  However, the staff of the Securities
and Exchange  Commission has recently  expressed views  concerning  valuation of
in-process   research  and  development  in  business   combinations  which,  if
determined to be applicable,  would probably result in a reduction in the amount
allocated to in-process  research and development.  If there are any significant
changes as a result of these  discussions to the amounts  allocated to purchased
in-process  research and development or other intangible  assets,  or changes in
the lives  over  which such  amounts  are  amortized,  these  could  result in a
material  reduction  in the  amount of the charge for  in-process  research  and
development  reflected  in the  Company's  financial  results for the year ended
August  31,  1997 and  increased  amortization  expense  in 1998 and  subsequent
periods which could be material.


<PAGE>



Results of Operations

         The  following  table  sets  forth,  for  the  periods  indicated,  the
percentages which certain items bear to consolidated revenues and the percentage
change of such items for the periods  indicated.  The  amounts for fiscal  years
1998 and 1997 include the impact of special charges to operating profit:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                Percentage Increase
                                                         Percentage of Revenues                     (Decrease)
                                                         Years Ended August 31,               Years Ended August 31,
                                                   1998            1997          1996        1998-1997      1997-1996
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>  

Revenues.......................................   100.0%          100.0%         100.0%          7.3%          55.2%
Cost and expenses:
     Direct and allocable....................      83.3            88.3           85.1           1.3           60.9
     General and administrative..............       9.2             6.3            8.4          56.9           16.4
     Amortization of intangibles.............       1.0             0.5            0.5         121.3           53.0
     Special charges.........................       1.0             3.0            __          (65.6)           n/a
                                              ---------------------------------------------

         Total cost and expenses.............      94.5            98.1           94.0           3.4           61.9

Operating profit.............................       5.5             1.9            6.0         202.0          (49.9)
Other income (expense), net..................       0.1             0.3            0.2         (67.3)         167.5

Income before income taxes...................       5.6             2.2            6.2         168.2          (44.2)
Income taxes.................................       2.2             1.9            2.3          21.6           32.0
                                              ---------------------------------------------

Net income...................................       3.4%            0.3%           3.9%      1,102.9%         (88.1)%
                                              =============================================
</TABLE>


         The following  table  summarizes the percentage of revenues by contract
type for the periods indicated:

                                                        Years Ended August 31,
                                                      1998      1997       1996
                                                      ----      ----       ----

Cost-reimbursement................................... 43%        49%        51%
Fixed-price.......................................... 33         35         22
Time-and-materials................................... 24         16          27

         The  table  below  presents  contract  award and  backlog  data for the
periods indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 Years Ended August 31,
                                                          1998              1997                1996
                                                          ----              ----                ----
                                                                         (in thousands)
<S>                                                  <C>              <C>                  <C>    

Contract award amount................................$    453,527     $     679,174        $    598,653
Backlog (with options)...............................$  1,264,201     $   1,228,362        $  1,003,135
Backlog (without options)............................$    310,071     $     300,337        $    501,373
Backlog percentage by contract type:
     Cost-reimbursement..............................          44%              45%                 60%
     Fixed-price.....................................          37%              30%                 30%
     Time-and-materials..............................          19%              25%                 10%
</TABLE>

         The  backlog  of  contract  awards is  influenced  by the number of new
contracts  awarded and by the number of contracts  awarded where the Company has
an existing  contract that is  recompeted.  The Company  performs  under several
large multi-year contracts which, upon expiration, are recompeted. Historically,
the Company has been  successful in winning  recompeted  contracts  where it has
been the incumbent  contractor.  However, the Company cannot give assurance that
it will experience continued success with respect to future awards of recompeted
contracts.  Of the $599  million in contract  awards for fiscal year 1996,  $355
million or 59% were with respect to the two high performance systems integration
contract  awards.  Of the $679 million in contract  awards for fiscal year 1997,
$447 million or 65% were awards related to  recompetition of contracts where the
Company was the incumbent. Of the $454 million of contract awards in fiscal year
1998,  $77  million or 17% were  awards  related to  recompetition  of  existing
contracts  where the Company was the  incumbent.  The  Company  expects  that in
fiscal year 1999,  five of the Company's  largest  contracts by revenues will be
recompeted.

Comparison of Operating Results for Fiscal Year 1998 with Fiscal Year 1997

        Revenues.  Revenues  increased  $28.9 million  (7.3%) for the year ended
August 31,1998.  The Company's Defense and Intelligence  unit, which represented
approximately 55% of consolidated revenues for the year, reported an increase of
$16 million (7%), primarily as a result of continued growth in existing contract
base. The Government IT unit,  representing  approximately  24% of  consolidated
revenues for the year, reported a decrease of $30 million, primarily as a result
of reduced orders on two existing systems integration  contracts.  Commercial IT
revenues increased $15 million (58%) for the year,  primarily as a result of SAP
software sales and integration  services.  Healthcare IT revenues  increased $28
million (175%) for the year,  primarily as a result of the  acquisition of TXEN,
Inc. completed in August 1997.

        Operating  Profit.  In the third quarter of fiscal year 1998 the Company
expensed $2 million of purchased in-process research and development  activities
related to the  acquisition  of Mnemonic  Systems,  Incorporated  (MSI).  In the
fourth quarter of fiscal year 1998 the Company  expensed $2.1 million in special
charges of which,  $1.9 million  related to the impairment of assets  associated
with the  insurance  line of business  (see Note 4 of the Notes to  Consolidated
Financial   Statements)  and  $0.2  million  related  to  expenses  incurred  to
consummate the merger with Welkin Associates, Ltd. (Welkin),  accounted for as a
pooling of  interests.  In the fourth  quarter of fiscal  year 1997 the  Company
expensed $12 million of purchased in-process research and development activities
related  to the  acquisition  of the  remaining  80.1%  of  TXEN,  Inc.  (TXEN).
Operating profit including the write-offs of purchased  in-process  research and
development and special  charges,  increased $15.6 million (202%) for year ended
August 31, 1998 as  compared to year ended  August 31,  1997.  Operating  profit
excluding the write-offs of purchased  in-process  research and  development and
special  charges,  increased $7.8 million  (39.3%) for the year ended August 31,
1998 as compared to the year ended August 31, 1997.  Direct and allocable  costs
during  fiscal year 1998  decreased as a percent of revenues  compared to fiscal
year  1997 as a result  of fewer  hardware  purchases  for  systems  integration
contracts.  General and  administrative  expense increased $14.2 million (56.9%)
for the year ended  August 31, 1998  compared to the year ended August 31, 1997,
primarily  as a result of the  acquisition  of TXEN  completed  in August  1997.
Amortization of intangibles  increased $2.6 million  (121.3%) for the year ended
August 31,  1998 as compared to the year ended  August 31, 1997  primarily  as a
result of the amortization of the intangibles recorded with the TXEN acquisition
completed in August 1997. The $4.1 million pre-tax  special  charges  represents
1.0% of total costs and expenses  for the year ended August 31, 1998.  The $12.0
million pre-tax special charges  represents 3.0% of total costs and expenses for
the year ended August 31, 1997.  Total costs and expenses were 94.5% of revenues
for the year ended August 31, 1998 as compared to 98.1% of revenues for the year
ended August 31, 1997.

        Operating  Margin.  Operating  margin  including the special charges was
5.5% of  revenues  for the year ended  August 31,  1998 as  compared  to 1.9% of
revenues for the year ended  August 31, 1997.  Operating  margin  excluding  the
special  charges  was 6.4% of  revenues  for the year ended  August 31,  1998 as
compared to 5.0% of revenues for the year ended August 31, 1997.  The  Company's
Defense and  Intelligence  unit  realized a 6.0%  operating  margin for the year
ended  August 31, 1998 as compared to 4.2% for the year ended  August 31,  1997.
The  improved   margins  are  primarily  the  result  of  improved   margins  on
time-and-material contracts. The Company's Government IT unit realized operating
margins,  excluding the special  charges,  of 6.0% for the year ended August 31,
1998 as  compared  to 5.5% for the year ended  August  31,  1997.  The  improved
margins are the result of increased margins on modifications awarded to existing
contracts  during fiscal year 1998.  The  Company's  Commercial IT unit realized
operating margins of 4.7% for the year ended August 31, 1998 as compared to 8.5%
for the year ended  August  31,  1997.  The  decreased  margins  are a result of
increased  costs  related to  infrastructure  additions  and  client  receivable
write-offs.  The  Company's  Healthcare  IT  unit  realized  operating  margins,
excluding  special  charges,  of 12.3% for the year  ended  August  31,  1998 as
compared to 5.0% for the year ended  August 31, 1997.  The improved  margins are
the result of the managed care operations  acquired with the acquisition of TXEN
completed in August 1997.

        Other Income (Expense). Other income (expense) decreased $.7 million for
the year ended  August 31, 1998 as compared to the year ended  August 31,  1997.
Other  income  includes  equity in earnings  of  unconsolidated  affiliates  and
interest income.  Other expense includes interest expense and minority interest.
Interest  income  is  from  the  investment  of  the  Company's  cash  reserves.
Substantially  all available  cash is invested in  interest-bearing  accounts or
fixed  income  instruments.  Interest  expense is primarily  from the  long-term
borrowings of the Company and the commitment fee on unused line of credit.

        Equity in  earnings  of  unconsolidated  affiliates  for the year  ended
August 31, 1998  primarily  represents  the  Company's  share of the earnings of
NCCIM, L.L.C., a joint venture, 50% of which is owned by the Company;  while the
comparable  amount for the year ended August 31, 1997  primarily  represents the
Company's  share of  earnings  of TXEN.  As of August 29,  1997,  TXEN  became a
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

        Minority interest  primarily  represents the minority partner's share of
earnings of Nichols ENTEC  Systems,  L.L.C.,  a joint  venture,  60% of which is
owned by the Company.  The increase in minority interest of $0.7 million for the
year ended  August 31,  1998 as  compared  to the year ended  August  31,1997 is
primarily  the  result of an  increase  in SAP  software  sales and  integration
services in the Commercial IT unit.

        Income  Taxes.  Income taxes as a percentage  of income before taxes was
39.2% for the year ended August 31, 1998 as compared to 86.4% for the year ended
August 31, 1997. The decrease is primarily a result of the  differences  between
financial and taxable income  related to the  amortization  of  intangibles  and
deductibility  of  special  charges.  In  fiscal  year  1997 the  $12.0  million
write-off of purchased  in-process  research and  development was not deductible
for tax purposes. In fiscal year 1998 the amortization expense of the intangible
assets  acquired in the August 1997  acquisition  of TXEN was not deductible for
tax purposes.

        Net Income.  Net income  including the special  charges  increased $13.2
million  (1,103%) for the year ended  August 31,  1998,  as compared to the year
ended August 31, 1997. Net income  excluding the special charges  increased $3.7
million (28.3%) for the year ended August 31, 1998 as compared to the year ended
August 31, 1997. The increases are a result of the items discussed above.

        Earnings Per Common Share Assuming  Dilution.  Earnings per common share
assuming  dilution  including the special  charges were $1.02 for the year ended
August  31,  1998 as  compared  to $0.09 for the year  ended  August  31,  1997.
Earnings per common share assuming  dilution  excluding the special charges were
$1.20 for the year ended  August 31,  1998  compared to $1.04 for the year ended
August 31,  1997.  Net income  including  the special  charges  increased  $13.2
million  (1,103%)  for the year ended  August 31,  1998 as  compared to the year
ended August 31, 1997.  Net income  excluding  special  charges  increased  $3.7
million (28.3%) for the year ended August 31, 1998 as compared to the year ended
August 31, 1997.  Weighted  average common shares and common  equivalent  shares
increased  11.1%  (1,412,291  shares)  for the year  ended  August  31,  1998 as
compared to the year ended August 31, 1997.

Comparison of Operating Results for Fiscal Year 1997 with Fiscal Year 1996

         Revenues.  Revenues  increased  $141.5  million  (55.2%) in fiscal year
1997.  Approximately  70% of the increase was  attributable to revenues from two
high performance  system  integration  contracts  awarded in 1996. During fiscal
year 1997,  these two  contracts  generated  approximately  30% of the Company's
total  revenues.  At August 31, 1997 a  substantial  portion of the two contract
values  had  been  realized.  These  contracts  generated  less  than 15% of the
Company's total revenues in fiscal year  1998.Approximately  20% of the increase
in revenues was attributable to acquisitions completed late in fiscal year 1996.
Approximately  10% of the increase in revenues was  attributable to the existing
contract base.

         Operating  Profit.  The Company  expensed $12.0 million of costs in the
fourth  quarter of fiscal  year 1997 for  research  and  development  activities
in-process at the time of the  acquisition of the remaining 80.1% of TXEN stock.
Including  the $12.0  million  write-off  of purchased  in-process  research and
development  associated with the acquisition of TXEN, operating profit decreased
$7.7 million (49.9%) in fiscal year 1997.  Excluding the $12.0 million write-off
of purchased  in-process  research and  development,  operating profit increased
$4.3 million  (27.8%) in fiscal year 1997.  Including the write-off of purchased
in-process  research and development,  costs and expenses were 98.1% of revenues
for fiscal year 1997  compared to 94.0% of  revenues  for fiscal year 1996.  The
write-off of purchased  in-process  research and development  represents 3.0% of
total costs and  expenses.  Excluding  the purchase of  in-process  research and
development,  costs and  expenses  were 95.0% of revenues  for fiscal year 1997.
Direct and allocable costs increased 60.9% ($133.0  million) in fiscal year 1997
as  compared  to fiscal  year 1996.  The  increase  is  primarily  the result of
increased  purchases of hardware,  software  and  subcontractor  services in the
performance of certain  government  contracts.  Direct and allocable  costs as a
percent of revenues  increased to 88.3% in fiscal year 1997 as compared to 85.1%
of revenues in fiscal year 1996 as a result of lower margins typically  realized
on the purchased hardware,  software,  and subcontractor  services.  General and
administrative  expenses  increased  16.4% ($3.5 million) in fiscal year 1997 as
compared to fiscal year 1996.  The increase is primarily a result of investments
in marketing  and  infrastructure  resources  made in fiscal year 1997 which are
expected to support future commercial revenues.

         Other Income (Expense).  Other income (expense)  increased $0.7 million
in fiscal  year 1997 as  compared to fiscal  year 1996.  Other  income  includes
equity in earnings of  unconsolidated  affiliates  and  interest  income.  Other
expense includes interest expense and minority  interest.  Equity in earnings of
unconsolidated  affiliates  primarily represents the Company's share of earnings
of TXEN.  As of August 29, 1997,  TXEN became a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of the
Company.  Interest income is from the investment of the Company's cash reserves.
Substantially  all available  cash is invested in  interest-bearing  accounts or
short-term fixed income instruments.  Minority interest primarily represents the
minority  partner's  share of earnings of Holland  Technology  Group and Holland
Software Solutions, joint ventures, 60% of which are owned by the Company.

         Income  Taxes.  Income taxes as a percentage of income before taxes was
86.4% in  fiscal  year 1997 and 36.5% in fiscal  year  1996.  The $12.0  million
write-off of purchased in-process research and development in the fourth quarter
of fiscal year 1997 is not deductible for tax purposes.

         Net  Income.   Including  the  $12.0  million  write-off  of  purchased
in-process  research and development,  net income decreased $8.9 million (88.1%)
for fiscal year 1997 as compared to fiscal year 1996. The decrease is the result
of the impact of the $12.0 million  write-off of purchased  in-process  research
and development.

         Earnings  Per Share  Assuming  Dilution.  Earnings  per share  assuming
dilution  for fiscal  year 1997 were $0.09 as  compared to $0.94 for fiscal year
1996, a decrease of 90.0%.  Excluding the $12.0  million  write-off of purchased
in-process  research and development,  earnings per share assuming dilution were
$1.04 for fiscal year 1997 as  compared  to $0.94 for fiscal year 1996,  a 10.2%
increase. Excluding the $12.0 million write-off of purchased in-process research
and  development,  net income  increased  31.2% ($3.1  million),  while weighted
average shares  outstanding  increased 19.0% (2,031,407  shares) for fiscal year
1997 as compared to fiscal year 1996.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Historically,  the  Company's  positive  cash flow from  operations  and
available credit facilities have provided adequate liquidity and working capital
to fully  fund the  Company's  operational  needs and  support  the  acquisition
program.  Working capital was $78.0 million and $68.8 million at August 31, 1998
and 1997, respectively.  Operating activities provided cash of $10.1 million and
$16.9  million  for the years  ended  August  31,  1998 and 1997,  respectively.
Investing  activities used cash of $22.0 million and $29.2 million for the years
ended August 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.  Financing activities used cash of
$0.7  million  for the year ended  August 31,  1998 and  provided  cash of $14.1
million for the year ended August 31, 1997.

        Cash  provided by operating  activities  decreased  $6.8 million for the
year ended August 31, 1998 as compared to the year ended  August 31,  1997.  The
decrease is the result of a decrease in the  non-cash  adjustments  to reconcile
net income to net cash  provided by  operations  ($3.9  million)  and changes in
operating  assets and  liabilities,  net of the effects of  acquisitions  ($16.1
million) offset by increased net income ($13.2 million).

        Cash used for investing  activities was $22.0 million for the year ended
August 31,  1998.  The  Company  acquired  all of the  capital  stock of MSI for
aggregate  consideration of approximately  $12.5 million.  Purchases of property
and equipment  were $9.3 million and $4.8 million for the years ended August 31,
1998 and 1997,  respectively.  The Company realized net proceeds of $2.3 million
from the maturity of long-term  investments.  An additional $1.0 million capital
investment was made for affiliates accounted for using the equity method.

        Cash used for financing  activities  was $0.7 million for the year ended
August 31, 1998.  The primary use of cash for financing  activities  was for the
net repayment of a $5.0 million  indebtedness under the bank line of credit. The
Company realized proceeds from the sale of common stock of $5.6 million and $4.6
million for the years ended August 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

        The Company  renegotiated  its bank line of credit in November 1997. The
agreement  provides for  unsecured  borrowings  up to  $100,000,000.  The credit
agreement  provides for interest at London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus a
margin ranging from 0.325% to 0.450% and a facility fee, payable  quarterly,  of
approximately 0.125% on the unused portion of the line of credit. The short-term
commitment  agreement  ($50,000,000)  is renewable  annually  and the  long-term
commitment  agreement  ($50,000,000) is renewable in November,  2000. There were
$5,000,000 outstanding borrowings on this line of credit at August 31, 1998.

        The Company is regularly evaluating potential acquisition candidates and
expects to complete other  transactions  in fiscal year 1999. The purchase price
allocation  for TXEN was finalized  during the first fiscal quarter of 1998. The
$30.1 million,  preliminarily  classified as goodwill, was allocated as follows;
$15.6 million to goodwill,  $12.7 million to other  intangibles and $1.8 million
to capitalized  software  development.  Goodwill and other  intangibles of $27.6
million are being  amortized  using the  straight-line  method over an estimated
useful  life of  twenty  years.  Other  intangibles  of $0.7  million  are being
amortized using the straight-line  method over an estimated useful life of seven
years.  The  amount  allocated  to  capitalized  software  development  is being
amortized using the  straight-line  method over an estimated useful life of five
years.  The acquisition of MSI was completed  during the third fiscal quarter of
1998. The MSI  acquisition  resulted in the write-off of $2.0 million,  pre-tax,
purchased in-process research and development and the recording of approximately
$10.0  million in  goodwill  which is being  amortized  using the  straight-line
method over an estimated useful life of 15 years.

        The Company has entered into preliminary negotiations with DSM Copolymer
to acquire an  additional  35%  interest  in the ENTEC  joint  venture  from DSM
Copolymer for $6.0 million plus an earn-out based on ENTEC revenues and profits.
If the negotiations are successful,  the Company would own a 95% interest in the
joint venture.  Closing is expected to occur during the second quarter of fiscal
year 1999.

        The Company  continues  to actively  pursue  contracts  for  information
system  development  and computer  system  integration  activities,  which could
require the Company to acquire  substantial  amounts of  computer  hardware  for
resale or lease to  customers.  The timing of payments to suppliers and payments
from customers under the Company's system integration contracts could cause cash
flows from operations to fluctuate from period to period.

        The  Company  believes  that,  for the next four  fiscal  quarters,  its
existing capital resources,  together with available borrowing capacity, will be
sufficient  to fund  operating  needs,  finance  acquisitions  of  property  and
equipment, and make strategic acquisitions, if appropriate.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

         In February  1997,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board (FASB)
issued Statement No. 128, Earnings Per Share. The overall objective of Statement
No. 128 is to simplify the  calculation  of earnings per share (EPS) and achieve
comparability  with recently  issued  international  accounting  standards.  The
Company first reported on the new EPS basis in the second quarter ended February
28, 1998. All prior period EPS amounts (including  information  regarding EPS in
interim financial statements,  earnings summaries,  and selected financial data)
have been restated to conform to the provisions of Statement No. 128.

     In June 1997, the FASB issued  Statement No. 130,  Reporting  Comprehensive
Income (SFAS 130). Statement No. 130 establishes new rules for the reporting and
display of  comprehensive  income and its components.  Adoption of Statement No.
130 by the  Company on  September  1, 1998 will have no impact on the  Company's
consolidated results of operations or stockholders' equity.

         In June 1997,  the FASB issued  Statement  No. 131,  Disclosures  About
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information (SFAS 131).  Statement No. 131
changes the method of  determining  segments from that currently  required,  and
requires the reporting of certain  information about such segments.  The Company
has not  finalized  how its  segments  will be  reported  or whether and to what
extent segment information will differ from that currently presented.

Effects of Inflation

        Substantially  all  contracts  awarded to the Company have been based on
proposals which reflect estimated cost increases due to inflation. Historically,
inflation has not had a significant impact on the Company.

Year 2000

Overview

         Historically,  certain  computerized systems have had two digits rather
than  four  digits  to  define  the  applicable  year,  which  could  result  in
recognizing  a date using "00" as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000.  This
could cause significant  software failures or  miscalculations  and is generally
referred to as the "Year 2000" problem.

         The Company recognizes that the impact of the Year 2000 problem extends
beyond  its  computer   hardware  and  software  and  may  affect   utility  and
telecommunication services, as well as the systems of customers and suppliers.

         In response  to the Year 2000  problem,  the  Company  has  developed a
compliance  program to  evaluate  and address  date  related  problems  with the
Company's internal systems, services,  products, and the systems and products of
the Company's  vendors and suppliers.  The compliance  program is managed by the
Vice President of Corporate  Information Systems and Services,  and is patterned
after the United States General Accounting Office (GAO) and Office of Management
and Budget project management model.
The Company's Year 2000 compliance program includes five major phases:

         Awareness  Phase.  The Year 2000 problem is defined and managers at the
executive  level are educated  about  potential  date  related  problems and the
potential  impact to the Company and its customers  from Year 2000 date handling
errors.  A Year 2000  program  team is  established  and an overall  strategy is
developed.

         Assessment  Phase.  The Year 2000 program  team  assesses the Year 2000
impact on the Company by: (i)  identifying  core business  areas and  processes;
(ii)  performing  an  inventory  and  analysis  of systems  supporting  the core
business areas;  (iii)contacting third party service providers, and software and
hardware vendors to determine Year 2000 issues and their plans for becoming Year
2000 compliant; and (iv) prioritizing conversion or replacement of systems.

         Renovation  Phase.  The Year  2000  program  team  corrects  Year  2000
problems  identified  in the  Assessment  Phase by modifying  program  software,
updating databases, replacing systems or utilizing other appropriate methods.


         Implementation Phase. The Year 2000 program team tests,  verifies,  and
validates converted or replaced systems,  applications,  databases and utilities
within a limited operational environment.

         Validation Phase. The Year 2000 program team fully implements converted
or  replaced  systems,  applications,  databases  and  utilities.  The Year 2000
program team also performs extensive testing of all system changes.

         As part of the awareness phase the Company has reviewed

          -  Mission Essential Software Systems
          -  Mission Essential Computational Systems (hardware)
          -  Mission Essential Facilities Systems, including elevators, heating 
and air conditioning systems, photocopying machines and utility services
          -  Mission Essential Network Systems
          -  Customer Software Services,provided by the Company's business units
          -  Mission Essential Vendor-Supplied Software and Services

     The Company  considers a system  "mission  essential"  if a failure in that
system  would  materially   disrupt  the  ability  of  the  Company  to  perform
contractual  services or to process business information in a timely manner. The
Company  monitors the status of its Year 2000  compliance  program and routinely
updates its Intranet to provide compliance data to its managers and employees.

     The Company provides services and products to the U.S.  Government pursuant
to specific  contractual  terms and exact  specifications.  The Company believes
that it will be  responsible  for upgrading only those services or products that
specify Year 2000 compliance and do not yet meet this  requirement.  The Company
is not currently aware of any such services or products.

Status and Timetable for Year 2000 Compliance

                  Nichols Research has developed a master timetable for its Year
2000 compliance program.  The status of each major category of mission essential
systems is as follows:


                                                                        
          SYSTEM CATEGORY                          PHASE          ESTIMATED DATE
                                                                  FOR COMPLIANCE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Mission Essential Software Systems               Renovation       December 1998
Mission Essential Computational Systems          Renovation       December 1998
Mission Essential Network Systems                Renovation       December 1998
Mission Essential Facilities Systems             Assessment       Unknown
Mission Essential Customer Systems               Renovation       December 1998
Mission Essential Vendor-Supplied Software 
  & Services                                     Assessment       Unknown


         The  phases  listed  above  represent  the  status of the  majority  of
products within each category. There may be, within each "system," components at
a lower or  higher  phase in the Year 2000  assessment.  For  example,  although
Mission  Essential  Vendor-Supplied  Software  and  Services  is  rated  in  the
Assessment  Phase, many of the Company's vendors have already been contacted and
have  supplied  letters  or  referenced  web pages  certifying  their  Year 2000
compliance.  The  Vice-President of Corporate  Information  Systems and Services
maintains compliance letters and referenced web page addresses.

         While the Company estimates that its internal systems will be Year 2000
compliant by the end of calendar year 1998,  there can be no assurance  that the
third-party  supplied software,  hardware and services included in the Essential
Facilities and Vendor-Supplied  Services categories will be Year 2000 compliant,
or that these third-parties will not suffer a Year 2000 business disruption that
may adversely affect the Company's  business,  financial condition or results of
operations.

Contingency Plans

         Because  the  Company's  Year  2000  conversions  are  expected  to  be
completed  prior to any  potential  disruption to the  Company's  business,  the
Company has not yet  completed  the  development  of a  comprehensive  Year 2000
contingency plan.  However,  the Company has minimized its exposure to Year 2000
failures  of vendor  supplied  products  by adding  Year  2000  compliance  as a
standard  condition to its  purchase  orders.  These  contracts  also  reference
Federal  Acquisition  Regulation  39.106,  which  addresses Year 2000 compliance
issues. The Company is currently  negotiating a Risk Management Insurance Policy
designed to protect  the Company in the event that it is involved in  litigation
arising from errors and omissions  relating to Year 2000 issues.  If the Company
determines  that its business is at material risk of disruption  due to the Year
2000  problem,  or  anticipates  that  its  Year  2000  conversions  will not be
completed  in a timely  fashion,  the  Company  will work to  develop a detailed
contingency plan.

Cost for Year 2000 Compliance

         The Company  believes  that the total cost of its Year 2000  compliance
activity will not be material to the Company's operation,  liquidity and capital
resources.  The  Company  estimates  that  the  total  cost  for its  Year  2000
compliance  will  be  $688,500  which  represents   11,475  hours  of  analysis,
modification and testing, and $34,500 for new equipment purchases.  To date, the
Company has completed  6,850 hours of Year 2000  compliance  work, and purchased
new equipment valued at $27,000, for a total cost of $438,000.

Year 2000 Risks Faced by the Company

         Although the Company believes that its Year 2000 compliance  program is
comprehensive,  the Company may not be able to identify,  successfully remedy or
assess all date-handling problems in its business systems or operations or those
of its customers and suppliers.  As a result, the Year 2000 problem could have a
materially  adverse  affect on the  Company's  business  financial  condition or
results of operations.

ITEM 7A.          QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Not applicable.

<PAGE>
ITEM 8.           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                                                                      August 31,       August 31,        August 31,
                                                                         1998              1997             1996
                                                                   ----------------------------------------------------
                           ASSETS                                                (amounts in thousands)
<S>                                                                <C>               <C>              <C>    

Current assets:
     Cash and temporary cash investments (Note 1).........         $        11,275   $        23,964  $        22,151
     Accounts receivable (net of allowance of $534,
         $181, and $29)  (Note 2).........................                 113,392            96,303           92,403
     Deferred income taxes (Notes 1 and 5)................                   2,488             2,102            1,519
     Other................................................                   3,939             3,162            2,438
                                                                   ----------------------------------------------------
         Total current assets.............................                 131,094           125,531          118,511

Long-term investments  (Notes 1 and 3)....................                   1,519             3,738            4,483

Property and equipment (Note 1):
     Computers and related equipment......................                  29,465            22,409           17,455
     Furniture, equipment and improvements................                  12,210            10,192            7,237
     Equipment - contracts................................                   5,771             5,771            5,771
                                                                   ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                            47,446            38,372           30,463
     Less accumulated depreciation........................                  25,011            19,101           14,974
                                                                   ----------------------------------------------------
         Net property and equipment.......................                  22,435            19,271           15,489

Goodwill and other intangibles (net of accumulated
       amortization of $5,857, $2,946, and $1,246)                          54,214            48,130           21,004
       (Notes 1, 4, and 11)...............................
Software development costs (net of accumulated
     amortization of $840, $314, and $113) (Notes 1 and 4)                   3,701             4,271            1,138
Investment in affiliates  (Note 12).......................                   9,607             8,363            4,099
Other assets..............................................                   1,491               828              597
                                                                   ----------------------------------------------------

Total assets..............................................         $       224,061   $       210,132  $       165,321
                                                                   ====================================================
</TABLE>



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
<PAGE>
                     CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 August 31,        August 31,       August 31,
                                                                    1998              1997             1996
                                                              -----------------------------------------------------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                         (amounts in thousands)
<S>                                                           <C>               <C>              <C>   

Current liabilities:
     Accounts payable.....................................    $        24,278   $        28,679  $        31,147
     Accrued compensation and benefits  (Note 9) .........             18,317            11,854            9,382
     Income taxes payable  (Note 5).......................              1,681               246              692
     Current maturities of long-term debt  (Note 6).......                997               761              764
     Borrowing on line of credit  (Note 6)................              5,000            10,500               __
     Deferred revenue.....................................              1,797             3,114              230
     Other................................................              1,040             1,616            1,609
                                                              -----------------------------------------------------
         Total current liabilities........................             53,110            56,770           43,824

Deferred income taxes  (Notes 1 and 5)....................                354             2,062            1,661

Long-term debt (Note 6):
     Industrial development bonds.........................              1,335             1,558            1,777
     Long-term notes......................................              1,613             2,467            3,007
                                                              -----------------------------------------------------
         Total long-term debt.............................              2,948             4,025            4,784

Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries............              1,177               307               __

Stockholders' equity  (Notes 1 and 10):
     Common stock, par value $.01 per share
         Authorized - 30,000,000, 20,000,000 and
         20,000,000 shares, respectively
         Issued - 13,997,455, 13,553,346 and
         12,076,463 shares, respectively..................                140               135              121
     Additional paid-in capital...........................             95,631            90,076           59,129
     Retained earnings....................................             71,989            58,045           57,090
     Less cost of treasury stock - 168,500 shares.........             (1,288)           (1,288)          (1,288)
                                                              -----------------------------------------------------
         Total stockholders' equity.......................            166,472           146,968          115,052
                                                              -----------------------------------------------------

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity................    $       224,061   $       210,132  $       165,321
                                                              =====================================================
</TABLE>


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
<PAGE>

                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                     For the Years Ended August 31,
                                                                1998             1997              1996
                                                           ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                (amounts in thousands except share data)
<S>                                                        <C>              <C>               <C>    

Revenues (Note 1) ......................................   $       427,043  $       398,142   $       256,605

Costs and expenses:
     Direct and allocable costs.........................           355,750          351,367           218,367
     General and administrative expenses................            39,099           24,913            21,408
     Amortization of intangibles........................             4,707            2,127             1,390
     Special charges (Notes 4 and 11)...................             4,126           12,000                __
                                                           ----------------------------------------------------
         Total costs and expenses.......................           403,682          390,407           241,165
                                                           ----------------------------------------------------

Operating profit........................................            23,361            7,735            15,440

Other income (expense):
     Interest expense  (Note 6).........................              (467)            (512)             (629)
     Other income, principally interest.................             1,176            1,095             1,044
     Equity in earnings of unconsolidated
     affiliates.........................................               524              656                __
     Minority interest in consolidated
     subsidiaries.......................................              (870)            (129)               __
                                                           ----------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes..............................            23,724            8,845            15,855
Income taxes  (Note 5)..................................             9,301            7,646             5,792
                                                           ----------------------------------------------------
Net income..............................................   $        14,423  $         1,199   $        10,063
                                                           ====================================================

Earnings per common share  (Note 7).....................   $          1.06  $           .10   $          1.00
                                                           ====================================================

Earnings per common share assuming
     dilution   (Note 7)................................   $          1.02  $           .09   $           .94
                                                           ====================================================

Weighted average common shares   (Note 7)...............        13,607,145       12,090,377        10,090,684
                                                           ====================================================

Weighted average common shares and
     common equivalent shares   (Note 7)................        14,124,978       12,712,687        10,681,280
                                                           ====================================================

</TABLE>


  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
<PAGE>

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                      Additional                                      Total
                                               Common Stock            Paid-In        Retained      Treasury     Stockholders'
                                        Shares            Amount       Capital        Earnings       Stock           Equity
                                        ------            ------       -------        --------       -----           ------
                                                                  (in thousands except share data)

<S>                                   <C>                  <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
BALANCE, AUGUST 31, 1995........      10,084,296           $101       $24,274       $47,125       $(2,143)       $ 69,357
Sale of common stock............       1,678,050             17        30,663            __            __          30,680
Exercise of stock options.......         256,146              2         1,655            __            __           1,657
Employee stock purchases........          64,703              1         1,016            __            __           1,017
Reissue of 108,066 shares of
   treasury stock...............              __             __         1,523            __           855           2,378
Repurchase of shares for retirement       (6,732)            __            (2)          (98)           __            (100)
Net income......................              __             __            __        10,063            __          10,063
                                      ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


BALANCE, AUGUST 31, 1996........      12,076,463            121        59,129        57,090        (1,288)        115,052
Exercise of stock options.......         326,656              3         3,047            __            __           3,050
Employee stock purchases........          79,816             __         1,590            __            __           1,590
Repurchase of shares for retirement      (13,737)            __            (4)         (244)           __            (248)
Issue of stock for acquisition..       1,084,148             11        26,314            __            __          26,325
Net income......................              __             __            __         1,199            __           1,199
                                      ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BALANCE, AUGUST 31, 1997........      13,553,346            135        90,076        58,045        (1,288)        146,968
Exercise of stock options.......         332,312              4         3,351            __            __           3,355
Employee stock purchases........         111,797              1         2,204            __            __           2,205
Net income......................              __             __            __        14,423            __          14,423
Adjustments for Welkin Associates,
   Ltd. pooling of interests 
   (Note 11)....................              __             __            __          (479)           __            (479)
                                      ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BALANCE, AUGUST 31, 1998........      13,997,455           $140       $95,631       $71,989       $(1,288)       $166,472

                                      ==============================================================================================
</TABLE>


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

<PAGE>



                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      For the Years Ended August 31,
                                                                                  1998             1997           1996
                                                                                  ----             ----           ----
                                                                                        (amounts in thousands)
<S>                                                                           <C>            <C>              <C> 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income.............................................................       $  14,423      $    1,199       $   10,063
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
   provided (used) by operating activities:
   Provision for doubtful accounts.....................................             353              27               23
   Depreciation........................................................           5,989           4,160            3,382
   Amortization........................................................           4,737           1,926            1,301
   Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates.....................            (524)           (656)              __
   Minority interest...................................................             870             307               __
   Deferred income taxes...............................................          (1,923)           (389)            (135)
   Special charges.....................................................           3,977          12,000               __
      Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:
      Accounts receivable..............................................         (17,919)            608          (30,554)
      Other assets.....................................................          (1,254)           (307)            (325)
      Accounts payable.................................................          (4,410)         (3,776)          12,146
      Accrued compensation and benefits................................           6,331           2,151            1,118
      Income taxes payable.............................................             944            (858)            (335)
      Other current liabilities........................................          (1,540)            487             (186)
                                                                              -------------------------------------------
      Total adjustments................................................          (4,369)         15,680          (13,565)
                                                                              -------------------------------------------

         Net cash provided (used) by operating
         activities....................................................          10,054          16,879           (3,502)

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of property and equipment.....................................          (9,273)         (4,827)          (5,339)
Purchase of long-term investments......................................            (100)            (75)              __
Purchase of capitalized software.......................................            (722)           (834)            (935)
Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired........................         (13,178)        (18,180)         (15,503)
Payments for investment in affiliates..................................          (1,028)         (6,054)          (2,504)
Proceeds from long-term investments (Note 3)...........................           2,299             775               __
                                                                              -------------------------------------------

         Net cash used by investing activities.........................         (22,002)        (29,195)         (24,281)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock.................................           5,560           4,640           33,354
Payments for retired shares............................................              __            (248)            (100)
Payments of long-term debt.............................................          (1,301)           (763)          (1,005)
Proceeds from borrowings on line of credit.............................           5,000          25,500           14,500
Payments on line of credit borrowings..................................         (10,000)        (15,000)         (14,500)
                                                                              -------------------------------------------

Net cash provided (used) by financing activities.......................            (741)          14,129           32,249

<PAGE>

                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)

                                                                                      For the Years Ended August 31,
                                                                                  1998             1997           1996
                                                                                  ----             ----           ----
                                                                                        (amounts in thousands)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and temporary cash investments.........         (12,689)          1,813            4,466
Cash and temporary cash investments at beginning of year...............          23,964          22,151           17,685
                                                                              -------------------------------------------

Cash and temporary cash investments at end of year.....................       $ 11,275        $  23,964        $  22,151

                                                                              ===========================================

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH TRANSACTIONS:
Issuance of stock as consideration in acquisitions.....................       $    __         $  26,325        $   2,378
Adjustment to purchase price allocation................................            __               200               __

</TABLE>

<PAGE>



                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

         Basis of Presentation.  Nichols Research Corporation (Nichols) provides
information  systems and  technology  services to agencies of the  Department of
Defense (DOD),  non-defense  federal agencies,  state governments and commercial
entities.

         The consolidated  financial  statements include the accounts of Nichols
Research Corporation and its majority-owned subsidiaries and joint ventures (the
Company).  Wholly-owned  subsidiaries as of August 31, 1998 are Communications &
Systems Specialists,  Inc. (CSSi), NRC Technical Services Corporation  (NRCTSC),
Advanced Marine Enterprises,  Inc. (AME), Nichols InfoTec  Corporation,  Nichols
TXEN Corporation,  Mnemonic Systems, Incorporated. (MSI), and Welkin Associates,
Ltd. (Welkin). The majority-owned joint venture as of August 31, 1998 is Nichols
ENTEC.  All  significant   intercompany  balances  and  transactions  have  been
eliminated in consolidation. The Company's earnings in unconsolidated affiliates
and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method.

         Revenue Recognition. The major portion of the Company's revenues result
from services  performed  under U.S.  Government  contracts,  either directly or
through subcontracts.  Revenue on cost-plus-fee  (including award fee) contracts
is recognized  based on  reimbursable  costs incurred plus estimated fees earned
thereon.  Revenue on fixed-price contracts is recognized using the percentage of
completion  method based on costs incurred in relation to total estimated costs.
Revenue on  time-and-materials  contracts is  recognized  to the extent of fixed
billable rates for hours delivered plus  reimbursable  costs.  Software  license
fees are recognized  upon delivery of the software  product,  unless the Company
has  significant   obligations  remaining.  If  significant  obligations  remain
following  delivery of the software,  revenue is deferred and  recognized as the
obligations are fulfilled.  Provisions for losses on contracts are recognized in
the period in which the loss is first determinable. Unbilled accounts receivable
are stated at estimated realizable value.

         Property and Equipment. Property and equipment are recorded at cost and
depreciated using the straight-line  method over estimated useful lives of three
to ten years  for  equipment  and  furniture  and over the terms of the  related
leases for leasehold improvements.

     In March 1995, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board issued  Statement
No. 121,  Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived  Assets and for Long-Lived
Assets to be Disposed Of,  which  requires  impairment  losses to be recorded on
long-lived  assets used in operations  when indicators of impairment are present
and the  undiscounted  cash flows  estimated to be generated by those assets are
less than the assets'  carrying  amount.  Statement  No. 121 also  addresses the
accounting  for  long-lived  assets that are  expected  to be  disposed  of. The
Company adopted Statement No. 121 in the first quarter of fiscal year 1997.

         Income  Taxes.   Deferred  income  taxes  are  provided  for  temporary
differences  between financial and taxable income,  primarily related to accrued
liabilities,  intangible assets and use of accelerated  depreciation methods for
income tax purposes.

         Cash and  Temporary  Cash  Investments.  The Company  considers as cash
equivalents  those  securities that are available upon demand or have maturities
of three months or less at the time of purchase.  At August 31, 1998,  temporary
cash investments  consisted of various money market accounts,  primarily with an
Alabama bank.

         Long-Term  Investments.  Investments  are  classified  at the  time  of
purchase and are evaluated as of each balance sheet date. Debt securities, which
include   municipal   obligations  and  preferred   stock,   are  classified  as
held-to-maturity  and are stated at  amortized  cost.  Interest,  dividends  and
amortization of premiums are included in investment income.

         Goodwill.  Goodwill is amortized  using the  straight-line  method over
periods  ranging from ten to twenty  years.  The carrying  amount of goodwill is
evaluated and if facts and circumstances  suggest that it may not be recoverable
over the remaining  amortization  period,  the carrying amount is reduced by the
amount estimated not to be recoverable.  The Company assesses long-lived assets,
of which  goodwill  associated  with  assets  acquired  in a  purchase  business
combination is included,  for impairment evaluations under Statement No. 121. As
discussed in Note 11 the Company is presently  engaged in  discussions  with the
staff of the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  concerning the basis for the
twenty  year  useful  life  being  used to  amortize  certain  of the  Company's
goodwill.

         Capitalized  Software  Development  Costs.  Certain costs of internally
developed  software are  capitalized  and amortized over the estimated  economic
useful life of the related software product.  Amortization expense was $526,000,
$201,000  and  $89,000  for  years  ended  August  31,  1998,   1997,  and  1996
respectively.

         Stock  Options.  The Company grants stock options for a fixed number of
shares to employees with an exercise option price equal to the fair value of the
shares at the date of option grant. The Company accounts for stock option grants
in  accordance  with the  Accounting  Principles  Board  (APB)  Opinion  No. 25,
Accounting  for Stock  Issued to  Employees,  and  intends to continue to do so;
accordingly,  the Company  recognizes no  compensation  expense for stock option
grants in the financial statements.

     Reclassification.  Certain prior period amounts have been  reclassified  to
conform with the current year's presentation.

         Use of  Estimates.  The  preparation  of the  financial  statements  in
conformity with generally accepted accounting  principles requires management to
make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial
statements  and  accompanying  notes.  Actual  results  could  differ  from  the
estimates.


NOTE 2 - ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

         Accounts receivable consist of the following as of August 31:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 1998          1997           1996
                                                                            ------------- --------------- -------------
                                                                                          (in thousands)
<S>                                                                           <C>          <C>             <C>    

Billed.................................................................      $   85,919    $    50,901     $   40,283
Unbilled...............................................................          27,473         45,402         52,120
                                                                            ------------- --------------- -------------
                                                                             $  113,392    $    96,303     $   92,403
                                                                            ============= =============== =============
</TABLE>


     Accounts receivable include $87,914,000,  $82,702,000,  and $74,357,000 due
from the U.S. Government at August 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively.

         Unbilled  accounts   receivable   include   retainages  of  $1,652,000,
$4,094,000,  and  $3,534,000  at August 31, 1998,  1997 and 1996,  respectively.
Unbilled  amounts are  classified  as current  assets  since  substantially  all
amounts will be realized within one year.

         Costs  related to certain  contracts  are  subject to  adjustment  from
negotiations  and  audit  between  the  Company  and  its  customers,  including
representatives  of the U.S.  Government.  Revenues for such  contracts  and the
related unbilled  receivables have been recorded in amounts that are expected to
be realized.

NOTE 3 - LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS

         The  following  is a summary of long-term  investments  as of the dates
stated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       Gross            Gross       Estimated Fair
                                                      Cost        Unrealized Gains    Unrealized         Value
                                                                                        Losses
                                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            (in thousands)
<S>                                              <C>              <C>               <C>              <C> 
                                                                          
August 31, 1998 Held-to-maturity:
    Municipal obligations.....................     $    1,019         $      3        $      __       $    1,022
    Preferred stocks..........................            500                1               __              501
                                                 ---------------- ----------------- --------------- ----------------
                                                   $    1,519         $      4        $      __       $    1,523

August 31, 1997 Held-to-maturity:
    Municipal obligations.....................     $    2,734         $     __        $      __       $    2,734
    Preferred stocks..........................          1,004                9               __            1,013
                                                 ---------------- ----------------- --------------- ----------------
                                                   $    3,738         $      9        $      __       $    3,747

August 31, 1996 Held-to-maturity:
    Municipal obligations.....................     $    3,479         $     __        $     (20)      $    3,459
    Preferred stocks..........................          1,004               __              (26)             978
                                                 ---------------- ----------------- --------------- ----------------
                                                   $    4,483         $     __        $     (46)      $    4,437
                                                 ================ ================= =============== ================
</TABLE>

Contractual  maturities of debt  securities  held to maturity occur ratably over
the next two years.

NOTE 4 - IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

         During the fourth  quarter of fiscal  1998,  the Company  reviewed  the
insurance line of business. During the evaluation process it was determined that
expected future cash flows from this business would not be sufficient to recover
the recorded goodwill and capitalized software development costs related to this
business.  The goodwill and capitalized  software development costs were written
down to zero book value during the fourth  quarter  resulting in a pretax charge
of $1.9 million  included in Special  Charges on the  Consolidated  Statement of
Income for the year ended August 31, 1998.

NOTE 5 - INCOME TAXES

         The  provisions for income taxes for the years ended August 31, consist
of the following:

                                             1998          1997        1996
                                             ----          ----        ----

                                                    (in thousands)
Current:
        Federal.......................   $   9,766     $   7,082    $  5,203
        State.........................       1,405           953         725
                                         -----------------------------------
                                         $  11,171     $   8,035    $  5,928
Deferred:
        Federal......................    $  (1,553)    $    (343)   $   (120)
        State........................         (317)          (46)        (16)
                                         -----------------------------------
                                         $  (1,870)    $    (389)   $   (136)
                                         -----------------------------------
                                         $   9,301     $   7,646    $  5,792
                                         ====================================


         The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities as of
August 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                               1998             1997               1996
                                                                               ----             ----               ----
                                                                                          (in thousands)
<S>                                                                        <C>                 <C>             <C>
Current deferred tax assets:
        Accrued liabilities not currently deductible...................    $    2,488          $  2,102        $   1,519
Non-current deferred tax liabilities:
        Basis difference for property and equipment...................           (354)           (2,062)          (1,661)
                                                                           ----------------------------------------------

                                                                           $    2,134          $     40        $    (142)
                                                                           ==============================================
</TABLE>



         Income tax expense as a percentage  of income  before  income taxes for
the years ended  August 31,  varies from the federal  statutory  rate due to the
following:


                                     1998             1997             1996
                                     ----             ----             ----
Statutory federal income 
  tax rate..................         35.0%            35.0%            34.0%
State income taxes, net of 
  federal benefit...........          3.2              6.9              2.9
Non-deductible expenses 
 from acquisitions..........          2.3             47.5               __
Equity earnings in 
 affiliates.................         (0.8)            (2.6)              __
Other.......................         (0.5)            (0.4)            (0.4)
                                    ------------------------------------------
                                     39.2%            86.4%            36.5%
                                    ==========================================



        The Company made income tax payments of approximately $9,189,000,  
$8,480,000,  and $6,262,000 in the years ended August 31,
1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively.

NOTE 6 - LINE OF CREDIT AND LONG-TERM DEBT

         The  Company has a bank line of credit  which  provides  for  unsecured
borrowings up to  $100,000,000.  The credit  agreement  provides for interest at
London  Interbank  Offered  Rate  (LIBOR)  plus a margin  ranging from 0.325% to
0.450% and a facility fee, payable  quarterly,  of  approximately  0.125% on the
unused  portion  of the line of  credit.  The  short-term  commitment  agreement
($50,000,000)  expires November 1998 and is renewable annually and the long-term
commitment agreement ($50,000,000) is renewable in November, 2000. At August 31,
1998,  there was  $5,000,000  outstanding on this line of credit at an effective
interest rate of 6.0 percent.

         In January 1995, the Company received  $2,225,000 in bond proceeds from
the Alabama State Industrial Development Authority. The proceeds were restricted
for use in acquiring  certain capital assets by July 1996. The bonds are payable
in equal annual  principal  installments  of $222,500  through January 2005. The
bonds bear a variable rate of interest computed weekly but contain an option for
a fixed rate for a specified  length of time.  The bonds are secured by a letter
of credit.  Interest payments of $132,000,  $138,000, and $144,000, were made in
the years ended 1998, 1997, and 1996.

         The Company  borrowed  $5,771,000 in fiscal year 1994 under a term loan
agreement.  The proceeds were used to purchase computer hardware.  The agreement
requires equal monthly  principal  installments of $64,537 until September 2001.
The loan bears  interest  at LIBOR  plus  0.75% and is  secured by the  computer
hardware  which  has a  carrying  value  of  $2,388,000.  Interest  payments  of
$182,000,  $210,000,  and $278,000 were made in the years ended August 31, 1998,
1997, and 1996,  respectively.  Interest expense is included in the consolidated
statements of income as a direct and allocable cost.

NOTE 7 - EARNINGS PER SHARE

         In 1997, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 128,  Earnings  per Share.  Statement  128
replaced the previously  reported  primary and fully diluted  earnings per share
with earnings per common share and earnings per common share assuming  dilution.
Unlike primary earnings per common share, earnings per common share excludes any
dilutive effects of options, warrants, and convertible securities.  Earnings per
common share assuming dilution is very similar to the previously  reported fully
diluted  earnings per share.  The Company  adopted  Statement  128 in the second
quarter of fiscal 1998. All earnings per share amounts for all periods have been
presented  and,  where  necessary,  restated  to  conform to the  Statement  128
requirements.

         The following  table sets forth the  computation of earnings per common
share and earnings per common share assuming dilution for the years ended August
31,:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                        1998           1997             1996
<S>                                                               <C>              <C>               <C>  
 Numerator:
     Net income and income available to
          common stockholders and income
          available to common stockholders                        $  14,423,000   $ 1,199,000       $ 10,063,000
          after assumed conversions...............
                                                                  =================================================

 Denominator:
     Denominator for earnings per common
          share - weighted average common
          shares..................................                   13,607,145    12,090,377         10,090,684


Effect of dilutive securities:
     Employee stock options.......................                      517,833       622,310            590,596
      
                                                                  -------------------------------------------------

Denominator for earnings per common
     share assuming dilution - adjusted
     weighted average common shares
     and assumed conversions......................                   14,124,978    12,712,687         10,681,280
                                                                  =================================================

Earnings per common share..........................               $        1.06    $     0.10        $      1.00 
                                                                  =================================================
Earnings per common share assuming  
     dilution......................................               $        1.02    $     0.09        $      0.94
                                                                  =================================================
</TABLE>

NOTE 8 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND COMMITMENTS

         The Company leases office  facilities under various  operating  leases,
including leases with companies in which certain officers and stockholders  have
ownership  interests.  The leases generally have terms of one to ten years. Rent
expense for all operating leases for the years ended August 31, was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              1998            1997             1996
                                                                         -------------------------------------------------
                                                                                         (in thousands)
<S>                                                                        <C>             <C>              <C>   

Total rent expense................................................         $    8,520      $   7,853         $  5,047
Amounts to related parties........................................                983            983              980
</TABLE>

         Future  minimum lease payments  under  operating  leases with remaining
terms of one year or more for the years ended August 31, are:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                     1999         2000          2001             2002          2003         thereafter
                                     ----         ----          ----             ----          ----         -----------
                                                                               (in thousands)
<S>                                <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>

Total..........................    $ 9,296       $ 8,391       $  5,555       $  3,626        $ 3,320       $  10,275
Amounts to related parties.....        983           894            429            215             __              __
</TABLE>

NOTE 9 - DEFINED CONTRIBUTION BENEFIT PLANS

         Substantially  all  full-time  employees  are covered by one of several
defined  contribution  plans offered by the Company.  Employees are permitted to
defer  from 0% to 15% of  their  salary  depending  on the  plan in  which  they
participate.  A Company  matching  contribution is determined  based on employee
deferral  percentage  and  ranges  from 0% to a maximum  of 2.5%.  Discretionary
contributions  may also be made to plans as determined  annually by the Board of
Directors.  Total provisions for employee  retirement  plans were  approximately
$8,112,000, $6,968,000, and $5,633,000 for the years ended August 31, 1998, 1997
and 1996, respectively.

NOTE 10 - EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS AND STOCK PURCHASE PLANS

         The  Company  has  employee  stock  option  plans that  provide for the
issuance of incentive  stock  options (as defined by the Internal  Revenue Code)
and  nonstatutory  stock  options to key  employees,  including  officers of the
Company and its subsidiaries.  Options are  nontransferable and exercisable only
during employment,  with certain exceptions.  Options are fully vested 48 months
from the date of grant. Options expire five or ten years from the date of grant.
At August 31, 1998, 1,629,955 shares were available for grant under these plans.

         The Company  also has a stock option plan for  non-employee  members of
the Board of  Directors.  Options are  exercisable  immediately  and expire five
years from the date of grant.  At August 31, 1998,  57,490 shares were available
for grant under this plan.

         A  summary  of   activity   relating   to  stock   options,   including
reclassification of prior year share presentation, is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                               Employee             Non-Employee
                                                                Stock                   Stock
                                                                Option                 Option              Total
                                                                Plans                   Plans
                                                             ----------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                                           <C>                      <C>                <C>    

Outstanding at August 31, 1995
($8.58 per share)...............................              1,350,760                29,508             1,380,268
      Granted ($14.20 per share)................                299,468                 9,000               308,468
      Exercised ($6.47  per share)..............               (250,644)               (5,502)             (256,146)
      Canceled/Expired ($9.80 per share)........                (69,926)                   __               (69,926)
                                                             ----------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at August 31, 1996
($10.18 per share)..............................              1,329,658                33,006             1,362,664
      Granted ($22.80 per share)................                243,077                 6,000               249,077
      Exercised ($9.36 per share)...............               (316,150)              (10,506)             (326,656)
      Canceled/Expired ($12.45 per share).......                (36,474)               (1,000)              (37,474)
                                                             ----------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at August 31, 1997
($12.85 per share)..............................              1,220,111                27,500             1,247,611
      Granted ($23.86 per share)................                453,540                 5,000               458,540
      Exercised ($10.09 per share)..............               (323,312)               (9,000)             (332,312)
      Canceled/Expired ($17.09 per share).......               (106,676)                   __              (106,676)
                                                             ----------------------------------------------------------

Outstanding at August 31, 1998..................              1,243,663                23,500             1,267,163
Exercisable at August 31, 1998..................                364,376                23,500               387,876
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    Weighted                             Weighted
      Range of                                 Contractual           Average                              Average
      Exercise               Number             Remaining           Exercise           Number           Exercisable
       Prices              Outstanding            Life                Price          Exercisable           Price
       ------              -----------            ----                -----          -----------           -----
<S>                         <C>                 <C>                  <C>                <C>               <C>  

$  0.72 -  $  8.14          235,807             3.5 years            $ 7.11             216,988           $ 7.13
   8.15 -     13.56         269,199             1.8 years             11.09             126,167            10.94
  13.57 -     21.70         124,949             3.0 years             16.72              32,221            15.97
  21.71 -     27.13         637,208             3.9 years             23.56              12,500            23.27
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$  0.72 -  $  27.13       1,267,163             3.3 years            $17.51             387,876           $ 9.63

</TABLE>

         The Company has an employee  stock  purchase plan that allows  eligible
employees to purchase common stock at less than fair market value.  The purchase
price is 85% of fair market value on each quarterly purchase date. Purchases are
limited to the lesser of 10% of an employee's  annual  compensation  or $25,000.
Shares of common stock issued under this plan were 111,797,  79,816,  and 64,703
in the years ended August 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively.

         In October  1995,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  issued
Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,  which requires that
financial statements include certain disclosures about the stock-based employees
compensation  and allows,  but does not require,  a fair  value-based  method of
accounting for such  compensation.  As allowed under the provisions of Statement
No. 123,  the Company  has elected to apply APB Opinion No. 25,  Accounting  for
Stock Issued to Employees,  and related  Interpretations  in accounting  for its
stock based plans. Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for its
qualified stock option plans and its employee stock purchase plans.  The effects
of  applying  Statement  No.  123 on a pro  forma  basis  are not  likely  to be
representative of the effects on reported pro forma net income (loss) for future
years  as  the  estimated   compensation  cost  reflects  only  options  granted
subsequent to August 31, 1995.  Had  compensation  cost for these  programs been
determined  based on the fair value at the grant  dates for awards  under  these
programs  consistent  with the method  prescribed  under  Statement No. 123, the
Company's  net income and  earnings per share would have been reduced to the pro
forma amounts indicated below for the years ended August 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                1998             1997            1996
                                                                                ----             ----            ----
                                                                                   (in thousands except share data)
<S>                                                                          <C>              <C>            <C>    

NET INCOME (LOSS):
   As reported.........................................................      $   14,423       $   1,199      $   10,063
   Pro forma...........................................................          12,179            (160)          9,525
EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE ASSUMING DILUTION:
   As reported.........................................................      $     1.06       $    0.10      $     1.00
   Pro forma...........................................................            0.86           (0.01)           0.89
Weighted-average fair value of options granted
during the period......................................................      $     9.52       $    9.05      $     6.38
</TABLE>

         The fair value of each option  grant is  estimated on the date of grant
using  a  type  of  Black-Scholes   option-pricing   model  with  the  following
weighted-average  assumptions  used for option  grants in fiscal 1998,  1997 and
1996,  respectively:  dividend  yield of 0% for all years;  expected  volatility
factors of 0.391, 0.378 and 0.312;  risk-free interest rates of 6.37%, 6.64% and
6.23%; and expected lives of 4 years for all years.

NOTE 11 - BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

         On July 28, 1998,  the Company  exchanged  415,689 shares of its common
stock for all of the  outstanding  shares of  Welkin.  Welkin is a  provider  of
engineering and  acquisition  management  services to the National  Intelligence
community. The business combination was accounted for as a pooling of interests.
As a result of  conforming  Welkin's  previous  March 31 fiscal  year end to the
Company's  August 31 fiscal year end, seven months of operations are included in
both fiscal year ended August 31, 1998 and 1997.  Revenue of $11,208,000 and net
income of $479,000 are included in both fiscal years. All periods presented have
been restated to include the accounts and operations of Welkin with those of the
Company as previously reported.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                 For the Years Ended August 31,
                                                                                     1997               1996
                                                                                ----------------------------------
                                                                                     (amounts in thousands)
<S>                                                                             <C>                 <C>    

Revenue:
     Previously reported.............................................           $   379,695         $   242,308
     Welkin..........................................................                18,447              14,297
                                                                               -----------------------------------
     Combined........................................................           $   398,142         $   256,605

Net Income:
     Previously reported.............................................           $       474         $     9,392
     Welkin..........................................................                   725                 671
                                                                               -----------------------------------
     Combined........................................................           $     1,199         $    10,063
</TABLE>


         Operations  of the  companies  acquired  which  were  accounted  for as
purchases  have  been  included  in  the  accompanying   consolidated  financial
statements from their  respective  dates of acquisition.  The excess of purchase
price  over fair  value of  identifiable  assets  and  liabilities  acquired  is
included as goodwill.  Certain of the purchase agreements provide for contingent
payments based on certain operating results for periods ranging from one to five
years from date of acquisition.

         On April 15, 1998 the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of
MSI. MSI is a systems  integration  company serving clients primarily within the
U.S.  Department of Justice.  Aggregate  consideration  of  approximately  $12.5
million was paid at closing.  Additional  consideration of up to $6.0 million is
contingent upon achieving  specified  operating results during the twelve months
following acquisition as defined in the purchase agreement.  The acquisition was
accounted for using the purchase  method of  accounting.  The  allocation of the
excess  purchase price to intangible  assets includes $2.0 million to in-process
research and development and $10.0 million to goodwill. The purchased in-process
research and  development  was expensed in the third  quarter and is included in
the  consolidated  statements of income for the year ended August 31, 1998.  The
goodwill  amount is being  amortized  using  the  straight-line  method  over an
estimated useful life of fifteen years.

         On August 29,  1997 the  Company  exercised  its option to acquire  the
remaining 80.1% of TXEN,  Inc., an information  systems and services  company in
the managed  care  industry.  Aggregate  consideration  of  approximately  $43.8
million  was paid at  closing,  $17.5  million in cash and  1,084,148  shares of
stock, valued at approximately $26.3 million.  Allocation of the excess purchase
price to intangible  assets includes;  $12.0 million to in-process  research and
development  which was  expensed  in the fourth  quarter  and is included in the
consolidated  statement  of income for the year ended  August  31,  1997,  $15.6
million to  goodwill,  $12.7  million to other  intangibles  and $1.8 million to
capitalized software development costs.  Goodwill and other intangibles totaling
$27.6  million  are being  amortized  using  the  straight-line  method  over an
estimated useful life of twenty years. The remaining $0.7 million of intangibles
is being amortized using the straight-line  method over an estimated useful life
of seven years. The $1.8 million of capitalized  software  development  costs is
being amortized using the straight-line  method over an estimated useful life of
five years.

         In  connection  with the  Company's  filing of a Form S-3  registration
statement,  the  Company  is  engaged  in  discussions  with  the  staff  of the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission  regarding  the purchase  price  allocation
related to its August 1997  acquisition of TXEN. These  discussions  principally
relate to the amount  allocated to in-process  research and  development and the
useful  life  of  twenty  years  assigned  to  goodwill.  The  Company  and  its
independent  auditors,  Ernst & Young LLP believe the purchase price  allocation
recorded in  connection  with the TXEN  acquisition,  and  related  amortization
charges,  are in  accordance  with widely  recognized  appraisal  practices  and
generally accepted accounting  principles.  However, the staff of the Securities
and Exchange  Commission has recently  expressed views  concerning  valuation of
in-process   research  and  development  in  business   combinations  which,  if
determined to be applicable,  would probably result in a reduction in the amount
allocated to in-process  research and development.  If there are any significant
changes as a result of these  discussions to the amounts  allocated to purchased
in-process  research and development or other intangible  assets,  or changes in
the lives  over  which such  amounts  are  amortized,  these  could  result in a
material  reduction  in the  amount of the charge for  in-process  research  and
development  reflected  in the  Company's  financial  results for the year ended
August  31,  1997 and  increased  amortization  expense  in 1998 and  subsequent
periods which could be material.

         On May 31, 1996 the Company  acquired  all of the  outstanding  capital
stock of AME. AME provides naval  architectural and marine engineering  services
to primarily U.S. Government clients.  The purchase price of approximately $17.5
million  consisted of $15.1 million in cash and 108,066  shares of the Company's
stock valued at $2.4 million.  The  resulting  goodwill of  approximately  $12.5
million is being amortized using the straight line method over fifteen years.

         The following  unaudited pro forma summary  presents  information as if
all  the  acquisitions  had  occurred  at the  beginning  of  each  fiscal  year
presented.  The  pretax  charge  of $14  million  related  to the  write-off  of
purchased in-process research and development has been included in the pro forma
results  for the year  ended  August  31,  1997.  The pro forma  information  is
presented for informational purposes only. It is based on historical information
and does not necessarily reflect the actual results that would have occurred nor
is it  necessarily  indicative  of future  results of operations of the combined
companies.

                                                     1998            1997
                                                --------------------------------
                                                (in thousands except share data)

Revenues......................................  $    440,886      $  435,949
Net income....................................        16,341           1,608
Earnings per share assuming dilution..........  $       1.16      $     0.12

NOTE 12 - INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATES

         The Company owns a 50% interest in a joint  venture,  NCCIM.  NCCIM was
formed to perform work under a five year  contract  awarded in August 1997.  The
Company's  aggregate  capital  investment  is  $1,345,000  at August  31,  1998.
Undistributed  equity  earnings of $524,000  are included in the August 31, 1998
Retained Earnings balance reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

         In  February  1997,  the  Company  acquired  approximately  30%  of the
outstanding  capital  stock of Intertech  Management  Group,  Inc.  (Intertech).
Subsequently,  the Company purchased an additional 4% interest. As of August 31,
1998, the Company holds approximately 34% of the outstanding capital stock at an
aggregate cost of approximately $5,663,000. Intertech provides software and data
processing services to the telecommunications industry.

         In October 1995, the Company acquired the equivalent of approximately a
20% interest in HealthGate  at an aggregate  cost of  approximately  $2,069,000.
HealthGate provides a biomedical and health information system on the World Wide
Web.

NOTE 13 - SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                           Earnings
                                                                                                            (Loss)
                                                                  Operating                                Per Share
                                             Revenues              Profit              Net Income          Assuming
                                                                    (Loss)               (Loss)            Dilution
                                           -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  (in thousands except share data)

<S>                                         <C>                   <C>                <C>                  <C>
Year ended August 31, 1998
     First Quarter..................        $   88,540            $   5,682           $    3,504          $    0.25
     Second Quarter..................           92,509                5,963                3,819               0.27
     Third Quarter...................          118,478                5,589                3,427               0.24
     Fourth Quarter..................          127,516                6,127                3,673               0.26

Year ended August 31, 1997
     First Quarter...................       $   87,240            $   4,776           $    3,214          $    0.25
     Second Quarter..................           96,379                4,615                3,154               0.25
     Third Quarter...................           98,702                4,989                3,402               0.27
     Fourth Quarter..................          115,821               (6,645)              (8,571)             (0.67)

</TABLE>


NOTE:  All prior  periods have been  restated to reflect the merger with Welkin,
which  was  consummated  on July 28,  1998 and  accounted  for as a  pooling  of
interests.
<PAGE>


                REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board Of Directors
Nichols Research Corporation

         We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Nichols
Research  Corporation  as of August 31,  1998,  1997 and 1996,  and the  related
consolidated  statements of income,  stockholders' equity and cash flows for the
years then ended.  These  financial  statements  are the  responsibility  of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

         We conducted our audits in accordance with generally  accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

         In our opinion,  the  financial  statements  referred to above  present
fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Nichols
Research  Corporation at August 31, 1998,  1997 and 1996,  and the  consolidated
results  of its  operations  and its cash  flows  for the  years  then  ended in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


                                                               ERNST & YOUNG LLP

BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA
October 7, 1998


ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

         None.

<PAGE>

                                    PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

         The  information  appearing  under  "Election of  Directors" on pages 3
through 6 of the Nichols Research  Corporation  Proxy Statement  relative to the
Annual Meeting of  Shareholders  to be held January 14, 1999, is incorporated by
reference in this Form 10-K Annual Report. Information regarding delinquent Form
3, 4 or 5 filers appearing under "Section 16(a) Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting
Compliance"  on page 14 of the  Nichols  Research  Corporation  Proxy  Statement
relative to the Annual Meeting of  Shareholders  to be held January 14, 1999, is
incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K Annual Report.  Information relating
to the  executive  officers  is  set  forth  under  "Executive  Officers  of the
Registrant" on page 12 of this Form 10-K Annual Report.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         The information  appearing under  "Executive  Compensation"  on pages 7
through 14 of the Nichols Research  Corporation Proxy Statement  relative to the
Annual Meeting of  Shareholders  to be held January 14, 1999, is incorporated by
reference in this Form 10-K Annual Report.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

         The information appearing under "Common Stock Outstanding and Principal
Shareholders"  on pages 1 through 3 of the Nichols  Research  Corporation  Proxy
Statement  relative to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held January 14,
1999, is incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K Annual Report.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

         The  information  appearing  under "Certain  Relationships  and Related
Transactions"  on page 14 of the Nichols  Research  Corporation  Proxy Statement
relative to the Annual Meeting of  Shareholders  to be held January 14, 1999, is
incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K Annual Report.

<PAGE>

                                     PART IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a) (1) The financial  statements  and other  financial  information  of Nichols
Research  Corporation  set forth  below and the Report of  Independent  Auditors
thereon are incorporated by reference from pages 24 through 37 of this Form 10-K
Annual Report:

Consolidated Balance Sheets at August 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996

Consolidated Statements of Income for the three years ended August 31, 1998

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the three years ended August
31, 1998

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended  August 31, 1998

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors

Selected Quarterly Financial Data

         (2) All financial  statement schedules are omitted because they are not
applicable or the required  information is shown in the financial  statements or
notes thereto.

         (3)  Exhibits:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Exhibit Number
and Method of
Filing Reference                                        Description
<S>          <C>  <C> 

2.1          L    Stock Purchase  Agreement dated May 31, 1996,  between  Registrant and the shareholders of Advanced Marine
                  Enterprises, Inc.

2.2          T    Agreement of Merger dated August 27, 1997, between  Registrant,  Nichols SELECT  Corporation,  TXEN, Inc.,
                  and the shareholders of TXEN, Inc.

2.3          O    Stock Purchase  Agreement  dated April 15, 1998,  between  Registrant and Artis G. Isaac,  the sole shareholder of
                  Mnemonic Systems, Incorporated.

2.4          A    Agreement and Plan of Merger dated June 26, 1998,  between  Registrant,  WAL Acquisition  Company, Inc. and Welkin
                  Associates, Ltd.

3.1          M&C  Certificate of Incorporation and Amendments thereto.

3.2          K    By-laws and Amendments thereto.

4            D    Specimen Stock Certificate.

10.1         B    Performance Bonus Plan of Registrant dated July 1, 1986.*

10.2         D&F  Non-Employee Officer and Director Stock Option Plan of Registrant.*

10.3         D&I  1988 Employees' Stock Purchase Plan of Registrant and Amendments Number One and Two thereto.*

10.4         J    Lease dated February 18, 1992,  between Parkway  Properties II, as Lessor,  and Registrant,  as Lessee, for office
                  space located at 4035 Chris Drive, Huntsville, Alabama, together with exhibits.

10.5         N    Lease dated January 25, 1996, between High Tech Properties, as Lessor, and Registrant, as Lessee, for office space
                  located at 1900 Golf Road, Huntsville, Alabama, together with exhibits.

10.6         E&Q  Nichols Research Corporation 1989 Incentive Stock Option Plan.*

10.7         A    Credit Agreement dated November    25, 1997 between the  Registrant  and Corestates  Bank,  N.A.relating to a $100
                  million revolving credit facility.

10.8         G&R  Nichols Research Corporation 1991 Stock Option Plan.*

10.9         H    Amendments Three and Four to the 1988 Employees' Stock Purchase Plan of Registrant.*

10.10        H    Amendment to the Non-Employee Officer and Director Stock Option Plan of Registrant.*

10.11        H    Amendment to the 1989 Incentive Stock Option Plan of Registrant.*

10.12        J    Amendment Number Five to the 1988 Employees' Stock Purchase Plan of Registrant.*

10.13        J    Amendment Number Two to the Non-Employee Officer and Director Stock Option Plan of Registrant.*

10.14        J    Amendment Number One to the 1991 Stock Option Plan of Registrant.*

10.15        K    Amendments Two and Three to the 1991 Stock Option Plan of Registrant.*

10.16        K    Lease dated July 31, 1995, between Parkway  Properties,  as Lessor, and Registrant,  as Lessee, for office
                  space located at 1910 Nichols Drive, Huntsville, Alabama.

10.17        K    Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement dated September 1, 1994 between Registrant and Michael J. Mruz.*

10.18        P    Amendment Six to the Nichols Research Corporation 1988 Employees' Stock Purchase Plan.*

10.19        Q    Amendment Three to the Nichols Research Corporation 1989 Incentive Stock Option Plan.*

10.20        R    Amendment Five to the Nichols Research Corporation 1991 Stock Option Plan.*

10.21        S    Amendment Four to the Nichols Research Corporation Non-Employee Officer and Director Stock Option Plan.*

10.22        U    Amendment Two to Employment  Agreement dated September 1, 1997 between  Nichols  Research  Corporation and
                  Michael J. Mruz.*

10.23        T    Employment Agreement with Thomas L. Patterson, and Amendment to such Employment Agreement.*

10.24        C    Nichols Research Corporation 1997 Stock Option Plan. *

10.25        C    Nichols Research Corporation 1997 Stock Bonus Plan.*

10.26        C    Nichols Research Corporation Supplemental Retirement Benefit Plan between Registrant and Michael J. Mruz.*

10.27        C    Nichols Research Corporation Supplemental Retirement Benefit Plan between Registrant and Chris H. Horgen.*

10.28        A    Employment  Agreement  dated July 28, 1998,  between Welkin  Associates,  Ltd., the Registrant and Carl W.
                  Monk, Jr.*

10.29        A    mendment Two dated June 1, 1998 to Employment  Agreement  between Nichols TXEN  Corporation and Thomas L.
                  Patterson.*

10.30        A    Employment  Agreement dated December 16, 1994 between Nichols SELECT  Corporation and Paul D. Reaves,  and
                  amendment to such Employment Agreement.*

10.31        A    Employment Agreement dated August 29, 1997 between Nichols SELECT Corporation and H. Grey Wood.*

21           A    Subsidiaries of Registrant.

23           A    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.

24           A    Power of Attorney.  Reference is made to page 42 of this Form 10-K.

27           A    Financial Data Schedule.

99           A    Consent of Charles A. Leader.

</TABLE>

- ----------------------


A Filed herewith.

B  Incorporated  by reference to exhibits  filed with the Commission on November
21,  1986  with the  Company's  registration  statement  on Form S-1  under  the
Securities Act of 1933, File No. 33-10323.

C  Incorporated  by reference to exhibits filed with the Commission on April 13,
1998 with the  Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal  quarter
ended February 28, 1998, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

D  Incorporated  by reference to exhibits  filed with the Commission on November
28, 1989 with the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
August 31, 1989, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

E  Incorporated  by reference to exhibits  filed with the Commission on November
16, 1990 with the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
August 31, 1990, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

F Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Commission on January 18,
1991 with the Company's  registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities
Act of 1933, File No. 33-38568.

G  Incorporated  by reference to exhibits  filed with the Commission on November
20, 1992 with the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
August 31, 1992, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

H  Incorporated  by reference to exhibits  filed with the Commission on November
26, 1993 with the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
August 31, 1993, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

I Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Commission on February 7,
1989 with the Company's  registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities
Act of 1933, File No. 33-13464.

J  Incorporated  by reference to exhibits  filed with the Commission on November
28, 1994 with the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
August 31, 1994, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

K  Incorporated  by reference to exhibits  filed with the Commission on November
29, 1995 with the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
August 31, 1995, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

L  Incorporated  by reference to exhibits  filed with the Commission on June 17,
1996 with the  Company's  Current  Report on Form 8-K  dated  May 31,  1996,  as
amended, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

M  Incorporated  by reference to exhibits  filed with the Commission on July 25,
1996 with the Company's  registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities
Act of 1933, File No. 333-08787.

N  Incorporated  by reference to exhibits  filed with the Commission on November
25, 1996 with the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
August 31, 1996, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

O  Incorporated  by reference to exhibits  filed with the Commission on July 14,
1998 with the  Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal  quarter
ended May 31, 1998, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

P  Incorporated  by reference to exhibits  filed with the Commission on June 13,
1997 with the Company's  registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities
Act of 1933, File No. 333-07164.

Q  Incorporated  by  reference  to exhibits  filed on December 10, 1991 with the
Company's  registration  statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933,
File No. 33-44409,  as amended by Form S-8 filed with the Commission on June 13,
1997 (File No.
333-07160).

R Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Commission on December 7,
1992 with the Company's  registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities
Act of 1933, File No. 33-55454, as amended by Form S-8 filed with the Commission
on June 13, 1997 (File No. 333-07162).

S  Incorporated  by reference to exhibits  filed with the Commission on June 23,
1997 with the Company's  registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities
Act of 1933, File No. 333-29791.

T  Incorporated  by reference to exhibits filed with the Commission on September
11, 1997 with the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 31, 1997, as
amended under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

U  Incorporated  by reference to exhibits  filed with the Commission on November
28,  1997,  with the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended August 31, 1997, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

*        Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or  arrangement 
         required to be filed as an exhibit to this report.

(b)  Reports on Form 8-K.  No  reports on Form 8-K were filed  during the fourth
quarter of the fiscal year ended August 31, 1998.

(c)   Exhibits. The response to this portion of Item 14 is submitted as a 
      separate section of this report.

(d)   Financial Statement Schedules. The response to this portion of Item 14 is 
      submitted as a separate section of this report.

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES


         Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                                             NICHOLS RESEARCH CORPORATION

 November 24, 1998                           By  Chris H. Horgen
 -----------------                               ---------------
                                                 Chris H. Horgen
                                                 Chairman of the Board







                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


         KNOW  ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that  each  person  whose  signature
appears  below,  hereby  constitutes  and appoints  Michael J. Mruz and Allen E.
Dillard,  and each or  either  of them,  with  full  power of  substitution,  as
attorneys-in-fact  in  their  names,  place  and  stead to  execute  any and all
amendments to this Form 10-K,  and to file the same,  with exhibits  thereto and
documents in connection  therewith,  and hereby ratify and confirm all that said
attorneys-in-fact and each of them or his substitutes may do by virtue hereof.

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed by the following  persons on behalf of the registrant and
in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Signature                                           Title                                     Date

<S>                                        <C>                                                   <C>
       Chris H. Horgen                     Chairman of the Board (Principal                      November 24, 1998
       ---------------                     Executive Officer)                    
       Chris H. Horgen                     


       Michael J. Mruz                     Chief Exective Officer and Director                   November 24, 1998
       ---------------                 
       Michael J. Mruz


       Patsy L. Hattox                     Corporate Vice President, Chief Administrative        November 25, 1998
       ---------------                     Officer, Secretary and Director
       Patsy L. Hattox                    


       Roy J. Nichols                      Vice Chairman and Senior Vice President               November 24, 1998
       --------------                                      
       Roy J. Nichols 


       Roger P. Heinisch                   Director                                              November 18, 1998
       -----------------                                                              
       Roger P. Heinisch


       John R. Wynn                        Director                                              November 25, 1998
       ------------                                                                     
       John R. Wynn



       William E. Odom                     Director                                              November 20, 1998
       ---------------                                                  
       William E. Odom


       James R. Thompson, Jr.              Director                                              November 20, 1998
       ----------------------                                                  
       James R. Thompson, Jr.


       Phil E. Depoy                       Director                                              November 24, 1998
       -------------                                                                    
       Phil E. Depoy



       -------------------                 Chairman of Nichols TXEN Corporation and              November ___, 1998
       Thomas L. Patterson                  Director


       Daniel W. McGlaughlin               Director                                              November 23, 1998
       ---------------------                                                
       Daniel W. McGlaughlin


       David Friend                       Director                                               November 18, 1998
       ------------                                                  
       David Friend


       Allen E. Dillard                   Corporate Vice President, Chief Financial Officer,     November 25, 1998
       ----------------                   and Corporate Treasurer (Principal Financial
       Allen E. Dillard                   and Accounting Officer)
                                          
</TABLE>


                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER



                                  By and Among

                          Nichols Research Corporation,

                          WAL Acquisition Company, Inc.

                                       and

                             Welkin Associates, Ltd.



                              Dated: June 26, 1998


<PAGE>
                          
                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

         THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (the  "Agreement"),  dated as of June
26, 1998,  by and among NICHOLS  RESEARCH  CORPORATION,  a Delaware  corporation
("Nichols"),  WAL  ACQUISITION  COMPANY,  INC.,  a  Virginia  corporation  and a
subsidiary of Nichols  ("Merger Sub"), and WELKIN  ASSOCIATES,  LTD., a Virginia
corporation ("Welkin").

                                 R E C I T A L S

         Welkin is engaged in providing  engineering and management  services to
national  intelligence  organizations  with  emphasis  on  systems  engineering,
processing and analysis,  mission utility assessment,  systems acquisition,  and
tactical operations and support (the 'Welkin Business'). This Agreement provides
for the  acquisition  of Welkin by Nichols  pursuant to the merger of Merger Sub
into and with Welkin.  At the  effective  time of such merger,  the  outstanding
shares  of the  common  stock of  Welkin  shall be  converted  into the right to
receive shares of the common stock of Nichols (except as provided in Section 1.6
of  this  Agreement).   As  a  result,   shareholders  of  Welkin  shall  become
shareholders  of Nichols.  The Board of  Directors  of Nichols,  Merger Sub, and
Welkin have adopted resolutions approving this Agreement and the consummation of
the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.  The  transactions  described  in  this
Agreement  are  subject to the  approval of the  shareholders  of Welkin and the
satisfaction of certain other conditions described in this Agreement.  It is the
intention of the parties to this  Agreement  that the merger for federal  income
tax purposes shall qualify as a  "reorganization"  within the meaning of Section
368(a) of the Internal  Revenue Code, and for accounting  purposes shall qualify
for treatment as a pooling of interests.

                         AGREEMENT AND PLAN

         NOW,   THEREFORE,   in  consideration  of  their  mutual  promises  and
obligations hereunder, the parties hereto adopt and make this Agreement and Plan
and  prescribe  the terms and  conditions  hereof  and the  manner  and basis of
carrying the merger into effect, which shall be as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   THE MERGER



<PAGE>


         Section  1.1  The  Merger.   Upon  performance  of  all  covenants  and
obligations of the parties  contained  herein and upon  fulfillment or waiver of
all conditions to the obligations of the parties contained herein, on the Merger
Date, as hereinafter defined, and pursuant to the Virginia Stock Corporation Act
(the  "VSCA"),  Merger Sub will be merged with and into  Welkin (the  "Merger"),
which will be the surviving corporation,  and as a result thereof shall become a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of Nichols.  The purposes of the surviving  corporation
shall be those stated in the  Articles of  Incorporation  of Welkin.  As soon as
practicable  after  the  terms  and  conditions  of  this  Agreement  have  been
satisfied,  Articles and Plan of Merger,  substantially  in the form attached as
Exhibit "A" hereto,  properly completed and executed in accordance with the VSCA
(the "Articles of Merger"),  will be filed with the State Corporation Commission
of Commonwealth of Virginia.  The merger shall become  effective at the time and
on the date the  filing of the  Articles  of Merger  with the State  Corporation
Commission of the  Commonwealth of Virginia shall have been completed.  The date
and time when the merger  becomes  effective is referred to in this Agreement as
the 'Merger Date.'

         Section 1.2 Conversion of Shares.  Upon  consummation of the Merger and
without  any  action  on  the  part  of  Nichols,  Merger  Sub,  Welkin  or  the
shareholders  thereof,  each share of  Welkin's  common  stock,  $1.00 par value
("Welkin Stock"),  outstanding  immediately  prior to the Merger,  except shares
held by shareholders who have properly  exercised their dissenters' rights under
Sections 13.1-729 through 13.1-741 of the VSCA  ("Dissenting  Shares") or shares
then owned by Nichols or by a Nichols'  subsidiary,  shall be converted into the
right to receive that number of shares of Nichols' common stock, $0.01 par value
("Nichols  Stock")  determined  in  accordance  with the  formula  set  forth on
Schedule  1.2,  Conversion  of Shares,  hereto  (the  "Conversion  Ratio").  The
outstanding  shares of Merger Sub  immediately  prior to the Merger shall,  upon
consummation  of the  Merger,  be  converted  into an equal  number of shares of
Welkin Stock, and shall thereafter  constitute the outstanding  capital stock of
the surviving  corporation.  The authorized capital stock of Welkin as set forth
in its Articles of  Incorporation  shall continue to be the  authorized  capital
stock for the surviving corporation.

         Section 1.3       Stock Options.

                  (a) At the Merger  Date,  each  option to  purchase  shares of
Welkin Stock  pursuant to stock  options  ("Welkin  Options")  granted by Welkin
under the Incentive  Stock Option Plan of 1988 of Welkin  Associates,  Ltd. (the
'Welkin Stock Option Plan'),  which are outstanding at the Merger Date,  whether
<PAGE>
or not  exercisable,  shall be converted  into and become rights with respect to
Nichols  Stock,  and Nichols shall assume each Welkin Option in accordance  with
the terms of the Welkin Stock Option Plan and stock option or other agreement by
which it is evidenced,  except that from and after the Merger Date,  (i) Nichols
and its stock  option  committee  shall be  substituted  for Welkin and Welkin's
Board of Directors administering such Welkin Stock Option Plan, (ii) each Welkin
Option  assumed by Nichols may be exercised  solely for shares of Nichols Stock,
(iii) the number of shares of Nichols Stock subject to such Welkin Options shall
be equal to the number of shares of Welkin Stock subject to such Welkin  Options
immediately  prior to the Merger Date  multiplied by the Conversion  Ratio,  and
(iv) the per share  exercise  price  under  each  such  Welkin  Option  shall be
adjusted by dividing the per share  exercise price under each such Welkin Option
by the Conversion Ratio and rounding up to the nearest cent. Notwithstanding the
provisions  of clause  (iii) of the  preceding  sentence,  Nichols  shall not be
obligated  to issue any  fraction of a share of Nichols  Stock upon  exercise of
Welkin Options and any fraction of a share of Nichols Stock that otherwise would
be subject to a converted  Welkin Option shall  represent the right to receive a
cash payment upon exercise of such converted  Welkin Option equal to the product
of such  fraction  and the  difference  between the market value of one share of
Nichols  Stock at the time of exercise  of such Welkin  Option and the per share
exercise price of such Welkin  Option.  The market value of one share of Nichols
Stock at the time of exercise of a Welkin  Option shall be the Weighted  Average
Share Price of Nichols Stock as set forth on Schedule  1.3(a),  Weighted Average
Share Price,  hereto.  Nichols and Welkin agree to take all  necessary  steps to
effectuate the foregoing provisions of this Section.

                  (b) As soon as  practicable  after the Merger  Date and in any
event no later  than  thirty  (30) days  after the Merger  Date,  Nichols  shall
deliver to the  participants  of the Welkin  Stock  Option  Plan an  appropriate
notice setting forth such  participant's  rights pursuant thereto and the grants
subject to the Welkin  Stock  Option  Plan shall  continue in effect on the same
terms and  conditions  (subject to the  adjustments  required by Section  1.3(a)
after giving  effect to the Merger).  Within  fifteen (15) days after the Merger
Date,  Nichols  shall  file a  registration  statement  on Form  S-8  (the  "S-8
Registration  Statement")  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended  (the
"Securities  Act") with respect to the shares of Nichols  Stock  subject to such
options. Nichols shall use its best efforts to maintain the effectiveness of the
S-8 Registration Statement (and maintain the current status of the prospectus or
prospectuses  contained therein) for so long as such options remain outstanding.
The S-8 Registration  Statement and all amendments and supplements  thereto will
conform in all respects  with the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act and all
rules and regulations thereunder.

                  (c) All  contractual  restrictions  or limitations on transfer
with respect to Welkin Stock  awarded  under the Welkin Stock Option Plan to the
extent that such  restrictions  or  limitations  shall not have  already  lapsed
(whether  as a result  of the  Merger or  otherwise),  and  except as  otherwise
expressly  provided  in such plan,  shall  remain in full force and effect  with
respect to shares of Nichols Stock into which such restricted stock is converted
pursuant to Section 1.3(a) of this Agreement.

         Section 1.4 No  Fractional  Shares.  Only whole shares of Nichols Stock
shall be issued in the  Merger.  In lieu of  fractional  shares,  each holder of
Welkin Stock who  otherwise  would be entitled to a fractional  share of Nichols
Stock shall, upon surrender of such holder's stock  certificate,  be entitled to
receive  a cash  payment  (without  interest)  equal  to  the  product  of  such
fractional share and the value per share of Nichols Stock as determined above in
Section 1.2.
<PAGE>


         Section 1.5  Exchange of  Certificates;  Deposits.  On the Merger Date,
Welkin  shall  deliver  to Nichols a list of the  names,  addresses,  and Social
Security numbers of the Welkin shareholders (the "Welkin Shareholders"), and the
number of shares of Welkin Stock owned by each Welkin Shareholder. Except as set
forth above,  from and after the Merger Date, each holder of a certificate which
prior thereto represented shares of Welkin Stock shall be entitled to receive in
exchange  therefor,   upon  surrender  thereof  to  Nichols,  a  certificate  or
certificates representing the number of whole shares of Nichols Stock into which
the Welkin Stock shall have been  converted,  and, in respect of any  fractional
share, a cash payment in accordance  with Section 1.4 above,  except that 10% of
the Nichols Stock to which each Welkin  Shareholder  is entitled to receive (the
"Escrow Shares") shall be evidenced by a separate  Nichols Stock  certificate in
the name of the SouthTrust Bank (the "Escrow Agent") as Escrow Agent, and at the
Merger Date shall be  deposited  with the Escrow  Agent to hold  pursuant to the
terms and conditions of the Escrow Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit "B" (the
"Escrow Agreement"). For purposes of determining the number of shares of Nichols
Stock to be deposited with the Escrow Agent and Carl W. Monk,  Jr., on behalf of
each Welkin Shareholder, a fractional share shall be rounded down to the nearest
whole  number of shares.  Until so  surrendered  to  Nichols,  each  certificate
formerly representing shares of Welkin Stock, except Dissenting Shares, shall be
deemed for all  corporate  purposes  to  evidence  only the right to receive the
number of  shares  of  Nichols  Stock  and/or  the cash  payment  determined  in
accordance  with  Sections  1.2 and  1.4.  All  shares  of  Nichols  Stock to be
delivered  hereunder shall be delivered to the Representative (as defined below)
for further  distribution  to the Welkin  Shareholders  in  accordance  with the
Shareholders' Letter Agreement.

         Section 1.6       Dissenting Shares.

                  (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,
Dissenting  Shares shall not be converted into or be exchangeable  for the right
to receive shares of Nichols Stock and cash in lieu of fractional shares, unless
and until the holder thereof shall have effectively  withdrawn or lost his right
to dissent from the Merger.

                  (b) Welkin shall give Nichols (i) prompt notice of any written
objection, notice, withdrawal of objections or notices, and any other instrument
served  pursuant  to Sections  13.1-729 or 13.1-741 of the VSCA and  received by
Welkin, and (ii) the opportunity to direct all negotiations and proceedings with
respect to holders of Dissenting  Shares.  Welkin shall not voluntarily make any
payment with respect to any demands for payment for shares under any of Sections
13.1-729  through  13.1-741  of the VSCA and will  not,  except  with the  prior
written consent of Nichols, settle or offer to settle any such demands.

         Section 1.7  Shareholder  Approval.  The Board of  Directors  of Welkin
shall cause a special  meeting of shareholders of Welkin to be duly held as soon
as practicable after the execution hereof (the "Welkin Shareholders'  Meeting").
This Agreement shall be submitted to such  shareholders  meeting for the purpose
of considering its approval. The Board of Directors of Welkin shall recommend to
its shareholders  approval of this Agreement and the  transactions  contemplated
herein.
<PAGE>
         Section  1.8  Stock  Transfer  Books.  At the  Merger  Date,  the stock
transfer  books of Welkin  shall be closed and no transfer of Welkin Stock shall
thereafter be made.

         Section 1.9       Welkin Shareholder Representative.

                  (a)  The  proxy  submitted  to  the  Welkin   Shareholders  in
connection  with the Welkin  Shareholders'  Meeting  shall include a proposal to
constitute  and appoint Carl W. Monk, Jr. (the  'Representative')  to act as the
respective   agent,   representative,   and   attorney-in-fact   of  the  Welkin
Shareholders  (other than holders of Welkin Dissenting  Shares) for all purposes
and with respect to all matters  arising  under this  Agreement.  The powers and
authority of the Representative  shall include, but not be limited to, the power
and  authority  to give and accept  notices as  provided  hereunder,  execute on
behalf of the Welkin  Shareholders  the Escrow  Agreement,  exercise  all of the
rights,  powers,  and  duties  of the  Representative  set  forth in the  Escrow
Agreement and the Shareholders' Letter Agreement, and carry out the purposes and
intent of this Agreement.

                  (b)  The  Representative  shall  be  entitled  to  rely on any
communication  or  document  that  he  believes  to  be  genuine.   Neither  the
Representative  nor any of his employees,  attorneys,  and other agents shall be
liable to any Welkin  Shareholder for any action or omission on their respective
parts except for gross negligence or willful misconduct.  In his capacity as the
Representative,  Carl W. Monk,  Jr.  will be acting for the  convenience  of the
non-dissenting Welkin Shareholders, without compensation, and, in such capacity,
he shall have no duties or liabilities  beyond those expressly assumed by him in
this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement.  As the  Representative,  Carl W. Monk,
Jr. shall not be required to make any inquiry or  investigation  concerning  any
matter other than those expressly contemplated hereunder,  nor shall he, in such
capacity,  be deemed to have made any  representation or warranty of any kind to
any person.  The  Representative  shall be indemnified  against any  liabilities
resulting from his role as Representative by the Welkin Shareholders,  except to
the extent caused by or arising out of the Representative's  gross negligence or
willful misconduct. In the event of death, resignation, or incapacity of Carl W.
Monk,  Jr.,  a majority  of the  Welkin  Shareholders  shall  elect a  successor
Representative  who shall  have all of the  rights,  powers,  and  duties of the
Representative set out herein and in the Escrow Agreement.

         Section 1.10 Closing.  The closing (the  'Closing') of the Merger shall
take place at the offices of Epstein Becker & Green in Washington, D.C. at 10:00
a.m.  local time on the Merger  Date which  shall  occur as promptly as possible
after the date the  conditions  specified  in  Articles  VI and VII  hereof  are
satisfied  or at such other time and place as Welkin,  Merger  Sub,  and Nichols
shall agree in writing. The obligations of Welkin, Merger Sub, and Nichols shall
be subject to  satisfaction,  unless waived,  of the  applicable  conditions set
forth in this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE II
                    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF WELKIN

         Welkin represents and warrants to Nichols as follows:



<PAGE>


         Section 2.1 Authorized  and  Outstanding  Common Stock.  As of the date
hereof and as of the Closing, the issued and outstanding capital stock of Welkin
and the number of shares of  authorized  capital stock of Welkin are and will be
as follows:



    Designation      Number of Shares    Number of Shares      Number of Shares
                       Authorized          Issued and         Subject to Options
                                          Outstanding
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Common Stock         50,000__________    36,603_________             2,508

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


All of the issued and  outstanding  shares of Welkin  Stock are validly  issued,
fully paid and  non-assessable.  Set forth on Schedule 2.1, Welkin  Shareholders
and Number of Shares on Merger  Date,  on the date  hereof and as of the Closing
are the  number of Shares  held by each  Welkin  Shareholder  and the  number of
shares of Welkin  Stock  subject to Welkin  Options  held by each Welkin  Option
holder.  Welkin  has and at  Closing  will have no other  authorized,  issued or
outstanding  shares of  capital  stock nor any  outstanding  securities,  bonds,
convertible securities,  subscription agreements,  warrants,  options,  buy-sell
agreements,  or other  liens,  agreements  or  commitments  relating to Welkin's
capital stock.  Identified on Schedule 2.1,  Welkin  Shareholders  and Number of
Shares on Merger Date, are those Welkin  Shareholders  who are  'affiliates'  of
Welkin under Rule 145(c) as defined in Rule 405 of the Rules and  Regulations of
the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.

         Section 2.2 Organization and Standing. Welkin is and will be at Closing
a corporation  duly organized,  validly  existing and in good standing under the
laws of the State of  Virginia,  and will be at  Closing  duly  qualified  to do
business in and in good  standing as a foreign  corporation  in all other states
where the nature of its business or  operations or the ownership of its property
requires such  qualification,  except where the lack of such qualification would
not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of Welkin taken as
a whole.  No  jurisdiction  where it is not  presently  qualified  as a  foreign
corporation  has made any assertion to Welkin that its business or operations or
ownership  of property  makes  qualification  as a foreign  corporation  in such
jurisdiction  necessary.  Welkin has all requisite corporate power and authority
to own,  lease and operate its properties and carry on its business as and where
it is now being conducted.  A copy of Welkin's Articles of Incorporation and all
amendments thereto as of the date hereof and a copy of its Bylaws, as amended to
the date hereof  (both  certified  by the  Secretary),  have been  furnished  to
Nichols and are true,  accurate and complete as of the date hereof.  Welkin owns
no stock or securities of any other  corporation  or entity,  except as shown on
Schedule 2.9(a), Affiliates of Welkin.



<PAGE>


         Section  2.3  No  Violation.  Except  as  disclosed  in  Schedule  2.3,
Violations, the execution,  delivery and performance of this Agreement by Welkin
and the consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereunder will not, with
or without  the giving of notice or the  passage of time or both,  (i)  violate,
conflict with, or constitute a default (or cause an acceleration) under Welkin's
Articles  of  Incorporation  or Bylaws or any  material  contract,  note,  lien,
security agreement, license, permit, or instrument to which Welkin is a party or
by which  Welkin or its  shareholders  are bound or which may  affect any of the
assets,  business  or  operations  of Welkin,  (ii)  result in the  creation  or
imposition  of any lien,  claim,  charge  or  encumbrance  upon any of  Welkin's
properties or assets, or (iii) constitute a violation of any statute, ordinance,
judgment,  order,  decree,  regulation,  rule or law of any  court,  government,
authority  or  arbitrator  applicable  to or  relating  to  Welkin or any of the
assets,  business  or  operations  of  Welkin.  This  Agreement  and  all  other
agreements and  obligations  entered into and undertaken in connection  with the
transactions  contemplated  hereby to which  Welkin is a party  constitutes  the
valid and  legally  binding  obligations  of Welkin  enforceable  against  it in
accordance with their respective  terms,  except as such  enforceability  may be
limited by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  moratorium or other similar laws affecting
the enforcement of creditors' rights generally, and equitable principles. Except
as  disclosed  on Schedule  2.3,  Violations  and  Schedule  2.20,  Governmental
Approvals,  and  except  for  the  approval  of  this  Agreement  by the  Welkin
Shareholders and the filing of the Articles of Merger with the State Corporation
Commission of the  Commonwealth of Virginia,  there are no consents,  waivers or
approvals of persons or authorities required in connection with the consummation
of the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement and the other  agreements
referenced herein.

         Section 2.4       Financial Statements.

                  (a) Annexed hereto as Schedule 2.4(a),  Financial  Statements,
are financial statements of Welkin (the "Financial  Statements")  consisting of:
(i) the unaudited  balance sheet of Welkin at May 31, 1998 (the 'Interim Balance
Sheet'), together with the related statements of income and stockholders' equity
for the two (2) month period ended May 31,  1998,  and (ii) the audited  balance
sheets of Welkin at March 31, 1996,  1997,  and 1998,  together with the audited
and related statements of income,  stockholders' equity and cash flows of Welkin
for such periods.

                  (b) Except as  disclosed  in Schedule  2.4(b),  Exceptions  to
Financial Statements,  all of the foregoing Financial Statements,  in each case,
have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted  accounting  principles
('GAAP')  applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved and with
prior periods  except as otherwise  expressly  stated therein and fairly present
the assets,  liabilities  and  financial  condition and results of operations of
Welkin at, or for the periods ended at, the dates  thereof;  provided,  however,
that  the  Interim   Balance  Sheet  and  the  related   statements  of  income,
stockholders'  equity and cash flows are subject to normal year-end  adjustments
and lack footnotes and other presentation items.



<PAGE>


         Section 2.5 Liabilities.  There are no material debts, liens,  security
interests,  claims,  liabilities  or  obligations  of Welkin,  whether  accrued,
contingent,  absolute,  direct or indirect, or matured or unmatured,  including,
but not limited to, liabilities for taxes, interest and penalties, except (i) as
and to the extent  reflected or reserved  against in the Interim  Balance Sheet;
(ii) incurred in the ordinary course of business and not material in amount; and
(iii) those disclosed on Schedule 2.5, Liabilities.

         Section 2.6  Accounts  Receivable.  All of the accounts  receivable  of
Welkin are actual bona fide receivables  representing  obligations for the total
dollar amount  thereof as shown on the Financial  Statements and books of Welkin
which resulted from the ordinary course of business of Welkin, and are stated on
the  Financial  Statements  net of an  appropriate  reserve  for  bad  debt  and
noncollectible accounts.

         Section 2.7       Fixed Assets and Inventory.

                  (a) The dollar  amount of the fixed  assets owned by Welkin as
shown on the Interim Balance Sheet and as acquired thereafter and treated on the
books of Welkin as an asset does not exceed the cost of same, less  depreciation
determined  in accordance  with GAAP  consistently  applied,  and Welkin has not
written up the value of any such fixed assets. The fixed assets and inventory of
Welkin as of the date of the Interim Balance Sheet include those items set forth
in Schedule 2.7(a),  Assets and Inventory,  hereto, and, at Closing,  such fixed
assets  and  inventory  shall be in  existence,  except  for  fixed  assets  and
inventory sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business.  The
fixed  assets of Welkin  are in good  working  order,  reasonable  wear and tear
excepted.

                  (b)  Welkin is not  under any  liability  or  obligation  with
respect to the return of payments  and, for the twelve month period  immediately
prior to the  Closing,  Welkin has not  experienced  any claims with  respect to
defective or  unsatisfactory  services or products  except as  specifically  set
forth on  Schedule  2.7(b),  Defective  or  Unsatisfactory  Services or Products
Claims. The inventory of Welkin existing on the Closing shall have been acquired
in the ordinary course of Welkin's business.

         Section 2.8       Contracts.

                  (a)  Except  as  provided  in  2.8(d)  below,   Schedule  2.8,
Contracts,  contains a list of all material  verbal or written (i) leases,  (ii)
contracts  (including  employment and  independent  contractor and  professional
contracts),  (iii)  agencies,  (iv) purchase  orders,  (v) marketing or referral
agreements,  (vi) software agreements  (including software license  agreements),
(vii)  maintenance  or support  agreements,  (viii)  training  agreements,  (ix)
royalty agreements, (x) employee benefit, bonus or compensation agreements, (xi)
bids, (xii) government  contracts,  (xiii) computer software  agreements,  (xiv)
contracts for the furnishing of all services,  (xv) all contracts for referrals,
(xvi) all contracts to obtain supplies or services, (xvii) subcontracts, (xviii)
teaming  agreements,  and (xix) all other agreements or  understandings  between
Welkin and any other party or person (collectively,  "Contracts"), which are not
otherwise attached to any other Schedules of this Agreement.  Such list includes
completed  Contracts  where the services have been performed but the obligor has
not paid.  True,  correct and  complete  copies of all of the written  Contracts
listed on Schedule 2.8,  Contracts,  have been made  available for inspection by
Nichols.


<PAGE>


                  (b)  Welkin's  standard  agreements   identified  on  Schedule
2.8(b),  Welkin's Standard  Agreements,  have been made available to Nichols for
inspection.

                  (c) Since the Interim  Balance  Sheet,  Welkin has not entered
into any  Contracts not in the ordinary  course of business  except as listed in
Schedule  2.8(c),  Contracts Not in the Ordinary Course of Business.  Except for
the contracts disclosed on Schedule 2.8(c), Contracts Not in the Ordinary Course
of Business,  none of the Contracts to which Welkin is a party or to which it is
subject or by which it is bound requires the consent of any other person for the
execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions
contemplated  hereby.  Each of the  Contracts  to which  Welkin is a party or to
which it is subject or by which it is bound, to the extent not otherwise already
fully  performed by Welkin,  is a valid and existing  contract of Welkin in full
force and effect without modification,  enforceable against Welkin in accordance
with its terms,  and Welkin does not have any knowledge that any Contract is not
a valid and  existing  contract of the other  parties  thereto in full force and
effect without  modification and there are no pending or, to Welkin's knowledge,
threatened disputes  thereunder,  and all will continue to be binding (except as
to which  the  enforceability  is  limited  by  bankruptcy  laws  and  equitable
principles)  in  accordance   with  their  terms  after   consummation   of  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby and each is with  unrelated and  unaffiliated
third  parties  and was entered  into on an  arms-length  basis in the  ordinary
course of business,  except as to agreements with Welkin  Shareholders listed in
Schedule 2.8, Contracts.  Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.8, Contracts, Welkin
has timely performed all material obligations required to be performed by it and
is not in material default under any verbal or written Contract to which it is a
party or to  which it is  subject  or by  which  it is  bound  and no event  has
occurred  which,  with or without the lapse of time or the giving of notice,  or
both, or action by a third party,  could result in a material  default under any
of the forgoing.  To Welkin's knowledge,  no other party is in default under any
such Contract.  None of the contracts provide for a scope of work  substantially
greater  than the scope of work of any  contracts  that  Welkin  has  completely
performed.

         Section  2.9  Corporate  Actions.  The minute  books of Welkin  contain
appropriate  corporate  minutes and  authorizations  for all material  corporate
actions taken by Welkin's Board of Directors,  its officers,  and  shareholders.
Welkin does not own any stock or otherwise possess ownership rights in any other
corporation  or   organization   and  has  no  affiliates   (other  than  Welkin
Shareholders),  except as disclosed in Schedule  2.9(a),  Affiliates  of Welkin.
Attached hereto as Schedule 2.9(b),  Directors and Officers of Welkin, is a list
of directors and officers of Welkin.



<PAGE>


         Section 2.10 Intellectual Property Rights.  Schedule 2.10, Intellectual
Property  Rights,  hereto sets forth a true and materially  complete list of all
trademarks, service marks, trade name, patents, patent applications, copyrights,
and copyright  applications  heretofore or presently used or required to be used
by Welkin in connection with its business  (collectively  "Intellectual Property
Rights").  All Intellectual  Property Rights are owned solely and exclusively by
Welkin,  except for those  rights  identified  on  Schedule  2.10,  Intellectual
Property Rights, as licensed by Welkin from third parties and are not subject to
any license,  lien,  royalty  arrangement or pending or, to Welkin's  knowledge,
threatened dispute,  except as disclosed on Schedule 2.10, Intellectual Property
Rights.  Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.10,  Intellectual Property Rights, to
Welkin's  knowledge,  no  product  or service  marketed,  manufactured,  sold or
licensed,  and no  marketing,  service or process used by Welkin  infringes  any
Intellectual  Property Rights of others and no product or service  marketed,  or
process used by any other person,  firm,  corporation or other entity  infringes
any Intellectual  Property Rights heretofore or presently used or required to be
used by Welkin.  Except as set forth on  Schedule  2.10,  Intellectual  Property
Rights,  Welkin has not received  notification  of infringement by Welkin of any
Intellectual Property Right of others. No trademark,  service mark or trade name
used by Welkin infringes any trademark,  service mark or trade name of others in
the United States of America or any foreign  country.  None of the  Intellectual
Property  Rights  is  subject  to  any  outstanding  order,  decree,   judgment,
stipulation  or  charge.  No other  material  intellectual  property  rights are
necessary  for the  conduct  of the  Welkin  Business.  Except as  disclosed  on
Schedule 2.10,  Intellectual Property Rights, all rights of Welkin in and to its
Intellectual Property Rights will not be adversely affected by the Merger.

         Section 2.11 Insurance Policies.  Schedule 2.11, Insurance Policies and
Claims,  hereto,  sets forth a list of all business  insurance  policies held or
owned by Welkin or which name Welkin as beneficiary, and true and correct copies
of all such  policies  have  heretofore  been made  available  to  Nichols.  All
premiums  due thereon  prior to the Closing  have been paid.  All the  insurance
policies listed in Schedule 2.11,  Insurance Policies and Claims, will remain in
full force and effect during the period immediately following the Closing. There
are no pending  material  claims under such insurance  policies.  Schedule 2.11,
Insurance Policies and Claims,  also sets forth all claims filed during the past
twelve (12) months with respect to insurance policies maintained by Welkin.

         Section  2.12  Backlog.  The  backlog  of  orders,  sales  and  service
commitments of Welkin is set forth on Schedule 2.12, Backlog,  and such backlog,
together with all Contracts to which Welkin is a party, consist of contracts for
services  of  Welkin  which are  typical  of the  types of  services  heretofore
marketed, sold or rendered by Welkin and which do not require the development or
application  of any  materially  new or materially  more advanced  technology or
service  than that  utilized by Welkin in the past.  No purchase or expansion of
property  (other than  purchases  of inventory  consistent  with  Welkin's  past
ordinary course of business),  plant,  equipment or capacity is needed to timely
fill the current backlog and current Contracts.



<PAGE>


         Section  2.13  Compensation.  Set  forth  on  Schedule  2.13,  Employee
Compensation  and  Bonuses,  is a list of the names,  age,  title,  total annual
compensation,  date of last salary or hourly rate adjustment and amount thereof,
and length of time in current  position of all employees of Welkin,  including a
list  of paid  leave  as of May 31,  1998.  Welkin  has  not  entered  into  any
commitments or understandings with any employee concerning future  compensation,
bonuses and benefits of a material nature to be paid after May 31, 1998,  except
as set forth on Schedule 2.13, Employee  Compensation and Bonuses, and there are
no employment  agreements,  written or verbal,  except as set forth on Schedules
2.8,  Contracts and/or 2.16(a),  Written and Oral Employee Contracts with Welkin
and except for the  employment  contracts  delivered  with this  Agreement.  All
employees of Welkin are "at will" and may be  terminated  at any time by Welkin,
except as set forth on Schedule  2.16(a),  Written and Oral  Employee  Contracts
with Welkin.

         Section 2.14      Employee Benefits.

                  (a) Set forth on Schedule 2.14(a),  Employee Benefit Plans, is
a materially  accurate and complete list of all material  employee benefit plans
("Plans") within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee  Retirement  Income
Security Act ("ERISA"),  whether or not any such Plans are otherwise exempt from
all or part of the provisions of ERISA,  established,  maintained or contributed
to for the benefit of Welkin's employees, and a list of Pension Plans terminated
prior to the date hereof.

                  (b)  Except as set  forth in  Schedule  2.14(b),  Plans Not In
Compliance  with ERISA,  Welkin does not  maintain,  cause to be  maintained  or
contribute  to any Plan  subject to ERISA  which is not,  or in the past has not
been in substantial  compliance with ERISA or the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986
(the "Code"),  or which has incurred any accumulated  funding  deficiency within
the  meaning of Section  412 or 418(b) of the Code,  or which has applied for or
obtained a waiver  from the  Internal  Revenue  Service of any  minimum  funding
requirement  under  Section  412 of the Code.  Except  as set forth on  Schedule
2.14(b),  Plans Not In  Compliance  with  ERISA,  Welkin  has not  incurred  any
liability to the Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation  ("PBGC") in connection
with any Plan covering any employees of Welkin.

                  (c) Welkin has caused the "group health plan," as such term is
defined in Section  162(i)(3) of the Code, to be  maintained,  administered  and
operated in all material respects in compliance with the applicable requirements
of  Section  601 of ERISA and  Section  162(k) of the Code,  and  Welkin  has no
liability,  including,  but not limited  to,  additional  contributions,  fines,
penalties  or loss of tax  deduction  as a  result  of such  administration  and
operation.  Welkin does not maintain any Plan (whether qualified or nonqualified
within the meaning of Section  401(a) of the Code)  providing for retiree health
and/or life benefits.

                  (d) Except as disclosed on Schedule 2.14(d),  Employee Benefit
Plan Amendments,  none of the Plans have been amended  subsequent to the date as
of which copies thereof have been provided to Nichols except as required by law.

                  (e) Each Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of
the Code has been determined to be so qualified by the Internal  Revenue Service
and nothing has  occurred  since the date of the last such  determination  which
resulted or is likely to result in the revocation of such determination.


<PAGE>


                  (f) The execution  of, and  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement,  do not constitute a triggering  event under any
Plan, policy, arrangement, statement, commitment or agreement, which will or may
result in any payment  (whether of severance  pay or  otherwise),  acceleration,
vesting or increase in benefits to any  employee or former  employee or director
of Welkin.

                  (g) Welkin has made  available for  inspection  and copying by
Nichols  true and  complete  copies of (i) all Plans as now in effect,  together
with all  amendments  thereto which will become  effective at a later date,  and
(ii) Form 5500 for the most recent  completed fiscal year for each Plan required
to file such form.

                  (h) Nichols has requested  that after the Merger Welkin change
its fiscal year to a fiscal year ending August 31. As a result of this change in
Welkin's  fiscal  year,  all of the current  fiscal year for the Plans will be a
"stub" year ending August 31, 1988.  To the extent that the  foregoing  causes a
breach of any of the  warranties  in this  Agreement or an economic  loss to any
person,  the parties hereto  acknowledge and agree that the Welkin  Shareholders
will not be responsible for any such breach or loss.

                  (i) Nichols  acknowledges that the employee benefits currently
offered by Welkin are substantially greater than the employee benefits currently
offered  by  Nichols,  which  benefits  will be offered  to the  current  Welkin
employees  after the  Closing.  To the  extent  that the  decrease  in  employee
benefits  offered to the current Welkin  employees  after the Closing results in
any loss,  harm or damage to Nichols  or Welkin  after the  Closing,  including,
without limitation, the loss of the services of any employee, the parties hereto
acknowledge and agree that the Welkin  Shareholders  will not be responsible for
any such loss, harm or damage.

         Section 2.15      Environmental Matters.

                  (a) Welkin  holds and is in  substantial  compliance  with all
material environmental permits, certificates, licenses, approvals, registrations
and authorizations ("Permits") required under all applicable environmental laws,
rules and regulations in connection with its business as currently operated, and
all of such Permits are in full force and effect. To Welkin's knowledge, without
independent  investigation,  Welkin has complied with in all material  respects,
and is not in  violation of any,  material  applicable  environmental  statutes,
rules,  regulations,  ordinances and orders of any authority,  including,  those
relating to Hazardous Substances (as defined below).



<PAGE>


                  (b) To Welkin's knowledge,  without independent investigation,
no notice,  citation,  summons or order has been issued,  no complaint  has been
filed,  no penalty has been assessed and no  investigation  or review is pending
or, to Welkin's  knowledge,  threatened by any authority with respect to (i) any
alleged  violation  by Welkin of any  environmental  statute,  ordinance,  rule,
regulation or order of any authority;  or (ii) any alleged  failure by Welkin to
have any environmental Permit,  certificate,  license approval,  registration or
authorization  required  in  connection  with its  business;  or (iii)  any use,
generation,   treatment,   storage,   recycling,   transportation   or  disposal
(collectively,  "Management Activities" with respect to Hazardous Substances) of
any hazardous substance,  hazardous waste, hazardous materials, toxic substance,
pollutants  or  contaminants  as  defined  in  federal,  state  or  local  laws,
ordinances or  regulations  and  including  petroleum  products and  radioactive
materials  generated or used (collectively,  "Hazardous  Substances") by Welkin.
Hazardous Substances shall not include office products,  equipment, supplies and
cleaning fluids customarily found in a commercial office setting.

                  (c) Welkin  has not  received  any  request  for  information,
notice  of  claim,  demand  or  notification  that  it is or may be  potentially
responsible  with respect to any  investigation or clean-up of any threatened or
actual release of any Hazardous Substance.

                  (d)  Except  as set  forth  on  Schedule  2.15(d),  Management
Activities  Regarding  Hazardous  Substances,   Welkin  has  not  conducted  any
Management Activities,  whatsoever,  with respect to any Hazardous Substances on
its properties,  identified on Schedule 2.17, Assets,  Liens and Encumbrances of
Welkin, or the properties of another.

                  (e) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.15(e),  PCBs or Asbestos
Insulation Present at Welkin Facilities,  hereto, to Welkin's knowledge, without
independent  investigation,  no  polychlorinated  biphenyls ("PCBs") or asbestos
insulation is or has been present at the facilities leased by Welkin.

                  (f) Hazardous  Substances,  if any, for which Welkin  performs
Management  Activities  (if any)  are  listed  on  Schedule  2.15(f),  Hazardous
Substances  Generated by Welkin, and any Hazardous Substances listed on Schedule
2.15(f),  Hazardous  Substances  Generated  by Welkin,  to  Welkin's  knowledge,
without independent  investigation,,  have been generated by Welkin in regulated
quantities and have been recycled,  treated, stored, disposed of or transported,
as applicable, in substantial compliance with all applicable laws.

                  (g)  Except  as  set  forth  on  Schedule  2.15(g),  Hazardous
Substances  Transported,  Welkin has not transported any Hazardous Substances or
arranged for the  transportation  of such  substances  to any location  which is
listed or proposed for listing under the Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,
Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. " 9601-9657 ("CERCLA"),  or on
any similar state list.

                  (h) No Hazardous Substance has been released, spilled, leaked,
discharged,  disposed of, pumped, poured, emitted, emptied,  injected,  leached,
dumped or allowed to escape  ("Releases")  by Welkin  from,  at, on or under the
properties leased by Welkin. To Welkin's knowledge, no employee of Welkin in the
course  of his or her  employment  has been  exposed  to any  chemical  or other
Hazardous  Substance  or material  produced by Welkin which could give rise to a
claim against Welkin.



<PAGE>


                  (i) No oral or written  notification of a Release or threat of
Release of a Hazardous Substance has been filed by or on behalf of Welkin or, to
Welkin's  knowledge,  without  independent  investigation,  any other  person in
relation  to any  properties  now or  previously  owned,  operated  or leased by
Welkin.  No such  properties  are listed or proposed for listing on the National
Priority List  promulgated  pursuant to CERCLA,  or on any similar state list of
sites requiring investigation or clean-up.

                  (j) To Welkin's knowledge,  without independent investigation,
there are no environmental  liens on the properties of Welkin, and no government
actions  have been  taken or are in  process  or  pending  which  could  subject
Welkin's  properties to such liens. To Welkin's  knowledge,  without independent
investigation,  Welkin or any other  person  (solely  as a result of the acts or
omissions  of Welkin)  would not be required to place any notice or  restriction
relating to the  presence of Hazardous  Substance in the deed to any  properties
leased to Welkin.

                  (k) In respect of environmental matters, no consent,  approval
or authorization of, or registration or filing,  with any person or authority is
required in connection  with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

                  (l)   There   have   been   no   environmental    inspections,
investigations,  studies,  audits, tests, reviews or other analyses conducted by
or on behalf of Welkin in relation to Welkin's properties or operations.

                  (m) To Welkin's knowledge,  without independent investigation,
there are no facts or circumstances  related to environmental matters concerning
the  properties or  businesses of Welkin that could lead to any future  material
environmental claims, liabilities or responsibilities of Nichols or Welkin.

         Section 2.16      Labor and Employment Matters.

                  (a) Schedule 2.16(a), Written and Oral Employee Contracts With
Welkin,  hereto  contains a complete  and  correct  list of all written and oral
contracts  with  employees  of Welkin  (inclusive  of  officers  and  directors)
together with all bonus, stock option, and other incentive arrangements, pension
and retirement plans, profit sharing plans, group or individual medical, health,
dental,  accident,  life and other employee benefit insurance and other employee
compensation or benefit plans, arrangements, understandings or policies (whether
written or oral),  except as otherwise  disclosed pursuant to Sections 2.8, 2.13
or 2.14 hereto,  affecting  employees of Welkin,  Welkin is not in default under
any of the  foregoing.  There  have been no claims of  default  under any of the
foregoing  and there  are no facts or  conditions  which,  with or  without  the
passage of time or the giving of notice or both, would constitute or result in a
default  under  any of the  foregoing.  True  and  complete  copies  of all  the
foregoing have heretofore been delivered by Welkin to Nichols.



<PAGE>


                  (b) Schedule 2.16(b),  Written and Unwritten Employee Policies
and  Practices,  identifies  all written and  material  unwritten  policies  and
practices  describing  termination payments and benefits to terminated employees
of Welkin.

                  (c)  Except as set forth on  Schedule  2.16(c),  Noncompliance
With Federal,  State, Local or Other Applicable Laws, Welkin is in compliance in
all material respects with all federal, state, local or other applicable laws or
requirements  of any  governmental,  regulatory or  administrative  authority or
court respecting preemployment and employment practices, terms and conditions of
employment and wages and hours and  occupational  safety and health,  including,
but not limited to, the National Labor  Relations Act, the Fair Labor  Standards
Act  (including  the Equal Pay Act),  Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964,
the  Occupational  Safety and Health Act of 1970, the Service  Contract Act, the
Contract  for Work Hours and Safety  Standards  Act, the  Rehabilitation  Act of
1973, the Vietnam ERA Veterans  Readjustment  Assistance Act of 1974,  Executive
Order 11246, the Employees Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and state and
local employment, unemployment and worker's compensation statutes, and Welkin is
not engaged in any unfair labor practice  within the meaning of Section 8 of the
National Labor Relations Act.  Welkin is not party to any collective  bargaining
agreement  and,  to  Welkin's  knowledge,  no union  organizational  efforts are
currently in progress.

                  (d) Except as disclosed  in Schedule  2.16(d),  Threatened  or
Pending  Employment  Practices  Litigation  and Schedule  2.24,  Litigation  and
Compliance,  there is no  administrative  or private claim,  charge,  complaint,
dispute,  action,  grievance,   suit,   administrative,   arbitration  or  other
proceeding  or  investigation,  pending  or, to Welkin's  knowledge,  threatened
against  Welkin  relating  to  any  of  the  items  or  matters   referenced  in
subparagraph  (c) directly  above,  or with regard to any  allegedly  accrued or
vested  employee  benefits or any other common or statutory law claim  involving
tort, contract, or equity.

                  (e) There is no labor  strike,  dispute,  slowdown or stoppage
actually pending or, to Welkin's  knowledge,  threatened  against Welkin, and no
such strike, dispute, slowdown, or stoppage has been experienced by Welkin since
the date of Welkin's incorporation.

                  (f) Except as disclosed  on Schedule  2.16(f),  Threatened  or
Pending  Discrimination  Litigation,   there  are  no  charges,   administrative
proceedings,  investigations or formal complaints of discrimination  pending or,
to  Welkin's  knowledge,  threatened  before  the Equal  Employment  Opportunity
Commission ("EEOC") or any federal, state or local agency or court. There are no
pending or, to Welkin's  knowledge,  threatened  audits of the equal  employment
opportunity practices of Welkin.

         Section 2.17      Title to Assets, Liens and Encumbrances.



<PAGE>


                  (a) Welkin is the owner of, and has good and marketable  title
to, free and clear of all security interests, mortgages, pledges, liens, claims,
restrictions,  equities, easements,  rights-of-way,  rights of first refusal and
any other encumbrances and charges  whatsoever,  or is the lessee of, all of its
respective  property and assets,  except for the Permitted Liens (as hereinafter
defined)  and  except  as set  forth on  Schedule  2.17(a),  Assets,  Liens  and
Encumbrances  of Welkin hereto.  Welkin owns or leases all of the assets used by
it in the  operation  and conduct of its  business or required by Welkin for the
normal conduct of its business.
"Permitted Liens" shall mean:

                             (i)   carriers',  warehousemen's,  mechanics',  
materialmen's,  repairmen's, or other like liens arising in the ordinary course 
of business;

                            (ii)  easements,  rights-of-way,  restrictions,  
license  rights,  leases  and  other sim ilar encumbrances incurred in the 
ordinary course of business which do not in any case  materially  detract from 
the value of the property  subject thereto or interfere  with  the  ordinary 
conduct of the business of Welkin;

                           (iii)  pledges or deposits in  connection  with  
workers'  compensation,  unemployment insurance  and other social  security  
legislation  and deposits  securing  liability to insurance  carriers  under
self-insurance arrangements;

                           (iv)  deposits to secure the  performance of bids,
trade  contracts  (other than for borrowed  money),  leases,  statutory  
obligations,  surety  and  appeal  bonds, performance  bonds  and  other  
obligations  of a like  nature incurred  in theordinary course of business; and

                            (v)  purchase money  security  interests in 
respect of new equipment in an aggregate amount not in excess of $25,000 
at any time.

                  (b) Schedule 2.17(b),  Real Property Leases, sets forth a true
and complete list and  description  of all real  property,  land,  buildings and
improvements leased by Welkin as of the Closing.  True and correct copies of all
leases with respect to the property  listed on Schedule  2.17(b),  Real Property
Leases,  have  heretofore  been made  available  to Nichols for  inspection  and
copying. Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.17(b), Real Property Leases, all such
real property, land and buildings used or leased by Welkin as of the Closing are
used by or useful to Welkin in the ordinary course of business,  and the use and
occupancy by Welkin conforms in all material  respects with all applicable laws,
and, to Welkin's  knowledge,  the same are in good operating  condition.  Welkin
owns no real property, land, buildings or improvements.



<PAGE>


                  (c)  Except as set forth on  Schedule  2.17(c),  Noncompliance
with Respect to Real Property, Welkin has not received any notices of violations
of law, governmental orders,  ordinances or requirements issued by any national,
federal,  state,  municipal or other  governmental,  department  or authority or
corresponding  foreign  governmental  instrumentality  or any fire department or
insurance carrier,  that would have a material adverse effect or purport to have
a material  adverse effect on the use and occupancy of the real property used or
leased by Welkin.  Copies of all real property leases to which Welkin is a party
have been made available for inspection by Nichols.

                  (d) The leases described in Schedules 2.8, Contracts Delivered
to Nichols or 2.17(b), Real Property Leases, are in full force and effect on the
Closing  without  any  material  default  or breach by  Welkin  or, to  Welkin's
knowledge, any lessor.

                  (e) Welkin has not received any notice of any  requirements or
recommendations  by any insurance company which has issued a policy covering any
part of the real  property  used or  leased  by  Welkin  or by any board of fire
underwriters or other body or authority exercising similar functions,  requiring
or  recommending  any  repairs  or  work to be  done  on any  part of said  real
property.

                  (f)      Schedule  2.17(f),  Personal  Property  Leases, lists
all personal  property  leased by Welkin.

         Section 2.18  Customer  Claims and  Complaints.  Except as disclosed on
Schedule 2.18,  Customer  Claims and Complaints,  and the Financial  Statements,
Welkin has no  liability or  obligation  with respect to the return of any funds
because of  products  or services  provided  by it and has not  experienced  any
material  claims with  respect to its  products  or  services  other than in the
ordinary  course during the  thirty-six  (36) months  immediately  preceding the
execution of this  Agreement.  No customer,  client,  or  contracting  party has
requested that performance  under any contract or other agreement be canceled or
delayed for any period of time. No customer liability claim is presently pending
or, to Welkin's knowledge, threatened against Welkin. Welkin has not experienced
any warranty claims for products or services in the past three (3) years, except
as disclosed on Schedule 2.18, Customer Claims and Complaints.

         Section 2.19  Secrecy and  Non-Competition  Agreements.  Welkin has not
entered  into any  secrecy or  non-competition  agreements  with any person with
respect to the Welkin Business except as disclosed on Schedule 2.19, Secrecy and
Non-Competition Agreements.

         Section 2.20  Governmental  Approvals.  Except as disclosed on Schedule
2.20,  Governmental  Approvals,  no authorization,  novation,  approval,  order,
license,  permit,  franchise,  or consent and no  registration,  declaration  or
filing by Welkin with any governmental  authority is required in connection with
the  execution  and  delivery  of this  Agreement  and the  consummation  of the
transactions contemplated hereby.



<PAGE>


         Section 2.21 Orders,  Decrees, Etc. Except as set out in Schedule 2.21,
Orders,  Decrees,  Etc., there are no orders,  writs, decrees,  injunctions,  or
rulings of any  court,  authority,  arbitration  tribunal,  or any  governmental
department,  commission, board, agency or instrumentality,  domestic or foreign,
issued, or pending or, to Welkin's knowledge,  threatened against,  nor consents
binding on, Welkin, and any officer, director or employee of Welkin, which do or
may affect,  limit or control Welkin or any of its assets or Welkin's  method or
manner of doing business.

         Section 2.22 Compliance with the Law. Except as otherwise  disclosed in
the  Schedules  hereto,  Welkin  is in  material  compliance  with all  foreign,
federal, state and local laws, rules, orders and regulations, including, but not
limited  to those  relating  to the Code,  antitrust,  occupational  safety  and
health,  environmental  protection,  water or air  pollution,  ERISA,  toxic and
hazardous waste and controlled  substances,  consumer  product  safety,  product
liability,   employment  and  employment  practices,   term  and  conditions  of
employment,  bidding and contracting  procedures,  dealings with federal, state,
governmental,  municipal or local authorities,  hiring,  wages, hours,  employee
benefit plans and programs,  collective  bargaining and  withholding  and social
security taxes, and it has received no notices of alleged violations thereof. No
governmental  authorities are presently  conducting  proceedings against Welkin,
and, to Welkin's  knowledge,  no such investigation or proceeding is threatened.
Except as  disclosed  on  Schedule  2.22,  Compliance  with the Law,  Welkin has
obtained all material  permits,  licenses  and  authorizations  required for the
conduct of its affairs as currently conducted, and all of such permits, licenses
and  authorizations  will  remain  in  full  force  and  effect  following  such
consummation.  True,  complete  and  correct  copies of the  foregoing  permits,
licenses and authorizations,  if any, have been made available for inspection by
Nichols.

         Section  2.23  Actions Not in Ordinary  Course and No Material  Change.
Except as set forth on Schedule 2.13, Employee  Compensation and Bonuses,  since
the date of the Interim  Balance  Sheet,  Welkin has conducted its business in a
manner  consistent  with past practice.  Since the Interim  Balance  Sheet,  the
business of Welkin has been operated only in the regular and ordinary course and
there has been no  materially  adverse  change  in the  financial  condition  or
business  of Welkin.  Except as set forth in Schedule  2.23,  Actions Not in the
Ordinary  Course and as otherwise  required by the terms and  provisions of this
Agreement, since the date of the Interim Balance Sheet, Welkin has not:

                  (a) Except in the usual and ordinary course of its businesses,
consistent with past practice,  incurred any  indebtedness or other  liabilities
(whether   accrued,   absolute,   contingent  or   otherwise),   guaranteed  any
indebtedness or sold any of its assets;

                  (b)      Suffered any damage, destruction or loss, whether or 
not covered by insurance;

                  (c) Except as disclosed  pursuant to Section 2.13,  and except
for the award of  employee  bonuses  consistent  with past  Welkin  compensation
practices,  increased  the  regular  rate of  compensation  payable by it to any
employee,  or increased such  compensation  by bonus,  percentage,  compensation
service  award or similar or other  arrangement  theretofore  or  thereafter  in
effect  for  the  benefit  of any of its  employees,  and no  such  increase  is
required;



<PAGE>


                  (d) Established or agreed to establish any pension, retirement
or welfare plan for the benefit of its employees not heretofore in effect;

                  (e) Suffered any change in its  financial  condition,  assets,
liabilities  or  business  or  suffered  any  other  event or  condition  of any
character  which  individually  or in the aggregate  has had a material  adverse
effect on Welkin;

                  (f) Experienced any labor organizational efforts or complaints
or entered into any collective bargaining agreements with any union;

                  (g) Made any single capital expenditure which exceeded $25,000
or made any capital expenditures in the aggregate which exceed $100,000;

                  (h) Permitted or allowed any of the assets (real,  personal or
mixed,  tangible  or  intangible)  of Welkin to be  subjected  to any  mortgage,
pledge, lien, security interest, encumbrance,  restriction or charge of any kind
other than Permitted Liens;

                  (i)  Written  down the value of any assets or  written  off as
uncollectible  any  notes  or  accounts  receivable  or  contracts,  except  for
write-downs  and  write-offs in the ordinary  course of business and  consistent
with past practice;

                  (j) Paid,  discharged or satisfied any claims,  liabilities or
obligations other than in the usual and ordinary course of business;

                  (k)  Canceled  any debts or claims  or  waived  any  claims or
rights,  except in the usual and  ordinary  course  of  business  and  except as
required by the Agreement;

                  (l)  Paid,   loaned  or  advanced  any  amount  to,  or  sold,
transferred  or leased  any  properties  or  assets  (real,  personal  or mixed,
tangible or intangible)  to, or entered into any agreement or  arrangement  with
any of the Welkin  Shareholders or their  affiliates,  or any of the officers or
directors of Welkin or their  affiliates,  except for  reimbursement of ordinary
and reasonable business expenses related to the business of Welkin;

                  (m)   Amended  or   terminated   any   contract,  agreement or
license of  significant  value,  to which Welkin is a party, except in the 
ordinary course of business;

                  (n)   Made   any   change  in  any  method  of  accounting  or
accounting practice;

                  (o) Canceled or failed to continue insurance  coverage,  other
than key man life insurance;

                  (p) Acquired, whether by merger, purchase of stock or purchase
of  assets,  all or  substantially  all of the  business  or assets of any other
business  or entity,  or engaged in  negotiations  of any sort  concerning  such
acquisition or acquired assets;


<PAGE>


                  (q)  Issued any  stock,  any option to acquire  stock or other
securities,  or taken any action with respect  thereto,  or declared or paid any
dividends,  or  made  or  authorized  any  other  distributions  to  the  Welkin
Shareholders with respect to their Welkin Stock;

                  (r)      Amended or repealed its Articles of Incorporation or 
Bylaws;

                  (s)      Agreed,  whether in writing or otherwise,  to take 
any action  described in this Section 2.23.

         Section  2.24  Litigation.  Except  as  set  forth  on  Schedule  2.24,
Litigation  and  Compliance   hereto,   there  is  no  litigation,   proceeding,
arbitration,  governmental  claim or  investigation  instituted,  pending or, to
Welkin's  knowledge,  threatened,  against or affecting  Welkin or the assets of
Welkin or which  questions or challenges  the validity of this  Agreement or any
action taken or to be taken pursuant to this Agreement.

         Section 2.25      Taxes and Tax Returns.

                  (a) Welkin's federal and state income, franchise, share and ad
valorem tax returns for the fiscal years ended March 31, 1995,  1996,  1997, and
1998,  have been made  available  for  inspection  by  Nichols.  Welkin does not
currently owe any taxes not  reflected on the Interim  Balance Sheet or incurred
thereafter in the ordinary course of business.

                  (b)  Except  as set forth on  Schedule  2.25,  Taxes  attached
hereto:

                           (i)   Within  the times and in the  manner  
prescribed  by law  Welkin  has filed all federal,  state and local tax  returns
and  extensions  and all tax returns for other governing  bodies having  
jurisdiction to levy taxes which are required to be filed;

                           (ii)   Welkin has paid all taxes,  interest, penal-
ties,  assessments and deficiencies which have been shown on such  returns to be
due, or which have been  claimed to be due or which were due prior to Closing  
unless  Welkin is  contesting in good faith such tax, interest,  penalty,  
assessment or deficiency and such contested amounts are reserved against on the 
Interim Balance Sheet;

                           (iii)   To Welkin's knowledge,  all tax returns or 
extensions,  if any, filed by Welkin constitute  complete  and accurate  
representations  of the tax  liabilities  of Welkin for the periods covered 
thereunder and accurately set forth all items (to the extent  required to be 
included or  reflected in such  returns)  relevant to Welkin's past tax 
liabilities;

                           (iv)  Welkin  has not  waived or  extended  any  
applicable  statute  of  limitations relating to the assessment of federal, 
state, local or foreign taxes;



<PAGE>


                           (v)        No examinations of the federal,  state,  
local or foreign tax returns of Welkin are  currently  in  progress  or,  to  
Welkin's  knowledge,  threatened  and  no deficiencies  have been  asserted  
or  assessed  as a result of any audit by the Internal  Revenue  Service  or  
any  state  or  local  taxing  authority  and no deficiency has been proposed 
or threatened;

                           (vi)     The  charges,  accruals and reserves for 
taxes due by Welkin or accrued but not yet due from Welkin, relating to the 
income,  properties or operations of Welkin for any  periods  ending on or 
before the  Closing or the  portion of any period that ends on and includes 
the Closing as reflected on Welkin's  Interim  Balance Sheet are adequate to 
cover any such taxes payable by Welkin;

                           (vii)    There is no action,  suit,  proceeding,audit
or claim pending or, to Welkin's knowledge, threatened regarding any  taxes  of 
Welkin;

                           (viii)    All taxes  which  Welkin are  required  by 
law to  withhold  and  collect  with respect to Welkin's  employees have been 
duly withheld and  collected,  and have been timely paid over to the proper  
authorities  to the extent due and payable; and

                            (ix)    There are no liens for any tax on Welkin or 
the  assets of  Welkin,  except for ad valorem taxes accrued but not yet due or 
payable.

                  (c) All federal, state and local income,  franchise,  property
and other tax returns filed by Welkin are in all material  respects complete and
correct representations of the tax liabilities of Welkin for the periods covered
by such returns.

         Section 2.26 Bank Accounts. Schedule 2.26, Bank Accounts, is a true and
complete list as of the date hereof of all banking  institutions in which Welkin
has accounts or safety deposit boxes,  plus the numbers  thereof and the name of
the persons authorized to make withdrawals therefrom or have access thereto.

         Section 2.27 Disclosure. No representations and warranties by Welkin in
this  Agreement or any  document or  certificate  furnished to Nichols  pursuant
hereto  contains  any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omits to state a
material fact  necessary in order to make the  statements  contained  herein and
therein,  in  light  of the  circumstances  under  which  they  were  made,  not
misleading.



<PAGE>


         Section 2.28 Proprietary Rights. The term "Proprietary Rights" includes
all material inventions,  trade secrets, processes,  proprietary rights, product
specifications,  blueprints,  drawings, technical data, engineering information,
other proprietary knowledge and know-how,  patents,  trademarks,  service marks,
trade name,  copyrights,  marks, symbols,  logos, and all material documentation
related  thereto,  and all  licenses  and  agreements  in  respect  thereof  and
applications  therefor  used or  related  to the  Welkin  Business,  except  for
software  and  information  systems as defined in Section  2.29.  Welkin has all
Proprietary  Rights  necessary  for the  operation  of the  Welkin  Business  as
currently  operated.  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.28,  Proprietary Rights,
which includes a listing of material  contracts or material licenses pursuant to
which Welkin uses the  intellectual  property of third parties,  with respect to
the Proprietary  Rights, (a) Welkin is either the sole and exclusive owner of or
a licensee of its Proprietary Rights; (b) no action, suit, arbitration, or other
proceeding or investigation is pending or to Welkin's knowledge threatened which
involves any Proprietary  Rights,  (c) none of the Proprietary  Rights infringes
upon,  conflicts  with,  or otherwise  violates the rights of others or is being
infringed upon by others,  (d) none of the Proprietary  Rights is subject to any
outstanding order, decree,  judgment,  stipulation,  or charge, (e) there are no
royalty,  commission, or similar arrangements and no licenses,  sublicenses,  or
agreements  relating  to any of the  Proprietary  Rights,  (f)  Welkin  has  not
received any notice of  interference  or  infringement  of or by the Proprietary
Rights,  (g)  Welkin  has not  agreed to  indemnify  any person or entity for or
against any infringement of or by the Proprietary  Rights, (h) no other material
Proprietary  Rights not owned by Welkin  are  necessary  for the  conduct of the
Welkin  Business,  and (i) to Welkin's  knowledge  no other party is operating a
business  or  otherwise   acting  in  violation  or  infringement  of,  Welkin's
Proprietary  Rights.  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.28,  Proprietary Rights,
Welkin has good and marketable  title to, or a valid license for the Proprietary
Rights free and clear of all security interests,  liens,  pledges,  encumbrances
and restrictions.

         Section 2.29      Software and Information Systems.

                  (a) Welkin  does not own,  have a license to, or have any use,
possessory  or  proprietary  rights to any  information  systems,  programs  and
software, other than non-exclusive commercial software.

                  (b) Welkin's use of the non-exclusive commercial software does
not  infringe  on  any  patents,  trademarks,  copyrights  or  other  rights  or
intellectual  property rights of any third persons.  Welkin has taken reasonable
measures necessary to maintain and protect the non-exclusive commercial software
used by or licensed to Welkin and no claims have been  asserted by any person or
entity to Welkin's use of the same or challenging or questioning the validity or
effectiveness of the same, and there is no valid basis to any such claim.

                  (c)  Schedule  2.29,  Software,  also  contains  a list of the
current software  development and consulting  activities and projects of Welkin.
Welkin has described such projects and developments to Nichols.  Welkin knows of
no impediments to fully  developing  and  exploiting  the  information  systems,
programs and software currently under development or to performing its currently
pending consulting contracts.



<PAGE>


         Section 2.30 Material  Commitments.  As used in this Section 2.30,  the
term "Material Commitments" means each Contract of Welkin which obligates Welkin
to  sell,  license,   distribute,   deliver  or  provide  products  or  services
(including,  without  limitation,  consulting  services) for a consideration  in
excess of $100,000 and over a period of more than one (1) month.  Schedule 2.30,
Project  List,  sets  forth a  "Project  List"  with  respect  to each  Material
Commitment.  The  Project  List  sets  forth  Welkin's  production  schedule  or
performance  schedule,  and  budget,  with regard to each  Material  Commitment.
Except as described in the Project List, the  performance of Welkin or any other
party  involved with each Material  Commitment is on schedule and within budget,
and no practical or  technological  problems  have been  encountered  that might
reasonably be expected to impede  completion or materially  increase the cost of
Welkin's  performance  with a corresponding  detriment to profit.  Each Material
Commitment  was  made on a basis  calculated  to  produce  a  profit  under  the
circumstances  prevailing when it was made, and, except as disclosed on Schedule
2.30, Project List, and except for changes to the Material  Commitments that may
result from the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  Welkin is not aware of any
circumstances  that might reasonably be expected to prevent the realization of a
profit.  To  Welkin's  knowledge,  except as set forth on the Project  List,  no
Material  Commitment  involves the development of any product or technology that
would infringe on the proprietary rights of any other party. Welkin is not bound
by any  Material  Commitments  for the  performance  of  services or delivery of
services or products in excess of its current  ability to provide such  services
or deliver such products during the time available to satisfy such  commitments;
and all  outstanding  Material  Commitments  for the  performance or delivery of
services or products  were made on a basis  calculated to produce a profit under
the  circumstances  prevailing  when  such  commitments  were  made.  Copies  of
outstanding  commitments  have been  previously made available to Nichols and in
all material  respects  contain the complete and correct terms and conditions of
same,  except  for  deletions  required  to  comply  with  government   security
restrictions.

         Section 2.31 Estoppel Provisions. Immediately after the Closing, except
as  provided  under   Virginia  law  or  applicable   federal  law,  the  Welkin
Shareholders will have no right, title, claim, demand, interest, action or cause
of action in, to or against  Welkin in any  capacity  whatsoever  (whether  as a
shareholder,  officer, director or creditor), except (i) with respect to holders
of Dissenting Shares, and (ii) in respect of their status as employees, officers
or  directors  of  Welkin,  and then only to the  extent of  accrued  and unpaid
salary, benefits and reimbursable expenses under Welkin policy up to the date of
Closing. Upon the Closing, the Welkin Shareholders shall have no option, warrant
or other right to acquire any of the capital stock of Welkin.

         Section  2.32  Accounting  and  Tax  Matters.  There  are no  facts  or
circumstances   relating  to  Welkin  other  than  as  disclosed  in  a  certain
representation  letter delivered by the  Representative  to Ernst & Young,  LLP,
independent   auditors,   that  may  prevent  the  merger  from  qualifying  for
pooling-of-interests  accounting  treatment  or as a  reorganization  within the
meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code.

         Section 2.33 Transactions  With Affiliates and Related Parties.  Except
as disclosed on Schedule 2.33,  Transactions With Affiliates and Related Parties
hereto, neither the Welkin Shareholders,  nor any officer,  director,  employee,
family  members  (whether  related by blood or  marriage) or any  affiliates  or
relatives of any Welkin Shareholder, has



<PAGE>


(a) Borrowed  money from or loaned money  to Welkin which  remains  outstanding;
     
(b) Had  any   contractual   or other   claim,  express or implied,  of any kind
     whatsoever  against Welkin;  

(c) Had any interest in any property or assets  used by Welkin in its  business;
or 

(d)  Engaged  in an  other  transaction  with  Welkin  (other  than   employment
relationships).

         Section 2.34 Brokers and Finders. No broker or finder has been involved
in this transaction on behalf of the Welkin  Shareholders or Welkin, and neither
Welkin,  Nichols  nor  the  Welkin  Shareholders  will be  obligated  to pay any
brokers' or finders' fees as a consequence  of any brokerage  agreement  entered
into by the Welkin Shareholders or Welkin.

         Section 2.35 Year 2000  Compliance.  To Welkin's  knowledge,  Software,
when  used in  accordance  with its  associated  documentation,  is  capable  of
correctly processing,  providing and/or receiving date-related or date-dependent
data within and between the twentieth (20th) and twenty-first  (21st) centuries,
provided that all products (including hardware, software and firmware) used with
the software utilized by Welkin in the conduct of its business properly exchange
accurate date data with such software.

         Section 2.36 Incurred Cost Submission.  The Incurred Cost Submission of
Welkin for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997 has been submitted to the United
States   Government  and  is  a  true  and  accurate   representation  of  costs
reimbursable under Welkin's government contracts.

                                   ARTICLE III
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                            OF NICHOLS AND MERGER SUB

         Nichols and Merger Sub, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to
Welkin as follows:

         Section 3.1 Organization; Standing; Corporate Power. Nichols and Merger
Sub  are  each a  corporation  duly  organized,  validly  existing,  and in good
standing  under the laws of the states of their  incorporation.  Merger Sub is a
wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  Nichols.  Nichols  and  Merger  Sub each  have all
requisite power and authority,  corporate and otherwise, to carry on and conduct
their respective businesses as they are now being conducted and to own and lease
their properties and assets.



<PAGE>


         Section  3.2  Authority.  Nichols  and  Merger  Sub each has full legal
right,  powers, and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry
out the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.  All  corporate  and other  acts or
proceedings  required  to be taken by Nichols  and Merger Sub to  authorize  the
execution,  delivery,  and  performance of this  Agreement and all  transactions
contemplated hereby have been duly and properly taken.

         Section  3.3  Approvals  and  Consents.  No  approval,   authorization,
consent,  order,  or action  of, or filing  with,  any  person,  entity,  court,
administrative  agency,  or other  governmental  authority  is required  for the
execution  and  delivery  by Nichols  and Merger  Sub of this  Agreement  or the
documents to be delivered at Closing.

         Section 3.4 Validity.  This Agreement has been, and the documents to be
delivered  by  Nichols  and Merger Sub at Closing  will be,  duly  executed  and
delivered and constitute lawful,  valid, and binding  obligations of Nichols and
Merger Sub  enforceable in accordance  with their terms,  subject to bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium, and other laws affecting the rights of
creditors  generally  and to the  discretion  of a court in  granting  equitable
relief.  The  approval of the  shareholders  of Nichols is not  required for the
authorization  or  issuance  of  the  Nichols  Stock  or for  any  of the  other
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         Section 3.5 No Breach. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and
the consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby are not prohibited by,
will not violate or conflict with any  provision  of, and will not  constitute a
default under or a breach of (a) the charter or bylaws of Nichols or Merger Sub,
(b) any contract,  agreement, or other instrument to which Nichols or Merger Sub
is a party, (c) any order, writ, injunction, decree, or judgment of any court or
governmental  agency, or (d) any law, rule, or regulation  applicable to Nichols
or Merger Sub.

         Section  3.6  Finders.  No finder  or broker  has acted or is acting on
behalf of Nichols or Merger Sub in connection with the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement.



<PAGE>


         Section 3.7 Periodic Reports.  The information in the Nichols Form 10-Q
Reports for the first and second quarters of 1998,  Nichols Annual Report to its
Shareholders for 1997, Nichols Proxy Statement for the 1998 Annual  Shareholders
Meeting,  and  Nichols  Form 10-K for 1997 and any  Current  Reports on Form 8-K
filed  for any  period  since  December  31,  1997  (collectively  the  'Nichols
Disclosure Documents') do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the  statements  therein,  in light of the  circumstances  under which they were
made, not misleading.  The Nichols Disclosure Documents include the consolidated
balance  sheet of Nichols as of August 31,  1997,  and the related  consolidated
statements  of income,  stockholders'  equity and cash flows for the fiscal year
ended  August 31, 1997,  accompanied  by the related  report  thereon by Ernst &
Young, LLP, independent  auditors.  Such financial statements have been prepared
in accordance  with GAAP applied on a consistent  basis  throughout  the periods
involved and with prior periods except as otherwise expressly stated therein and
fairly present the assets,  liabilities  and financial  condition and results of
operations of Nichols at, or for, the periods ended at, the dates thereof. Since
August 31, 1997,  there has been no material  adverse  change in the  condition,
financial or  otherwise,  of Nichols.  Nichols has made,  and shall use its best
efforts to  continue to make,  all  filings  with the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission which it is required to make.

         Section 3.8  Nichols  Stock.  All shares of Nichols  Stock which may be
delivered to the Welkin  Shareholders  pursuant to Article I hereof will be duly
authorized,  validly  issued,  fully paid,  and  nonassessable.  The  authorized
capital stock of Nichols as of the date hereof consists of 30,000,000  shares of
Common  Stock.  At May 31, 1998,  there were  13,440,212  shares of Common Stock
issued, including 168,500 shares held in the treasury.

         Section 3.9       Ownership of Welkin Stock. Neither Nichols nor Merger
Sub owns any Welkin Stock.

         Section  3.10   Litigation.   There  are  no  legal   actions,   suits,
arbitrations,  or other  legal or  administrative  proceedings  or  governmental
investigations  pending or threatened  against Nichols or Merger Sub which would
impair the  ability of Nichols  or Merger  Sub to  consummate  the  transactions
contemplated in this Agreement.

         Section  3.11   Governmental   Approval   and  Filings.   No  approval,
authorization,   consent,  license,  clearance,  or  order  of,  declaration  or
notification  to, or filing  registration or compliance  with, any  governmental
regulatory authority,  including  nongovernmental  self-regulatory  agencies, is
required in order to permit Nichols and Merger Sub to perform their  obligations
under this Agreement,  except for the filing and recording of appropriate merger
documents as required by the VSCA.

         Section 3.12 Disposition of Assets. Nichols has no present intention to
cause Welkin to dispose of more than an  insubstantial  part of Welkin's  assets
during the two-year period following the Merger Date.

         Section 3.13 Financial  Capability.  Nichols has the financial capacity
to perform all of its obligations  under this Agreement and has no contemplation
of insolvency. Nichols, immediately after the Closing: (i) will be solvent; (ii)
will be able to meet its  obligations  and debts as they become  due;  (iii) the
value of Nichols' assets at such time will exceed Nichols' liabilities; and (iv)
Nichols will have adequate capital for the conduct of its business.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                               COVENANTS OF WELKIN

         From the date of this Agreement  until the Closing,  Welkin will act in
good faith and use its best efforts to cause the  conditions to the  obligations
of Nichols and Merger Sub set forth in Article VI to be  satisfied  on or before
the Closing and will:


<PAGE>


         Section  4.1 Operate in Ordinary  Course.  Operate its  business in the
usual and  ordinary  manner as  heretofore  conducted;  perform in all  material
respects all of its obligations;  not materially modify, amend,  supplement,  or
waive  any  obligation  under  any  material  lease,  contract,   agreement,  or
commitment  without  the prior  written  consent  of  Nichols  which will not be
unreasonably  withheld;  and not take, or permit to be taken, any of the actions
described in subparagraphs (a) through (s) of Section 2.23.

         Section 4.2 Preserve Business Organization.  Use all reasonable efforts
to  preserve  intact its  present  business  organization;  keep  available  the
services of the current  Employees;  preserve its relationships  with suppliers,
distributors,  customers,  and others having business relationships with it; and
refrain  from  changing  in  any  material  way  any of  its  material  policies
(including,  without limitation,  advertising,  marketing,  pricing, purchasing,
personnel,  sales,  or budget  policies)  without the prior  written  consent of
Nichols which will not be unreasonably withheld.

         Section 4.3  Maintain  Properties.  Retain and maintain all of Welkin's
assets in customary  repair,  order, and condition,  except for reasonable wear,
the  disposal of worn-out or obsolete  equipment,  the sale of  inventory in the
ordinary course of business, and damage due to unavoidable casualty.

         Section 4.4       Maintain  Books of  Account.  Maintain  Welkin's  
books of  account and  records in theusual and ordinary manner and in accordance
with GAAP.

         Section 4.5 Comply with Law.  Comply in all material  respects with all
laws  applicable  to Welkin in  connection  with the  transactions  contemplated
hereby,  or contest or settle in good  faith,  upon the advice of  counsel,  any
alleged failure to comply with any such laws.

         Section 4.6 Maintain Insurance.  Maintain the insurance policies listed
on Schedule 2.11,  Insurance Policies and Claims, in full force and effect, with
policy limits and scope of coverage not less than is now provided.

         Section 4.7 Advise Nichols of Adverse  Change.  Promptly advise Nichols
of the occurrence of any material  adverse change in the financial  condition or
results  of the  operations  of Welkin;  the  occurrence  of any other  event or
condition that materially and adversely  affects  Welkin's assets or the conduct
of Welkin's  business;  or the imposition of any lien, pledge, or encumbrance on
any of Welkin's assets other than Permitted Liens.



<PAGE>


         Section 4.8 Access for Nichols.  Provide Nichols's  employees,  agents,
and authorized  representatives  with reasonable access,  during normal business
hours and  consistent  with the normal  operation of Welkin's  business,  to the
locations  owned or leased by Welkin and to the books and  records  relating  to
Welkin,   to  the  extent  necessary  to  enable  Nichols  to  make  a  thorough
investigation of Welkin,  and to examine  Welkin's books and records.  Nichols's
employees,   agents,  and  authorized   representatives   shall  hold  all  such
information and materials in strict  confidence,  shall not use the same for any
purpose other than to evaluate this  transaction and, treat all such information
in a manner consistent with Nichols's policies and procedures concerning its own
confidential  and  proprietary  information.  If the  transactions  contemplated
hereby are not consummated for any reason, Nichols shall (a) upon the request of
Welkin,  return all  originals,  copies,  and summaries of such  information  to
Welkin and (b) continue to treat all such  information as strictly  confidential
in a manner consistent with Nichols's policies and procedures concerning its own
confidential and proprietary information.

         Section 4.9     Third-Party  Consents.  Use its best  efforts to obtain
all  consents  and  approvals of third parties, if any.

         Section 4.10 Welkin  Shareholders'  Approval of Merger. Call the Welkin
Shareholders=  Meeting to be held on or before  July 27,  1998,  and submit this
Agreement at the Welkin  Shareholders'  Meeting for approval and adoption at the
meeting,  all as provided by law and its Articles of  Incorporation  and Bylaws.
The notice of the Welkin  Shareholders'  Meeting,  proxy, and accompanying proxy
statement  shall be  prepared  by Welkin and shall be subject to the  reasonable
approval of Nichols prior to delivery to the Welkin Shareholders.  The materials
submitted to the Welkin Shareholders shall include (i) this Agreement,  (ii) the
Nichols  Disclosure  Documents,  (iii) a description  of the  transaction,  (iv)
appropriate securities law disclosures regarding the fact that the Nichols Stock
delivered at Closing  will be  unregistered,  and  therefore,  the  certificates
evidencing  such stock will bear a  restrictive  legend to the effect the shares
may not be sold unless registered or exempt from registration,  and (v) proposed
resolutions  to be adopted by the Welkin  Shareholders  which shall  include (1)
approval of the Agreement  and Plan of Merger,  and (2)  appointment  of Carl W.
Monk,  Jr.,  as the  Representative  with  full  authority  to sign  the  Escrow
Agreement  and to act for the  Welkin  Shareholders  in  regard to any claim for
indemnity  or other  matter  arising in regard to this  Agreement  or the Escrow
Agreement.

         Section 4.11      Board of Director  Resignations.  Obtain the  
resignation  of each of the members of the Board of Directors of Welkin other 
than Carl W. Monk, Jr. and Alan A. Ross,  each such  resignation to be effective
upon the Closing.

         Section  4.12  Articles  of  Merger.  Exert its best  efforts to obtain
assurance from the Secretary of State of the State of Virginia that the Articles
of Merger attached as Exhibit 'A' comply with the VSCA.

         Section 4.13      Shareholders'  Letter  Agreement.  Cause  each of  
Carl  W.  Monk,  Jr.,  Alan A.  Ross, Frederick  W. Raymond and Zeta Associates,
Inc. to deliver to Nichols not later than 10 days prior to the Merger Date a 
written agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit 'C.'



<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE V
                              COVENANTS OF NICHOLS

         Section 5.1 Compliance with Conditions.  Prior to the Closing,  Nichols
will act in good  faith and use its best  efforts  to cause the  conditions  set
forth in Article VII to be satisfied on or prior to the Closing.

         Section 5.2  Articles of Merger.  Prior to the  Closing,  Nichols  will
exert its best efforts to obtain  assurance from the  Corporation  Commission of
the Commonwealth of Virginia that the Articles of Merger attached as Exhibit 'A'
comply with the VSCA.

         Section 5.3 Advise Welkin of Adverse Change.  Promptly advise Welkin of
the  occurrence of any material  adverse  change in the  financial  condition or
results of operations of Nichols; the occurrence of any other event or condition
that materially and adversely affects Nichols' assets or the conduct of Nichols'
business.

                                   ARTICLE VI
               CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF NICHOLS AND MERGER SUB

         The  obligations  of Nichols  and Merger Sub under this  Agreement  are
subject  to  the  satisfaction  on  or  before  the  Closing  of  the  following
conditions,  unless  such  conditions  are waived by Nichols or Merger  Sub,  as
appropriate:

         Section 6.1 Representations and Warranties True as of Closing. Welkin's
representations  and warranties  made in this Agreement are true in all material
respects on and as of the Closing as though such  representations and warranties
were made on and as of the Merger Date.

         Section  6.2  Compliance  with  Agreement.  Welkin  has  performed  and
complied in all material  respects  with all of its  obligations  and  covenants
under this  Agreement  that are to be  performed  or  complied  with by it on or
before the  Closing,  and  Welkin is not  otherwise  in default in any  material
respect under any of the provisions of this Agreement.

         Section 6.3 No Litigation. No litigation, proceeding, investigation, or
inquiry is pending or threatened  which,  if sustained,  would enjoin or prevent
the  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement or would
materially and adversely  affect  Nichols's or Welkin's  ability to carry on the
Welkin Business presently and ordinarily conducted following the Closing.

         Section 6.4 Third-Party Consents and Approvals. Welkin has obtained all
third-party consents and approvals, if any, all in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Nichols, Merger Sub and their counsel. At or before the Closing,
Welkin will  deliver to Nichols and Merger Sub all such third party  consents or
approvals.



<PAGE>


         Section  6.5  No  Material  Change.  Nichols  has  made  a  good  faith
determination, with the assistance and advice of counsel, that there has been no
material adverse change in the financial  condition,  assets,  liabilities,  net
capital, business, or affairs of Welkin.

         Section 6.6 Shareholders' Equity. On the last business day prior to the
Merger Date,  the  shareholders'  equity of Welkin,  as determined in accordance
with GAAP, shall be no less than $2,750,000.

        Section 6.7 Non-Competition Agreements.Each of Carl W. Monk, Jr.,Alan A.
Ross  and   Frederick  W.  Raymond   shall  have   executed  and  delivered  the
non-competition agreements with Welkin attached hereto as Exhibits 'D-1,' 'D-2,'
and 'D-3.' 

        Section 6.8  Employment Agreements.  Each  of Carl W. Monk, Jr. and Jose
S. Jimenez shall have executed and delivered the employment  agreements attached
as Exhibits 'E-1' and 'E-2.'

         Section 6.9  Certificates  of Fulfillment  of Conditions.  Welkin shall
have delivered to Nichols and Merger Sub  certificates,  dated as of the Closing
and signed by the President of Welkin,  stating that the conditions set forth in
Sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.6 and 6.10 have been fulfilled. Welkin shall have
delivered to Nichols copies of resolutions adopted by its Board of Directors and
the Welkin  Shareholders,  certified  as of the Closing by its  Secretary  or an
Assistant Secretary,  approving the execution and delivery of this Agreement and
the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

         Section 6.10      Shareholder  Approval.    The   Welkin   Shareholders
shall have approved the consummation of the transactions contemplated  by   this
Agreement.

         Section 6.11 Welkin Dissenting  Shares.  The number of shares of Welkin
Stock held by a holder who has demanded  and/or  perfected the right, if any, to
dissent from this Agreement in accordance  with the VSCA shall be less than five
percent of the total number of shares of Welkin Stock outstanding as of the date
hereof.

         Section  6.12 Pooling  Letter.  Nichols  shall have  received a letter,
dated as of the Merger  Date,  from Ernst and Young,  LLP,  confirming  that the
Merger,  as closed and  consummated  in  accordance  with this  Agreement,  will
qualify  for   pooling-of-interests   accounting   treatment  under   Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 16.

         Section 6.13 Opinion of Counsel. Welkin shall have delivered to Nichols
an opinion of its counsel,  Epstein Becker & Green, P.C., dated as of the Merger
Date, in the form of Exhibit 'F' hereto.

         Section 6.14      Number of Welkin   Shareholders.  On the Merger Date,
the number of Welkin  Shareholders shall not exceed thirty-five.



<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VII
                       CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF WELKIN

         The  obligations  of Welkin  under this  Agreement  are  subject to the
satisfaction on or prior to the Closing of the following conditions, unless such
conditions are waived by Welkin:

         Section 7.1  Representations  and Warranties  True on Closing.  Each of
Nichols's and Merger Sub's representations and warranties made in this Agreement
are true in all  material  respects  on and as of the  Closing  as  though  such
representations and warranties were made on and as of the Merger Date.

         Section  7.2  Compliance  with  Agreement.  Nichols has  performed  and
complied in all material  respects  with all of its  obligations  and  covenants
under this  Agreement  that are to be  performed  or  complied  with by it on or
before the  Closing,  and Nichols is not  other-wise  in default in any material
respect under any of the provisions of this Agreement.

         Section 7.3 No Litigation. No litigation, proceeding, investigation, or
inquiry is pending or threatened  which,  if sustained,  would enjoin or prevent
the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         Section 7.4 Certified  Resolutions.  Each of Nichols and Merger Sub has
delivered to Welkin copies of  resolutions  adopted by its  respective  Board of
Directors,  certified  as of  the  Closing  by  its  Secretary  or an  Assistant
Secretary,  approving  the  execution  and  delivery of this  Agreement  and the
performance  of its  respective  obligations  under this  Agreement.  Nichols or
Merger Sub, as the case may be, has delivered to Welkin evidence satisfactory to
Welkin of the approval by the sole  shareholder  of Merger Sub of this Agreement
and the transactions contemplated hereby.

         Section 7.5  Certificate  of Fulfillment  of  Conditions.  Nichols,  on
behalf of itself and Merger Sub,  shall have  delivered to Welkin a certificate,
dated as of the  Closing  and signed by an officer of Nichols  stating  that the
conditions set forth in Sections 7.1 and 7.2 and 7.3 have been fulfilled.

         Section 7.6       Shareholder  Approval. The Welkin Shareholders  shall
have   approved   the   consummation   of  the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement.

         Section 7.7 Opinion of Counsel. Nichols shall have delivered an opinion
of its counsel, Lanier Ford Shaver & Payne, P.C., dated as of the Merger Date in
the form of Exhibit 'G' hereto.



<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                             POST CLOSING COVENANTS

         Section 8.1 Merger of 401(k) Plans.  Nichols and Welkin will  determine
whether or not to merge the Welkin  Associates  Limited  Savings  Plan listed in
Schedule 2.14(a), Employee Benefit Plans, into the Nichols Retirement Plan after
the Closing.  The features and benefits of the Nichols  Retirement  Plan offered
the employees by Welkin will be  determined  by Nichols.  Welkin will notify all
plan  participants  and the appropriate  government  agencies (as required under
ERISA and the Code),  if any, of the cessation of further  benefit accrual under
the Welkin 401(k) Plan.

         Section 8.2 Welkin  Benefit  Plans.  Except for the Welkin 401(k) Plan,
each of the Plans listed on Schedule  2.14(a),  Employee  Benefit  Plans,  shall
continue in existence for one year after the Closing,  unless Carl W. Monk, Jr.,
agrees  to an  earlier  termination  of any  such  plan or  unless  continuation
following  the Merger of any such plan would  violate the  nondiscrimination  or
other provisions of the Code or ERISA. After the Closing, a three-year plan will
be implemented to consolidate the Welkin employee fringe benefits, including the
employee benefit plans listed on Schedule  2.14(a),  Employee Benefit Plans, and
the Welkin  employment  policies and procedures with the Nichols employee fringe
benefits and the Nichols employment policies and procedures.

         Section 8.3 Other Benefits. The employees of Welkin will be entitled to
participate  in the benefit plans  sponsored by Nichols in  accordance  with the
terms and provisions of such plans unless comparable benefits are provided under
benefit plans maintained by Welkin after the Closing.

         Section 8.4 Employee Stock Options. A total of 40,000 shares of Nichols
Stock will be reserved  for  issuance of stock  options to  employees  of Welkin
after  Closing  pursuant to the terms of the Nichols  Stock  Option  Plan.  Such
amount  includes  35,000 shares of Nichols Stock for options  granted to Carl W.
Monk,  Jr. and Jose S.  Jimenez  pursuant to their  employment  agreements.  The
employees  selected to receive  Nichols'  stock options and the number of shares
subject to such options  will be  determined  within  thirty (30) days after the
Closing after  considering  the  recommendations  of Carl W. Monk, Jr., and Mike
Solley,  and such options will be granted within  forty-five (45) days after the
Closing.



<PAGE>


         Section 8.5  Registration  of Nichols Stock.  Within fifteen days after
the Merger Date, Nichols shall file with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
a registration  statement (the "S-3  Registration  Statement") on Form S-3 under
the Securities  Act with respect to the Nichols Stock  delivered in exchange for
the Welkin Stock hereunder, including those shares delivered to the Escrow Agent
in  accordance  with the Escrow  Agreement  and those  shares  delivered  to the
Representative  as Cost Account Shares (the "Merger  Stock").  Nichols shall use
its best efforts to cause the S-3 Registration  Statement to become effective as
soon  as  practicable.  Nichols  shall  maintain  the  effectiveness  of the S-3
Registration  Statement for a period of two years after the Merger Date or until
all Nichols Stock delivered in exchange for the Merger Stock is sold,  whichever
occurs first. The S-3 Registration  Statement and all amendments and supplements
thereto will  conform in all  material  respects  with the  requirements  of the
Securities Act and all rules and regulations thereunder. The Merger Stock (other
than the Escrowed Stock or the Cost Account  Stock) will be freely  tradeable by
the  Welkin   Shareholders  from  and  after  the  effective  date  of  the  S-3
Registration  Statement,  and the Escrowed Stock will be freely tradeable by the
Welkin  Shareholders  from and after the  release of such shares from the escrow
pursuant to the Escrow Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 9.1  Termination.  Anything herein or elsewhere to the contrary
notwithstanding,   this  Agreement  may  be  terminated  and  the   transactions
contemplated hereby abandoned at any time on or before the Closing, as follows:

                  (a)  By the mutual consent of Nichols and Welkin;

                  (b) By Nichols if any of the  conditions  set forth in Article
VI of this Agreement  have become  incapable of fulfillment or are not fulfilled
on or before August 15, 1998;

                  (c) By Welkin if any of the  conditions  set forth in  Article
VII of this Agreement have become  incapable of fulfillment or are not fulfilled
on or before July 31, 1997; or

                  (d) By Welkin or by Nichols if any action, suit, or proceeding
before any court or other  governmental  body or agency has been  instituted  to
restrain, modify, or prohibit the transactions contemplated hereby.

         If this  Agreement is terminated in a manner  permitted by this Section
9.1, this Agreement will become void and of no further force and effect, neither
of the parties hereto will have any liability to the other party in respect of a
termination of this Agreement.

         Section  9.2  Expenses.  Whether or not the  transactions  contemplated
hereby  are  consummated,  except to the  extent  otherwise  expressly  provided
herein, each of the parties hereto will pay its respective expenses  (including,
without  limitation,  the fees,  disbursements,  and expenses of its  attorneys,
accountants,  and  consultants)  incurred by it in negotiating,  preparing,  and
carrying out this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.



<PAGE>


         Section 9.3 Notices.  Notices hereunder will be effective four business
days after they are deposited in the official mails, postage prepaid,  certified
and with return receipt requested, the day after they are delivered to a courier
for overnight delivery, or upon receipt when sent by facsimile or hand delivery,
and addressed:

                  (a)      In the case of Nichols, to:
                           4040 South Memorial Parkway
                           Huntsville, Alabama 35802
                           Attn.: Chris H. Horgen, Chairman
                           Facsimile No.: (256) 650-2240

                           with a copy to:
                           John R. Wynn
                           Lanier Ford Shaver & Payne P.C.
                           P.O. Box 2087
                           Huntsville, Alabama 35304
                           Facsimile No.: (256) 533-9322

                  (b)      In the case of Merger Sub, to:
                           c/o Nichols Research Corporation
                           4040 South Memorial Parkway
                           Huntsville, Alabama 35802
                           Attn.: Chris H. Horgen, Chairman
                           Facsimile No.: (256) 650-2240

                           with a copy to:
                           John R. Wynn
                           Lanier Ford Shaver & Payne P.C.
                           P.O. Box 2087
                           Huntsville, Alabama 35304
                           Facsimile No.: (256) 533-9322

                  (c)      In the case of Welkin, to:
                           c/o Carl W. Monk, Jr., President
                           Welkin Associates, Ltd.
                           4801 Stonecroft Boulevard
                           Suite 210
                           Chantilly, Virginia 20151
                           Facsimile No.: (703) 633-8101



<PAGE>


                           with a copy to:

                           Susan E. Pravda
                           Epstein Becker & Green, P.C.
                           75 State Street
                           Boston, MA 02109
                           Facsimile: (617)342-4001

Any party may change the address to which  notices are to be addressed by giving
the other party notice in the manner herein set forth.

         Section  9.4  Public  Announcements  and  Releases.  No  party  to this
Agreement  will  make or cause to be made any  public  announcement  or  release
concerning this Agreement or the  transactions  contemplated  hereby without the
prior written consent of the other party to this Agreement.

         Section  9.5   Governing   Law.  The  validity,   interpretation,   and
performance of this Agreement will be determined in accordance  with the laws of
the State of Delaware  applicable to contracts  made and to be performed  wholly
within that state.

         Section 9.6 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts,  each of  which  will be  deemed  an  original,  but all of  which
together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

         Section 9.7 Headings. The headings,  subheadings,  and captions in this
Agreement and in any exhibit hereto are for reference  purposes only and are not
intended to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

         Section  9.8  Exhibits;  Disclosure  Schedule.  The  exhibits  attached
hereto,  the  Disclosure  Schedule,  and the  other  documents  and  instruments
referenced  in this  Agreement  as having been  delivered  or executed  pursuant
hereto are hereby made a part of this  Agreement as if set forth in full herein.
A statement on the Disclosure Schedule that qualifies or limits a representation
or warranty,  or that constitutes an exception to a representation and warranty,
shall specifically identify the Section of this Agreement to which the statement
relates. Information, lists, documents, agreements or other matters set forth in
the  Disclosure  Schedule that are not described in the preceding  sentence need
only be set forth once even if another Section calls for similar disclosure.

         Section 9.9 Entire  Agreement.  This Agreement,  the exhibits  attached
hereto,  the  Disclosure  Schedule,  and the  other  documents  and  instruments
referenced  in this  Agreement  as having been  delivered  or executed  pursuant
hereto contain the entire  agreement  between the parties hereto with respect to
their subject  matter and  supersede all  negotiations,  prior  discussions  and
understandings, written or oral, relating to their subject matter.


<PAGE>


         Section 9.10  Successors  and Assigns.  This  Agreement will be binding
upon  Welkin  and  Nichols  and  their   respective   successors   and  assigns.
Notwithstanding  the  immediately  preceding  sentence,  Welkin may assign their
rights  and  delegate  their  duties  under this  Agreement  only with the prior
written consent of Nichols.

         Section 9.11  Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement is held
to be unenforceable, invalid, or void to any extent, that provision shall remain
in force and effect to the maximum extent allowable,  and the enforceability and
validity of the  remaining  provisions of this  Agreement  shall not be affected
thereby.

                                    ARTICLE X
                                 INDEMNIFICATION

         Section 10.1 By the Welkin  Shareholders.  If the Closing  occurs,  the
Welkin Shareholders,  severally, hereby indemnify and hold harmless Nichols from
and  against all  claims,  damages,  losses,  liabilities,  costs and  expenses,
including,  without limitation,  settlement costs and legal, accounting or other
expenses paid for  investigating or defending any actions or threatened  actions
(collectively,   the   "Losses"),   in   connection   with  any  breach  of  any
representations,  warranties or covenants made by Welkin in this Agreement,  the
Schedules hereto or any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement.

         Section  10.2  By  Nichols.  If  the  Closing  occurs,  Nichols  hereby
indemnifies  and holds  harmless  the Welkin  Shareholders  from and against all
Losses in  connection  with any  breach of any  representations,  warranties  or
covenants  made by  Nichols  in this  Agreement,  the  Schedules  hereto  or the
certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement.



<PAGE>


         Section 10.3 Claims for Indemnification. Whenever any claim shall arise
for indemnification  under this Section 10, Nichols or the Welkin  Shareholders,
as the case may be, seeking  indemnification  (the "Indemnified  Party"),  shall
promptly  notify  (the "Claim  Notice")  the party for whom  indemnification  is
sought  hereunder (the  "Indemnifying  Party") of the claim and, when known, the
facts  constituting  the basis for such claim. In the event such Claim Notice is
sent by Nichols, Nichols shall deliver a copy of such Claim Notice to the Escrow
Agent. In the event of any such claim for  indemnification  hereunder  resulting
from or in connection with any claim or legal proceedings by a thirty party, the
notice shall specify,  if known,  the amount or an estimate of the amount of the
liability  arising  therefrom.   The  Indemnified  Party  shall  not  settle  or
compromise   any  claim  by  a  third   party  for  which  it  is   entitled  to
indemnification  hereunder without the prior written consent, which shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed, of the Indemnifying Party; provided,  however,
that if suit shall have been instituted  against the  Indemnified  Party and the
Indemnifying  Party shall not have taken control of such suit after notification
thereof as provided herein, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to settle
or  compromise  such  claim  upon  giving  notice to the  Indemnifying  Party as
provided in Section 10.4. In the event that the Welkin  Shareholders  constitute
the  Indemnifying  Party, all notices and consents shall be given to, or by, the
Representative, who shall have the power and authority to bind all of the Welkin
Shareholders.

         Section 10.4 Defense by the Indemnifying  Party. In connection with any
claim which may give rise to indemnity  hereunder  resulting from or arising out
of any claim or legal  proceeding by a person other than the Indemnified  Party,
the Indemnifying  Party, at its sole cost and expense,  may, upon written notice
to the  Indemnified  Party,  assume  the  defense  of any  such  claim  or legal
proceeding if the Indemnifying  Party  acknowledges to the Indemnified  Party in
writing of the obligation of the Indemnifying Party to indemnify the Indemnified
Party with  respect to all  elements of such claim.  If the  Indemnifying  Party
assumes  the  defense of any such claim or legal  proceeding,  the  Indemnifying
Party  shall,  at its sole cost and  expense,  take all steps  necessary  in the
defense or settlement  thereof.  The  Indemnifying  Party shall not consent to a
settlement  of, or the entry of any  judgment  arising  from,  any such claim or
legal  proceeding,  other than the  payment  of money,  unless  such  settlement
includes a release of the Indemnified Party from any and all claims arising from
or related to such claim or legal  proceeding.  The  Indemnified  Party shall be
entitled to  participate  in (but not  control)  the defense of any such action,
with its own counsel and at its own expense.  If the Indemnifying Party does not
assume the defense of any such claim or litigation  resulting  therefrom  within
thirty (30) days after the date such claim is made:  (a) the  Indemnified  Party
may  defend  against  such  claim or  litigation  in such  manner as it may deem
appropriate,  including,  but not limited to, settling such claim or litigation,
after giving notice of the same to the  Indemnifying  Party on such terms as the
Indemnified Party may deem appropriate,  and (b) the Indemnifying Party shall be
entitled to  participate  in (but not control) the defense of such action,  with
its counsel and at its own expense.  If the Indemnifying  Party thereafter seeks
to question the manner in which the Indemnified  Party defended such third party
claim or the amount or nature of any such  settlement,  the  Indemnifying  Party
shall have the burden to provide by a  preponderance  of the  evidence  that the
Indemnified  Party  did not  defend  or  settle  such  third  party  claim  in a
reasonably prudent manner. In the event that the Welkin Shareholders  constitute
the Indemnifying Party, all references herein to the Indemnifying Party shall be
deemed to mean the  Representative,  who shall have the power and  authority  to
bind all of the Welkin  Shareholders.  All costs and expenses to be borne by the
Indemnifying Party, if the Indemnifying Party is the Welkin Shareholders,  shall
be borne severally by each of the Welkin Shareholders.

         Section 10.5 Survival of Representations;  Claims for  Indemnification.
If  the  Closing  occurs,  all  representations  and  warranties  made  in  this
Agreement,  in the Schedules hereto and in all certificates  delivered  pursuant
hereto shall survive through and until the first anniversary of the Closing Date
(the "Termination  Date").  After the Termination Date, all such representations
and warranties shall immediately expire,  except with respect to claims, if any,
asserted in writing on or prior to the Termination Date and identified as claims
for  indemnification  pursuant to Sections 10.1 or 10.2.  All claims for actions
for indemnity  hereunder  shall be asserted and maintained in writing by a party
hereto on or prior to the Termination Date.


<PAGE>


         Section   10.6   Exclusion   for   Certain    Indemnity    Obligations.
Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in Section 10.1,  10.2 or elsewhere in
this Agreement,  if the Closing occurs, neither the Welkin Shareholders,  on the
one hand, nor Nichols and Welkin (taken  together),  on the other hand, shall be
entitled to receive,  or shall be obligated to pay, any claims  hereunder  until
there are first  claims  hereunder  resulting  in more than $90,000 in aggregate
amount of indemnity  obligations  otherwise payable pursuant to Sections 10.1 or
10.2,  in which case the party  seeking  indemnification  shall be  entitled  to
recover commencing with the first dollar amount so payable.

         Section 10.7      Maximum Limitation for Indemnity Obligations.

                  (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 10.1,
10.2  or  elsewhere  in this  Agreement,  if the  Closing  occurs,  the  maximum
aggregate  amount  payable to Nichols and all  affiliates  thereof by all of the
Welkin  Shareholders  together  as  a  group,  as  indemnity  pursuant  to  this
Agreement, or otherwise,  shall be the amount of the Escrow Property (as defined
in the Escrow Agreement).

                  (b) Except for violations of federal and state securities laws
and violations or breaches of post-closing  obligations and covenants of Nichols
in this  Agreement to which the  limitations  in this Section  10.7(b) shall not
apply, the maximum amount payable by Nichols to the Welkin Shareholders together
as a group,  as  indemnity  pursuant to this  Agreement or  otherwise,  shall be
limited to $1,200,000.00.

                  (c) All amounts payable to Nichols and all affiliates  thereof
by  the  Welkin  Shareholders  shall  be  paid  out of the  Escrow  Property  in
accordance with the Escrow Agreement.  Upon exhaustion of the Escrow Property or
termination of the Escrow Agreement,  none of the Welkin Shareholders shall have
any obligation whatsoever to indemnify Nichols or any affiliates hereunder.

         Section 10.8 General  Limitations.  After the Closing,  no party hereto
shall make any claims against any other party hereto under this Agreement, under
any legal  theory or with respect to the  transfer of the Merger  Stock,  except
pursuant to Article X hereof,  each party to this  Agreement  hereby waiving any
and all such claims.


<PAGE>


                  IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each of the  parties  has  caused  this
Agreement to be duly  executed and  delivered as of the day and year first above
written.

                                          NICHOLS RESEARCH CORPORATION, a
                                          Delaware corporation


                                          By:  Chris H. Horgen
                                               ---------------
                                             Its: Chairman


                                          WAL ACQUISITION COMPANY, INC., a
                                          Virginia corporation


                                          By:Patsy L. Hattox
                                             ---------------
                                             Its:Secretary


                                          WELKIN ASSOCIATES, LTD., a Virginia
                                          corporation


                                          By: Carl W. Monk, Jr.
                                              -----------------
                                              Its:President





                                CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                                   AMONG

                          NICHOLS RESEARCH CORPORATION
                                  ("Borrower"),

                    THE BANKS SET FORTH ON SCHEDULE 1 HERETO
                                    ("Banks")

                                       AND

                             CORESTATES BANK, N.A.,
                             AS AGENT FOR THE BANKS
                                    ("Agent")








                                November 25, 1997


<PAGE>

                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


                  THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made this 25th day
of  November,  1997,  by and among  NICHOLS  RESEARCH  CORPORATION,  a  Delaware
corporation ("Borrower");  CORESTATES BANK, N.A., a national banking association
("CoreStates")  and the other banks  identified  on  Schedule 1 attached  hereto
(each  individually a "Bank" and individually and  collectively,  "Banks");  and
CoreStates as agent for the Banks ("Agent").

                  In consideration of the agreements  hereinafter set forth, and
intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

                                    SECTION 1

                                   DEFINITIONS

                1.1  Definitions.  When used  in this  Agreement, the  following
terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below.

                  "Acquisition  Price"  means,  with  respect  to any  Permitted
Acquisition,  the aggregate consideration payable by the Companies in connection
therewith,  including  deferred  or  contingent  obligations  accounted  for  as
liabilities in accordance with GAAP.

                  "Advance" means a borrowing under the Commitment pursuant to 
Paragraph 2.7 hereof.

                  "Advance  Request  Form"  means  the  certificate  in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit A to be delivered by Borrower to Agent as a condition
of each Advance.

                  "Affiliate"  means  as to any  party:  (i) any  person  who or
entity which directly or indirectly owns, controls or holds ten percent (10%) or
more of the outstanding  beneficial  interests in such party; (ii) any entity of
which  ten  percent  (10%) or more of the  outstanding  beneficial  interest  is
directly or  indirectly  owned,  controlled,  or held by such  party;  (iii) any
entity which  directly or  indirectly  is under common  control with such party;
(iv) any director or general partner of such party or any Affiliate;  or (v) any
immediate family member of any person who is an Affiliate.  For purposes of this
definition, "control" means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power
to direct or cause the  direction of the  management  and policies of an entity,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

                  "Agent" means  CoreStates Bank, N.A., in its capacity as agent
for the Banks hereunder and any successor in such capacity appointed pursuant to
Paragraph 9.15 and 9.16 hereof.

<PAGE>


                  "Agreement"  means  this  Credit  Agreement  and all  exhibits
hereto,  as each may be amended,  modified,  extended,  consolidated or restated
from time to time.

                  "ASIDA  Bonds"  means the bonds  issued by the  Alabama  State
Industrial  Development  Authority  for  the  benefit  of  Borrower,  having  an
aggregate  principal  balance of $1,842,300.00 as of the date hereof and a final
maturity of January, 2000.

                  "Bank" means individually,  and "Banks" means individually and
collectively,  the  institutions  identified  on Schedule 1 attached  hereto and
their respective  successors and assigns so long as any such institution retains
any portion of the Commitment or Loan hereunder.

                  "Base  Rate"  means the higher of (a) the  Federal  Funds Rate
plus one half of one percent (1/2%) per annum or (b) the Prime Rate.

                  "Borrower" means Nichols Research Corporation, a Delaware 
corporation.

                  "Business  Day" means any day not a Saturday,  Sunday or a day
on which banks are  required  or  permitted  to be closed  under the laws of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

                  "Capital  Leases"  means  capital  leases  and  subleases,  as
defined in  Statement  13 of the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  dated
November 1976, as amended and updated from time to time.

                  "CERCLA"  means  the  Comprehensive   Environmental  Response,
Compensation,  and Liability Act of 1980, as amended by the Superfund Amendments
and Reauthorization Act of 1986, as amended from time to time, and all rules and
regulations promulgated in connection therewith.

                  "Code"  means the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended
from time to time, and  regulations  with respect thereto in effect from time to
time.

                  "Commitment"  means  either the Short Term  Commitment  or the
Three Year Commitment, or both of them, as applicable..

                  "Company"   means   individually,    and   "Companies"   means
individually and collectively, Borrower and each Guarantor.

                  "Compliance  Certificate"  means a certificate  in the form of
Exhibit F attached  hereto  delivered by Borrower to Banks pursuant to Paragraph
5.4 or Paragraph 4.1 hereof.

<PAGE>

                  "Debt  to  Capitalization  Ratio"  means,  as of any  date  of
determination,  the ratio of (a) Funded  Debt of Borrower  and its  consolidated
Subsidiaries to (b) total stockholders'  equity plus Funded Debt of Borrower and
its consolidated Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP.

                  "Default"  means  an  event,  condition  or  circumstance  the
occurrence  of which would,  with the giving of notice or the passage of time or
both, constitute an Event of Default.

                  "EBITDA" means, for any period,  net income for such period as
defined in accordance with GAAP, plus interest expense, taxes,  depreciation and
amortization,  in each case as defined in accordance with GAAP and to the extent
each has been deducted in determining net income.

                  "EBITDAR" means,  for any period,  EBITDA for such period plus
lease and rental expense for such period, as defined in accordance with GAAP and
to the extent deducted in determining net income.

                  "Environmental  Control  Statutes"  means any federal,  state,
county, regional or local laws governing the control,  storage,  removal, spill,
release or discharge  of  Hazardous  Substances,  including  without  limitation
CERCLA,  the Solid Waste  Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource  Conservation
and Recovery Act of 1976 and the Hazardous  and Solid Waste  Amendments of 1984,
the Federal  Water  Pollution  Control Act, as amended by the Clean Water Act of
1976, the Hazardous  Materials  Transportation  Act, the Emergency  Planning and
Community  Right to Know Act of 1986, the National  Environmental  Policy Act of
1975, the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, any similar or implementing  state law, and
in each case  including  all  amendments  thereto and all rules and  regulations
promulgated thereunder and permits issued in connection therewith.

                  "EPA" means the United States Environmental Protection Agency,
or any successor thereto.

                  "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of
1974, all amendments thereto and all rules and regulations in effect at any time
thereunder.

                  "ERISA  Affiliate"  means, when used with respect to any Plan,
ERISA, the PBGC or a provision of the Code pertaining to employee benefit plans,
any person or entity  that is a member of any group or  organization  within the
meaning  of Code  Sections  414(b),  (c),  (m) or (o) of which  Borrower  or any
Guarantor is a member.

                  "Event of Default" means an event described in   Paragraph 8.1
hereof.

                  "Existing  Credit  Agreement" means the Credit Agreement dated
August 16, 1995 by and among Borrower and SouthTrust  Bank of Alabama,  National
Association, First Alabama Bank and CoreStates Bank, N.A., as amended.

<PAGE>

                  "Federal Funds Rate" means, for any day, the effective rate of
interest for such day, as announced  from time to time by the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System as shown in publication H.15 as the "Federal Funds
Rate."

                  "Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio"  means,  as of  any  date  of
determination,  the  ratio of (a)  EBITDAR  for  Borrower  and its  consolidated
Subsidiaries  for the  most  recent  Rolling  Period,  to (b) the sum of (i) the
current  portion of long term debt, and (ii) interest,  lease and rental expense
for  Borrower  and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  for the most recent  Rolling
Period.

                  "Funded  Debt"  means,  as of the date of  determination,  the
aggregate   outstanding  principal  amount  of  all  Indebtedness  for,  without
duplication:

                           (A) borrowed money  (other  than  trade  Indebtedness
incurred in the normal and  ordinary course  of  business  for  value received),
including without limitation the Loan hereunder;

                           (B) the purchase price for  installment  purchases of
real or personal property;

                           (C) the principal portion of Capital Leases;

                           (D) guaranties of Funded Debt of others; and

                           (E) reimbursement   obligations  under  letters  of
credit, including the amount of any Letters of Credit outstanding  hereunder and
unreimbursed draws under Letters of Credit issued hereunder.

                  "GAAP" means  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  set
forth  in the  Opinions  of the  Accounting  Principles  Board  of the  American
Institute of Certified  Public  Accountants  and in  statements of the Financial
Accounting  Standards Board and in such other statements by such other entity as
Agent may reasonably  approve,  which are applicable in the  circumstances as of
the date in question,  subject to Paragraph  1.2(a) hereof;  and such principles
observed in a current  period shall be  comparable  in all material  respects to
those applied in a preceding period.

                  "Guarantor"  means   individually,   and  "Guarantors"   means
individually and collectively,  each Material Subsidiary of Borrower,  including
any future  Material  Subsidiaries  of Borrower  which may join in the  Guaranty
pursuant to Paragraph 5.20 hereof.

                  "Guaranty" means the Guaranty Agreement executed by Guarantors
in favor of Banks as required to be delivered  pursuant to Paragraph  4.1 hereof
and including any joinders thereto pursuant to Paragraph 5.20 hereof,  as may be
amended, modified or restated from time to time.

<PAGE>

                  "Hazardous  Substance"  means  petroleum  products  and  items
defined  in  the  Environmental  Control  Statutes  as  "hazardous  substances",
"hazardous  wastes",   "pollutants"  or  "contaminants"  and  any  other  toxic,
reactive,  corrosive,  carcinogenic,  flammable or hazardous  substance or other
pollutant.

                  "Indebtedness"  of any person as of any date of  determination
means and includes all  obligations  of such person which,  in  accordance  with
GAAP,  shall be classified on a balance sheet of such person as  liabilities  of
such  person  and in any  event  shall  include,  without  duplication,  all (i)
obligations  of such person for  borrowed  money or which have been  incurred in
connection with acquisition of property or assets,  (ii) obligations  secured by
any lien upon property or assets owned by such person, notwithstanding that such
person has not  assumed or become  liable for the  payment of such  obligations,
(iii)  obligations  created or arising under any conditional sale or other title
retention   agreement  with  respect  to  property   acquired  by  such  person,
notwithstanding  the fact that the rights and remedies of the seller,  lender or
lessor under such agreement in the event of default are limited to  repossession
or sale of property,  (iv) Capital  Leases,  (v)  guarantees and (vi) letters of
credit and letter of credit reimbursement obligations.

                  "Letter of Credit" means individually, and "Letters of Credit"
means individually and collectively, the letter(s) of credit issued from time to
time by Agent and  participated in by Banks pursuant to the terms and conditions
of Section 2A hereof.

                  "Letter of Credit Request Form" shall mean the  certificate in
the form attached as Exhibit B-1 hereto to be delivered by Borrowers to Agent as
a condition of each  issuance of a Letter of Credit  pursuant to Paragraph  2A.3
hereof.

                  "Letter  of Credit  Sublimit"  shall  mean the  portion of the
Three Year  Commitment  up to which  Banks  have  agreed to  participate  in the
issuance  by Agent of Letters  of Credit  pursuant  to Section 2A hereof,  being
Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000).

                  "Loan" means the aggregate outstanding balance of Indebtedness
under the Short Term Loan and the Three Year Loan,  together  with all interest,
costs and fees and expenses due hereunder.

                  "Loan Documents"  means the Agreement,  the Note, the Guaranty
and the other documents and agreements executed and delivered in connection with
this Agreement.

                  "Local  Authorities"  means  individually and collectively the
state and local  governmental  authorities  and  administrative  agencies  which
govern the business,  commercial  activities or facilities  owned or operated by
any Company.

                  "Material  Adverse Effect" means a material  adverse effect on
the  business,  financial  condition  or  prospects  of  the  Borrower  and  its
consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

<PAGE>

                  "Material  Subsidiary" means any direct or indirect Subsidiary
of Borrower which either: (i) comprises 5% or more of the assets of Borrower and
its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  as of the last day of the most  recently  ended
fiscal  quarter,  or (ii) is  responsible  for 5% or more of the  EBITDA  of the
Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the most recent Rolling Period.

                  "Maximum  Principal Amount" means the maximum principal amount
of the  Commitment,  or the Short Term Commitment or Three Year  Commitment,  as
applicable,  up to which the  applicable  Bank has agreed to lend  funds  and/or
participate  in the  issuance  of Letters of Credit,  as set forth in Schedule 1
attached hereto,  as such amounts may be reduced or terminated from time to time
pursuant to Paragraph 2.8 hereof.

                  "Net Cash  Proceeds"  shall mean,  with respect to any Sale of
Material Assets,  the cash proceeds received by the seller in such a transaction
less (i) the reasonable costs of the transaction,  (ii) reasonable  reserves for
retained liabilities,  (iii) applicable taxes arising out of the transaction and
(iv) the amount of any such proceeds used to repay  indebtedness  secured by the
assets sold.

                  "Note" means individually,  and "Notes" means individually and
collectively, the Short Term Notes and the Three Year Notes.

                  "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any 
successor thereto.

                  "Permitted  Acquisition"  means any  acquisition,  whether  by
merger,  consolidation,  purchase of equity  securities or purchase of operating
assets, in which the acquisition target is operating solely in the United States
of America and is engaged in the same or a substantially similar business as the
Companies.

                  "Permitted  Investments"  means (i)  investments in commercial
paper  maturing in 180 days or less from the date of issuance  which is rated A1
or better by Standard & Poor's  Corporation or P1 or better by Moody's Investors
Services,  Inc.; (ii) investments in direct  obligations of the United States of
America or  obligations of any agency thereof which are guaranteed by the United
States of America,  provided  that such  obligations  mature  within twelve (12)
months of the date of acquisition thereof; and (iii) investments in certificates
of deposit  maturing  within one (1) year from the date of  acquisition  thereof
issued by a bank or trust company  organized under the laws of the United States
or any state thereof, having capital,  surplus and undivided profits aggregating
at least $500,000,000 and the long-term deposits of which are rated A1 or better
by  Moody's  Investors  Services,  Inc.  or  equivalent  by  Standard  &  Poor's
Corporation.

<PAGE>

                  "Plan" means any employee  pension benefit or employee welfare
benefit plan as defined in Sections 3(1) or (2) of ERISA maintained or sponsored
by,  contributed  to, or covering  employees  of,  either  Borrower or any ERISA
Affiliate.

                  "Prime  Rate"  means the rate of interest  announced  by Agent
from time to time as its prime rate.

                  "Pro Rata Share" shall mean, as to a Bank, the ratio which the
outstanding  principal balance of its portion of the Loan hereunder bears to the
aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance  of the  Loan at any  time;  or if no
indebtedness is outstanding  hereunder or the context  otherwise  requires,  its
percentage share of the Commitment as set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto.

                  "Release" means any spill,  leak,  emission,  discharge or the
pumping, pouring, emptying, disposing,  injecting, escaping, leaching or dumping
of a Hazardous Substance.

                  "Required  Banks"  shall mean those  Banks  (which may include
Agent in its capacity as a Bank) holding Pro Rata Shares of the Loan aggregating
fifty-five percent (55%) or more.

                  "Required  Tangible  Net  Worth"  means  Seventy-Five  Million
Dollars  ($75,000,000)  as of August 31, 1997,  increasing as of the end of each
fiscal  quarter  ending  thereafter by an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of
positive  net  income  for such  quarter  (with no  decrease  for losses for any
quarter).

                  "Restricted  Payments"  means  redemptions,  repurchases,  and
distributions  of any  kind  (including  redemptions  in  exchange  for  real or
tangible personal property held by a Company) in respect of the capital stock of
Borrower.

                  "Rolling  Period"  means a period of four  consecutive  fiscal
quarters  for which a  Compliance  Certificate  has been (or is required to have
been) delivered hereunder.

                  "Sale of Material Assets" means the sale or other  disposition
(including damage,  destruction or condemnation of assets) by any Borrower, in a
single transaction or in the aggregate as to all transactions  within any twelve
(12) consecutive  months,  of assets  (including  stock or other  investments or
interests in a Person) which, valued at the greater of book value or fair market
value,  have a value of Five Million  Dollars  ($5,000,000)  or more;  excluding
dispositions  of equipment and other assets in the ordinary  course of business,
and the sale of Permitted  Investments  for cash or the conversion  into cash of
Permitted Investments.

                  "Short  Term  Commitment"   means  at  any  time  the  maximum
aggregate  principal  amount  which Banks have agreed to make  available at such
time under Paragraph 2.1(a) hereof, being Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000) in
the aggregate on the date hereof.

<PAGE>


                  "Short Term Commitment  Termination Date" means the earlier of
(i) November __, 1998,  or (ii) the date on which the Short Term  Commitment  is
terminated pursuant to Paragraph 2.8 hereof.

                  "Short Term Loan"  means the  aggregate  principal  balance of
Indebtedness  advanced  under the Short Term  Commitment  together with interest
accrued  thereon and fees and expenses  incurred in  connection  with any of the
foregoing.

                  "Short Term Note" means  individually,  and "Short Term Notes"
means individually and collectively, the promissory notes in the form of Exhibit
C-1  attached  hereto  delivered  by Borrower  to each Bank,  as may be amended,
modified, consolidated or restated from time to time.

                  "SouthTrust  Term Loan" means the indebtedness of the Borrower
pursuant to that certain Term Note dated  February 9, 1994 between  Borrower and
SouthTrust  Bank  of  Alabama,  National  Association,   having  an  outstanding
principal balance of $2,870,232.70 as of the date hereof and a final maturity of
February, 2003.

                  "Subsidiary" means any corporation or partnership of which any
Company,  directly or indirectly (including as beneficiary of a business trust),
owns more than fifty  percent  (50%) of any class or classes  of  securities  or
partnership interests. Unless otherwise specified,  references to "Subsidiaries"
herein shall mean direct and indirect Subsidiaries of Borrower.

                  "Tangible Net Worth",  means, as of any date of determination,
total stockholders' equity, less any intangible assets, determined in accordance
with GAAP.

                  "Three  Year  Commitment"   means  at  any  time  the  maximum
aggregate  principal  amount  which  Banks have  agreed to make  Advances  under
Paragraph  2.1(b) hereof and/or issue Letters of Credit under Section 2A hereof,
being Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000) in the aggregate on the date hereof.

                  "Three Year Commitment  Termination Date" means the earlier of
(i)  November  __, 2000 or (ii) the date on which the Three Year  Commitment  is
terminated pursuant to Paragraph 2.8 hereof.

                  "Three Year Loan" means the outstanding  principal  balance of
indebtedness  advanced,  and the face amount of Letters of Credit issued,  under
the  Three  Year  Commitment,   and  without   duplication  the  amount  of  all
unreimbursed  draws under Letters of Credit,  together with interest  accrued on
and fees and expenses incurred in connection with any of the foregoing.

<PAGE>

                  "Three  Year Note" mans  individually,  and "Three Year Notes"
means individually and collectively, the promissory notes in the form of Exhibit
C-2  attached  hereto  delivered  by Borrower  to each Bank,  as may be amended,
modified, consolidated or restated from time to time.

                  1.2  Rules of Construction

                           (a)      GAAP.  Except as otherwise provided herein, 
financial and accounting terms used in the  foregoing  definitions  or elsewhere
in this  Agreement,  shall be defined in accordance  with GAAP. If Borrower or 
Required Banks determine that a change in GAAP from that in effect on the date 
hereof has altered the  treatment of certain financial data to its detriment 
under this Agreement, such party may, by written  notice to the other within ten
(10) days after the effective date of such change in GAAP, request renegotiation
of the financial  covenants affected by such  change.  If  Borrower  and  
Required  Banks  have not agreed on revised covenants  within thirty (30) days 
after the delivery of such notice,  then, for purposes  of this  Agreement,  
GAAP  will  mean  generally  accepted  accounting principles on the date just 
prior to the date on which the change  occurred that gave rise to the notice.

                           (b) Use of term  "consolidated".  Any term defined in
Paragraph 1.1 hereof, when
modified by the word  "consolidated,"  shall have the meaning given to such term
herein as to Borrower  and all entities  whose  accounts,  financial  results or
position,  for financial  accounting  purposes,  are consolidated  with those of
Borrower in accordance with GAAP.

                                    SECTION 2

                                 CREDIT FACILITY

                  2.1  The Facilities

                           (a)      Short Term Commitment.  From time to time 
prior to the Short Term Commitment Termination Date, subject to the provisions 
below, each Bank severally agrees to make Advances to Borrower  under the Short
Term  Commitment up to its respective Maximum  Principal  Amount  with  respect
to the Short Term  Commitment,  which Borrower may repay and reborrow prior to 
the Short Term  Commitment Termination Date, for purposes specified in Paragraph
2.4 hereof;  provided,  however,  that the aggregate  outstanding principal 
amount of such Advances shall not exceed at any time the amount of the Short 
Term Commitment.

<PAGE>

                           (b)      Three Year Commitment.  From time to time 
prior to the Three Year Commitment
Termination Date, subject to the provisions below, each Bank severally agrees to
make Advances to Borrower  under the Three Year  Commitment up to its respective
Maximum  Principal  Amount  with  respect  to the Three Year  Commitment,  which
Borrower may repay and reborrow prior to the Three Year  Commitment  Termination
Date, for purposes specified in Paragraph 2.4 hereof;  provided,  however,  that
the aggregate outstanding  principal amount of such Advances,  together with the
amount available to be drawn under Letters of Credit and any unreimbursed  draws
under  Letters of  Credit,  shall not exceed at any time the amount of the Three
Year Commitment.

                  2.2  Promissory Notes

                           (a)      Short Term Notes.  The Indebtedness of the 
Borrower to each Bank under the Short Term Loan will be evidenced  by a Short 
Term Note  executed by Borrower in favor of such Bank. The original principal 
amount of each Bank's Short Term Note will be in the amount  identified  in 
Schedule 1 attached  hereto as its Maximum Principal Amount with respect to the 
Short Term Loan;  provided,  however,  that notwithstanding  the face  amount  
of each  such  Short  Term  Note,  Borrower's liability  thereunder shall be 
limited at all times to the actual  indebtedness, principal,  interest,  fees 
and expenses then outstanding to such Bank under the Loan.

                           (b)      Three Year Note.  The Indebtedness of the 
Borrower to each Bank under the Three Year Loan will be evidenced  by a Three 
Year Note  executed by Borrower in favor of such Bank. The original principal 
amount of each Bank's Three Year Note will be in the amount  identified  in 
Schedule 1 attached  hereto as its Maximum Principal  Amount with respect to the
Three Year Note;  provided,  however,  that
notwithstanding  the face  amount  of each  such  Three  Year  Note,  Borrower's
liability  thereunder shall be limited at all times to the actual  indebtedness,
principal,  interest,  fees and expenses then outstanding to such Bank under the
Three Year Loan.

                 2.3 Banks' Participation.  Banks  shall be lenders in the Short
Term Loan and the Three Year Loan in the  Maximum  Principal  Amounts  and Pro 
Rata  Shares set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto.

                 2.4  Use of Proceeds.  Funds  advanced  under the Loan shall be
used solely (i) for the working capital needs and general corporate  purposes of
the  Companies,  including the  refinancing of existing  indebtedness  under the
Existing  Credit  Agreement and the purchase of equipment for sale to customers,
(ii) for  reimbursement  of draws  under  Letters of Credit in  accordance  with
Paragraph  2A.4(b)  hereof,  and (iii) to finance the purchase price and related
expenses in connection with Permitted Acquisitions.

                  2.5  Repayment

                           (a)      Short Term Loan.  The aggregate outstanding 
principal  balance  under the  Short  Term  Loan on the  Short  Term  Commitment
Termination  Date,  together with all outstanding  interest,  fees and costs due
hereunder with respect to the Short Term Loan,  shall be due and payable in full
on November __, 1998.  Notwithstanding the immediately  preceding sentence,  the
aggregate  outstanding  balance of the Loan shall be due and payable immediately
upon  acceleration  of the Short  Term Loan in  accordance  with  Paragraph  8.2
hereof.


<PAGE>


                           (b)      Three Year Loan.  The aggregate outstanding 
     principal  balance  under the Three Year Loan on the Three Year  Commitment
     Termination Date,  together with all outstanding  interest,  fees and costs
     due  hereunder,  shall be due and  payable in full on  November  __,  2000.
     Notwithstanding   the  immediately   preceding   sentence,   the  aggregate
     outstanding  balance  of the  Three  Year  Loan  shall  be due and  payable
     immediately  upon  acceleration  of the Three Year Loan in accordance  with
     Paragraph 8.2 hereof.

                  2.6  Interest.  Portions of the Loan shall bear interest on 
     the outstanding  principal  amount thereof in accordance with the following
     provisions:

                           (a)      Definitions.  As used in this Paragraph 2.6 
     and elsewhere in this  Agreement,  the following words and terms shall have
     the meanings specified below:

                  "Adjusted Libor Rate" shall mean, for any Interest Period,  as
applied to a Portion,  the rate per annum (rounded upwards,  if necessary to the
next 1/100 of 1%) determined pursuant to the following formula:

                  Adjusted Libor Rate =            Libor Rate
                                                   ----------
                                              [1 - Reserve Percentage]

For purposes hereof,  "Libor Rate" shall mean, as applied to a Portion, the rate
which appears on the Telerate Page 3750 at approximately 9:00 a.m.  Philadelphia
time two London Business Days prior to the  commencement of such Interest Period
for the offering to leading banks in the London  Interbank Market of deposits in
United States  dollars  ("Eurodollars")  or, if such rate does not appear on the
Telerate  page  3750,  the rate  which  appears  (or,  if two or more such rates
appear,  the average  rounded up to the  nearest  1/100 of 1% of the rates which
appear) on the Reuters  Screen LIBO Page as of 9:00 a.m.  Philadelphia  time two
London Business Days prior to the commencement of the Interest Period, in either
case for an amount  substantially equal to such Portion as to which Borrower may
elect the Adjusted  Libor Rate to be  applicable  with a maturity of  comparable
duration to the Interest Period selected by Borrower for such Portion, as may be
adjusted from time to time in accordance with Paragraph 2.6(f) hereof.

                  "Applicable  Margin" means the  percentage per annum set forth
in the appropriate  column below that  corresponds to the ratio for Borrower and
its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  of Funded Debt as of the end of the most recent
Rolling  Period to EBITDA for the most recent  Rolling  Period  (the  Applicable
Margin being the lowest  applicable  percentage  per annum as to which the ratio
requirement has been attained):

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                      Applicable Margin
                                                                      -----------------


                                                      Short Term Loan                   Long Term Loan
                                                      ---------------                   --------------


   Level             Ratio of Funded             Base Rate          Libor          Base Rate         Libor
                     Debt to EBITDA               Portions         Portions        Portions         Portions
   ------            --------------               --------         --------        --------         --------

    <S>      <C>                                   <C>               <C>             <C>             <C>   

     I       Less than or equal to 1.25 to 1        0.00%            0.350%          0.00%            0.325%


    II       Less than or equal to 2.25 to          0.00%            0.400%          0.00%            0.375%
             1 but greater than 1.25 to 1


    III      Greater than 2.25 to 1                 0.00%            0.450%          0.00%            0.425%
</TABLE>


The initial Applicable Margin shall be based on a closing Compliance Certificate
delivered  pursuant to Paragraph 4.1 hereof;  thereafter the  Applicable  Margin
shall adjust automatically,  as appropriate,  on the day following delivery of a
quarterly  Compliance  Certificate  in  accordance  with  Paragraph  5.4 hereof,
provided, that in the event that a quarterly compliance certificate has not been
delivered on the date required by Paragraph 5.4 then the Applicable Margin shall
adjust  to Level  III as of the date of  required  delivery;  provided  further,
however,  that the Applicable Margin shall readjust on the day after delivery of
such  delinquent  Compliance  Certificate  based on the  ratio set forth in such
Compliance Certificate.

                  "Interest  Period"  shall mean,  with  respect to the Adjusted
Libor Rate, a period of one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) months' duration,
as Borrower  may elect,  during  which the  Adjusted  Libor Rate is  applicable;
provided,  however, that (a) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day
which shall not be a London Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended
to the next  succeeding  London  Business Day,  unless such London  Business Day
falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on
the next  preceding  London  Business  Day,  subject to clause  (c)  below;  (b)
interest  shall accrue from and including the first day of each Interest  Period
to,  but  excluding,  the day on which any  Interest  Period  expires;  (c) with
respect to an Interest  Period which begins on the last London Business Day of a
calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically  corresponding day
in the calendar month at the end of such Interest  Period),  the Interest Period
shall end on the last London Business Day of a calendar month;  and (d) Borrower
may not elect an Interest Period that would extend past the Termination Date.

                  "London  Business  Day" shall mean any  Business  Day on which
banks in London, England are open for business.

                  "Portion"  shall  mean a  portion  of the  Loan as to  which a
specific interest rate and, in the case of a Portion bearing interest based upon
the Adjusted Libor Rate, an Interest Period, has been elected by Borrower.


<PAGE>


                  "Regulation  D"  shall  mean  Regulation  D of  the  Board  of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System, comprising Part 204 of Title 12 Code of
Federal Regulations, as amended, and any successor thereto.

                  "Reserve" shall mean, for any day, that reserve  (expressed as
a decimal) which is in effect (whether or not actually incurred) with respect to
a Bank (or any bank  Affiliate of such Bank) on such day, as  prescribed  by the
Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve System (or any successor or any other
banking  authority  to  which a Bank  (or any bank  Affiliate  of such  Bank) is
subject  including any board or  governmental  or  administrative  agency of the
United States or any other  jurisdiction  to which a Bank (or any bank Affiliate
of such  Bank) is  subject  for  determining  the  maximum  reserve  requirement
(including  without  limitation any basic,  supplemental,  marginal or emergency
reserves) for Eurocurrency liabilities as defined in Regulation D.

                  "Reserve  Percentage"  shall  mean,  for a Bank  (or any  bank
Affiliate of such Bank) on any day,  that  percentage  (expressed  as a decimal)
prescribed  by the Board of  Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve  System (or any
successor or any other banking  authority to which a Bank (or any bank Affiliate
of such Bank) is subject,  including any board or governmental or administrative
agency  of the  United  States  or any  other  jurisdiction  to  which a Bank is
subject),  for determining the reserve requirement (including without limitation
any basic,  supplemental,  marginal or emergency  reserves)  for (i) deposits of
United States Dollars or (ii) Eurocurrency  liabilities as defined in Regulation
D, in each case used to fund a Portion  subject to an Adjusted Libor Rate or any
Loan made with the proceeds of such  deposit.  The Adjusted  Libor Rate shall be
adjusted on and as of the effective day of any change in the Reserve Percentage.

                           (b)      Interest on Loan.

                                    (i)     At the Borrower's election in 
     accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 2.6(c) below, in the absence of
     an Event of  Default  hereunder  and prior to  maturity  or  judgment,  and
     subject to clause (ii) below,  any Portion of the Loan shall bear  interest
     at either of the following rates:

                                            (A)      Base Rate.  The Base Rate 
plus the Applicable Margin.

                                            (B)   Adjusted   Libor   Rate.   The
Adjusted Libor Rate plus the Applicable Margin.



<PAGE>


                                    (ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the
     occurrence  and during the  continuance  of an Event of Default  hereunder,
     including  after maturity and upon judgment,  Borrower hereby agrees to pay
     to Banks interest (A) on any outstanding  Portion bearing interest based on
     the Adjusted Libor Rate, at the rate which is two percent (2%) per annum in
     excess of the Adjusted Libor Rate plus the Applicable  Margin for each such
     Portion through the end of the applicable  Interest Period, and thereafter,
     at the rate of two  percent  (2%) per annum in excess of the Base Rate plus
     the Applicable Margin, and (B) on any Portion bearing interest based on the
     Base Rate,  at the rate of two percent (2%) per annum in excess of the Base
     Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

                                    (iii) In the event  that any  interest  rate
     applicable  hereto  is in  excess  of  the  highest  rate  allowable  under
     applicable  law,  then the rate of such  interest  shall be  reduced to the
     highest  rate not in  excess of such  maximum  allowable  interest  and any
     excess  previously  paid by Borrower  shall be deemed to have been  applied
     against principal.

                           (c)      Procedure for Determining Interest Periods 
and Rates of Interest.

                                    (i)     If Borrower elects the rate based oN
     the Base Rate to be applicable to a Portion,  Borrower must notify Agent of
     such election in writing prior to eleven o'clock (11:00) a.m.  Philadelphia
     time one (1) Business Day prior to the proposed  application  of such rate.
     If  Borrower  elects  the  rate  based  on the  Adjusted  Libor  Rate to be
     applicable  to a Portion,  Borrower  must notify Agent of such election and
     the  Interest   Period  selected  prior  to  eleven  o'clock  (11:00)  a.m.
     Philadelphia  time at least  three (3)  London  Business  Days prior to the
     commencement of the proposed  Interest Period. If Borrower does not provide
     notice for the rate based on the Adjusted  Libor Rate,  then Borrower shall
     be  deemed to have  requested  that the rate  based on the Base Rate  shall
     apply to any Portion as to which the Interest Period is expiring and to any
     new Advance of the Loan until  Borrower shall have given proper notice of a
     change in or  determination of the rate of interest in accordance with this
     Paragraph 2.6(c).

                                    (ii) Borrower  shall not elect more than six
     (6) different Portions bearing interest based on the Adjusted Libor Rate to
     be  applicable  to the Loan at one  time,  and any  Portion  shall be in an
     amount equal to Three Million  Dollars  ($3,000,000) or an even multiple of
     Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in excess thereof.

                           (d)      Payment and Calculation of Interest.  With 
     respect to Portions  which bear  interest at the rate based on the Adjusted
     Libor  Rate,  interest  shall  be due and  payable  on the last day of each
     Interest  Period for each such Portion,  and, in the case of a Portion with
     an Interest  Period of six (6) months,  on the ninetieth (90) day after the
     commencement  of such  Interest  Period and on the last day of the Interest
     Period.  With respect to Portions  which bear interest at the rate based on
     the Base Rate,  interest  shall be due and payable on the last Business Day
     of each month  commencing  on the first  such date after the first  Advance
     which bears interest at the rate based on the Base Rate.  Interest shall be
     calculated in accordance  with the  provisions of Paragraph  2.6(b) hereof;
     all interest  shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days
     elapsed over a year of three hundred sixty (360) days.



<PAGE>


                           (e)      Reserves.  If at any time when a Portion is 
     subject to the rate based on the  Adjusted  Libor  Rate,  a Bank (or a bank
     Affiliate  of such Bank) is  subject to and incurs a Reserve,  other than a
     Reserve Percentage  provided in the calculation of the applicable  Adjusted
     Libor Rate,  Borrower hereby agrees to pay within five (5) Business Days of
     demand thereof from time to time, as billed by Agent on behalf of itself or
     any other Bank,  such  additional  amount as is necessary to reimburse such
     Bank (or such  Bank's bank  Affiliate)  for its costs in  maintaining  such
     Reserve.  Such amount  shall be  computed  by taking into  account the cost
     incurred by such Bank (or such Bank's bank  Affiliate) in maintaining  such
     Reserve in an amount equal to such Bank's  ratable  share of the Portion on
     which such Reserve is incurred, which computation shall be set forth in any
     such  demand  by  Agent  on  behalf  of  itself  or  any  other  Bank.  The
     determination  by  Agent  or any  Bank  of  such  costs  incurred  and  the
     allocation  of such costs among  Borrower  and other  customers  which have
     similar  arrangements  with such Bank (or such Bank's bank Affiliate) shall
     be prima facie  evidence of the  correctness  of the fact and the amount of
     such additional  costs,  if calculated in a manner  consistent with similar
     charges  made by  such  Bank  (or  such  Bank's  Affiliates)  to its  other
     customers having similar  arrangements with such Bank. Upon notification to
     Borrower  of any  payment  required  pursuant  to  this  Paragraph  2.6(e),
     Borrower  (A) shall make such  payment in  accordance  with the  provisions
     hereof and (B) may repay the Portion of the Loan with respect to which such
     payment is  required,  subject to the  requirements  of  Paragraph  2.9 and
     2.6(g) hereof.

                           (f)      Special Provisions Applicable to Adjusted 
     Libor Rate. The following  special  provisions  shall apply to the Adjusted
     Libor Rate:

                                    (i)     Change of Adjusted Libor Rate.  The 
     Adjusted Libor Rate may be automatically adjusted by Agent on a prospective
     basis to take into account the  additional or increased cost of maintaining
     any necessary  reserves for Eurodollar  deposits or increased  costs due to
     changes in  applicable  law or  regulation  or the  interpretation  thereof
     occurring  subsequent to the  commencement of the then applicable  Interest
     Period, including but not limited to changes in tax laws (except changes of
     general  applicability  in  corporate  income tax laws) and  changes in the
     reserve  requirements  imposed  by the Board of  Governors  of the  Federal
     Reserve System (or any successor), excluding the Reserve Percentage and any
     Reserve which has resulted in a payment pursuant to subparagraph (e) above,
     that  increase  the cost to Banks of funding the Loan or a portion  thereof
     bearing  interest  based on the  Adjusted  Libor  Rate.  Agent  shall  give
     Borrower notice of such a determination and adjustment, which determination
     shall be prima facie evidence of the correctness of the fact and the amount
     of such adjustment.  Borrower may, by notice to Agent, (A) request Agent to
     furnish to Borrower a statement  setting forth the basis for adjusting such
     Adjusted  Libor  Rate and the  method  for  determining  the amount of such
     adjustment;  and/or (B) repay the Portion of the Loan with respect to which
     such adjustment is made,  subject to the  requirements of Paragraph 2.9 and
     2.6(g) hereof.



<PAGE>


                                    (ii)    Unavailability of Eurodollar Funds.
     In the event  that  Borrower  shall  have  requested  the rate based on the
     Adjusted Libor Rate in accordance  with  Paragraph  2.6(c) and any Bank (or
     such  Bank's  bank  Affiliate)   shall  have  reasonably   determined  that
     Eurodollar deposits equal to the amount of the principal of the Portion and
     for the Interest Period specified are  unavailable,  or that the rate based
     on the Adjusted  Libor Rate will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost
     of making or maintaining the principal  amount of the Portion  specified by
     Borrower  during  the  Interest  Period  specified,  or that by  reason  of
     circumstances  affecting Eurodollar markets,  adequate and reasonable means
     do not exist for  ascertaining  the rate based on the  Adjusted  Libor Rate
     applicable to the specified Interest Period, such Bank shall give notice to
     Agent  and Agent  shall  promptly  give  notice  of such  determination  to
     Borrower that the rate based on the Adjusted Libor Rate is not available. A
     determination by such Bank (or such Bank's bank Affiliate)  hereunder shall
     be prima facie  evidence of the  correctness of the fact and amount of such
     additional  costs or  unavailability.  Upon such a  determination,  (i) the
     obligation  to  advance  or  maintain  Portions  at the  rate  based on the
     Adjusted  Libor Rate shall be  suspended  until Agent  shall have  notified
     Borrower  and Banks that such  conditions  shall have ceased to exist,  and
     (ii)  the  rate  based on the Base  Rate  shall be  applicable  to all such
     Portions.  In the  event  of any  such  determination,  Borrower  shall  be
     entitled to replace the Bank that has made such  determination  with a bank
     or banks (which may include one or more of the other Banks  hereunder) that
     have agreed to take such Bank's place.

                                    (iii)  Illegality.  In  the  event  that  it
     becomes  unlawful  for a Bank (or such Bank's bank  Affiliate)  to maintain
     Eurodollar  liabilities  sufficient to fund any Portion of the Loan subject
     to the rate  based  on the  Adjusted  Libor  Rate,  then  such  Bank  shall
     immediately  notify Borrower thereof (with a copy to Agent) and such Bank's
     obligations  hereunder to advance or maintain advances at the rate based on
     the Adjusted Libor Rate shall be suspended until such time as such Bank (or
     such Bank's bank  Affiliate) may again cause the rate based on the Adjusted
     Libor Rate to be  applicable  to any Portion of the  outstanding  principal
     balance of the Loan and any such Bank's share of any Portion  shall then be
     subject to the rate based on the Base Rate.

                           (g)      Funding Costs and Loss of Earnings.  In the 
     event that  Borrower  shall have  requested  the Adjusted  Libor Rate to be
     applicable  to a Portion  to be  Advanced  and  Borrower  shall  revoke the
     request  for such  Advance  or shall  fail to meet the  conditions  to such
     Advance as set forth in Section Four  hereof,  and in  connection  with any
     prepayment or repayment of a Portion bearing  interest at the rate based on
     the Adjusted  Libor Rate made on other than the last day of the  applicable
     Interest  Period,  whether  such  prepayment  or  repayment  is  voluntary,
     mandatory,  by demand,  acceleration  or otherwise,  Borrower  shall pay to
     Banks all reasonable  funding costs and loss of earnings which may arise in
     connection  with such  revocation  of  request  for or  failure to meet the
     conditions to such Advance or such  prepayment or repayment,  as calculated
     by Agent in accordance with Exhibit E hereto.

                  2.7   Advances



<PAGE>


                           (a)      Advance Request.  Borrower shall give Agent
     written  notice,  not later than eleven o'clock  (11:00) a.m.  Philadelphia
     time one (1) Business  Day prior to the proposed  Advance in the case of an
     advance to bear  interest  based on the Base Rate,  and three (3)  Business
     Days prior to an advance to bear interest based on the Adjusted Libor Rate,
     of each requested Advance under the Commitment  specifying the date, amount
     and  purpose  thereof.  Such  notice  shall be in the  form of the  Advance
     Request Form attached  hereto as Exhibit A, shall be certified by the chief
     financial officer or treasurer of Borrower, and shall contain the following
     information  and  representations,  which shall be deemed affirmed and true
     and correct as of and upon  receipt of the date of and upon  receipt of the
     requested Advance:
                                    (i)     whether the Advance is to be drawn 
     under the Short Term Commitment or the Three Year Commitment;

                                    (ii) the  aggregate  amount of the requested
     Advance,  which  shall  be no less  than  $3,000,000  and in  multiples  of
     $500,000 in excess thereof,  or be the unborrowed balance of the applicable
     Commitment;
                                    (iii) confirmation of Borrower's  compliance
     with  Paragraphs  5.14  through 5.17 as of the most  recently  ended fiscal
     quarter for which a Compliance Certificate has been (or is required to have
     been)  delivered,  and taking into  account  any  Advances,  including  the
     requested Advance, and payments since such date; and

                                    (iv) statements that the representations and
     warranties  set forth herein and in the other Loan  Documents  are true and
     correct as of the date  thereof;  no Event of Default or Default  hereunder
     has  occurred  and is then  continuing  or will be caused by the  requested
     Advance;  and there has been no Material  Adverse  Effect since the date of
     this Agreement and no event or  circumstance  (or  combination of events or
     circumstances)  has occurred which is reasonably  likely to have a Material
     Adverse Effect.

                           (b)      Procedures.

                                    (i)     Upon receiving a request for an 
     Advance in accordance with  subparagraph (a) above,  Agent shall request by
     prompt  notice to Banks that each Bank advance  funds to Agent so that each
     Bank  participates  in the requested  Advance in the same  percentage as it
     participates  in the  Commitment.  Each Bank shall  advance its  applicable
     percentage  of the requested  Advance to Agent by delivering  federal funds
     immediately  available at Agent's  offices prior to twelve o'clock  (12:00)
     noon  Philadelphia  time  on  the  date  of  the  Advance.  Subject  to the
     satisfaction  of the terms and  conditions  hereof,  Agent  shall  make the
     requested  Advance  available  to  Borrower  by  crediting  such  amount to
     Borrower's  deposit  account  with Agent not later than two o'clock  (2:00)
     p.m. on the day of the requested Advance;  provided,  however,  that in the
     event Agent does not  receive a Bank's  share of the  requested  Advance by
     such time as provided  above,  Agent shall not be obligated to advance such
     Bank's share.



<PAGE>


                                    (ii) Unless  Agent shall have been  notified
     by a Bank prior to the date such Bank's  share of any such Advance is to be
     made by such Bank that such Bank does not  intend to make its share of such
     requested Advance  available to Agent,  Agent may assume that such Bank has
     made such  proceeds  available  to Agent on such date,  and Agent  may,  in
     reliance  upon such  assumption  (but  shall  not be  obligated  to),  make
     available to Borrower a corresponding  amount. If such corresponding amount
     is not in fact made available to Agent by such Bank on the date the Advance
     is made, Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such
     Bank (or, if such Bank fails to pay such amount forthwith upon such demand,
     from Borrower) together with interest thereon in respect of each day during
     the  period  commencing  on the date  such  amount  was made  available  to
     Borrower and ending on (but excluding) the date Agent recovers such amount,
     from  such  Bank,  at a rate  per  annum  equal to the  effective  rate for
     overnight federal funds in New York as reported by the Federal Reserve Bank
     of New York for such day (or,  if such day is not a Business  Day,  for the
     next  preceding  Business  Day) and from  Borrower,  at a rate per annum as
     provided in Paragraph 2.6(b)(i)(A) hereof.

                           (c)      Requests Irrevocable.  Each request for an 
     Advance  pursuant to this Paragraph 2.7 shall be irrevocable and binding on
     Borrower.  In the case of any  Advance  bearing  interest at the rate based
     upon the Adjusted Libor Rate,  Borrower shall  indemnify  Banks against any
     loss,  cost or expense  incurred by Bank as a result of not borrowing  such
     funds on the requested  Advance date,  including as a result of any failure
     to fulfill on or before the date  specified  in such request for an Advance
     the  applicable  conditions  set forth in Section Four  hereof,  including,
     without  limitation,  any loss,  cost or expense  incurred by reason of the
     liquidation or redeployment of deposits or other funds acquired by Banks to
     fund the Advance to be made by Banks when such Advance, as a result of such
     failure,  is not made on such date,  as  calculated  by Agent in accordance
     with Exhibit E attached hereto.

                  2.8.  Reduction and Termination of Commitment

                           (a)      Borrower.  Borrower shall have the right at
     any time and from time to time, upon three (3) Business Days' prior written
     notice to Agent, to reduce the Short Term Commitment  and/or the Three Year
     Commitment  in  increments  aggregating  $3,000,000  or  multiples  thereof
     without  penalty or premium,  provided that on the  effective  date of such
     reduction  Borrower  shall make a prepayment  of Short Term Loan and/or the
     Three  Year  Loan,  as  applicable,  in an  amount,  if any,  by which  the
     aggregate  outstanding principal balance of such Loan exceeds the amount of
     the  applicable  Commitment  as  then so  reduced,  together  with  accrued
     interest on the amount so prepaid and any amounts due pursuant to Paragraph
     2.6(g) hereof. Any reduction in the Short Term Commitment or the Three Year
     Commitment  shall  proportionately  reduce  each Bank's  Maximum  Principal
     Amount with respect thereto.

                           (b)  Banks.  Required  Banks  shall have the right to
     terminate the Short Term Commitment and/or the Three Year Commitment at any
     time, in their discretion and upon notice to Borrower,  upon the occurrence
     of any Event of Default  hereunder (except if an Event of Default described
     in Paragraph  8.1(i) shall occur,  in which case  termination  of the Short
     Term Commitment and/or the Three Year Commitment shall occur  automatically
     without notice).

     (c)  Restoration  Only With Consent.  Any  termination  or reduction of the
     Commitment pursuant to subparagraphs 2.8(a) and (b) shall be permanent, and
     such  Commitment  cannot  thereafter  be restored or increased  without the
     written consent of Banks.

<PAGE>


                  2.9  Prepayment

                           (a)      Upon one (1) Business Day's prior written 
          notice by Borrower to Agent,  in the case of Base Rate  Portions,  and
     upon three (3) Business Days prior written notice by Borrower to Agent,  in
     the case of Libor  Portions,  Borrower  may repay all or any portion of the
     outstanding  principal  balance  under the Short Term Loan and/or the Three
     Year Loan without premium or penalty,  provided that any such payment shall
     include all accrued  interest on the amount  prepaid plus any amounts which
     may be due pursuant to Paragraph 2.6(g) hereof.  Payments made prior to the
     Short Term Commitment Termination Date or Three Year Commitment Termination
     Date,  as  applicable,  shall not reduce the Short Term  Commitment or Long
     Term  Commitment,  respectively,  and may be reborrowed in accordance  with
     this Agreement.

                           (b)      In addition to the scheduled payments of 
          principal  pursuant to Paragraph 2.5 above,  in  connection  with each
     Sale of Material Assets approved by Banks pursuant to Paragraph 6.7 hereof,
     the Net Cash  Proceeds  to the  seller  of such  transaction  shall be paid
     directly  to Agent  for the  account  of Banks  and  applied  to the  Loan,
     together  with any amounts.  Payments  made  pursuant to this  subparagraph
     2.9(b) shall be applied first to the outstanding  principal  balance of the
     Short Term Loan and then to the outstanding  principal balance of the Three
     Year Loan, and shall be accompanied by all accrued and unpaid  interest and
     fees in connection  with the amount  prepaid  (including any amount payable
     under  Paragraph  2.6(g)  hereof).  Any such payments  shall not reduce the
     respective Commitments and may be reborrowed in accordance herewith.

               2.10 Payments.  All payments of principal,  interest, fees and 
          other amounts due hereunder,  including any prepayments thereof, shall
     be made by  Borrower  to Agent  for the  account  of  Banks in  immediately
     available funds before twelve o'clock (12:00) noon,  Philadelphia  time, on
     any  Business  Day at the  office of Agent set forth on  Schedule 1 hereto.
     Borrower hereby  authorizes Agent to charge  Borrower's  account with Agent
     for all payments of principal, interest and fees when due hereunder.

               2.11 Facility Fee. Borrower  shall pay to Agent,  for the benefit
          of Banks in accordance  with their Pro Rata Shares,  a  non-refundable
     facility fee at the rate of  one-tenth  of one percent  (.10%) per annum on
     the  aggregate  amount  of the  Short  Term  Commitment  and at the rate of
     one-eighth of one percent (.125%) per annum on the aggregate  amount of the
     Three  Year  Commitment  from  the  date  hereof  through  the  Short  Term
     Commitment Termination Date and the Three Year Commitment Termination Date,
     respectively, which fees shall be payable at the offices of Agent quarterly
     in arrears on the first day of each March,  June,  September,  and December
     and on the  applicable  Termination  Date.  The  commitment  fee  shall  be
     calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of
     three hundred sixty (360) days.


<PAGE>


                  Borrower   and  Banks   hereby  agree  that  for  purposes  of
     calculating  the commitment  fee  to  be  paid from time to time under this
     Paragraph  2.11,  the  unborrowed  portion of the Three Year  Commitment on
     which such fee is calculated shall be reduced by the amount available to be
     drawn  under   outstanding   Letters  of  Credit  and  the  amount  of  any
     unreimbursed draws on any Letters of Credit.

                  2.12 Fees.  Borrower shall pay to Agent,  for itself and for 
      the  account of Banks,  fees as agreed  pursuant  to the letter  dated
     August 22, 1997.

                  2.13  Regulatory  Changes in Capital  Requirements.  If any 
          Bank shall have  determined  that the  adoption  or the  effectiveness
          after  the date  hereof  of any law,  rule,  regulation  or  guideline
          regarding capital  adequacy,  or any change in any of the foregoing or
          in the interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by any
          governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with
          the  interpretation or administration  thereof,  or compliance by such
          Bank (or any  lending  office  of such  Bank) or such  Bank's  holding
          company  with any  request or  directive  regarding  capital  adequacy
          (whether  or not  having  the  force  of law) of any  such  authority,
          central  bank or  comparable  agency,  has or would have the effect of
          reducing  the rate of return on such Bank's  capital or on the capital
          of such Bank's holding  company,  as a consequence of this  Agreement,
          the Commitment, Advances or the Loan made by such Bank pursuant hereto
          to a level  below that which such Bank or its  holding  company  could
          have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into
          consideration  such Bank's  policies  and the  policies of such Bank's
          holding company with respect to capital  adequacy) by an amount deemed
          by such Bank to be material, then from time to time Borrower shall pay
          to such Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such
          Bank or its holding company for any such reduction  suffered  together
          with interest on each such amount from the date demanded until payment
          in full thereof at the rate  provided in Paragraph  2.6(b)(ii)  hereof
          with  respect  to  amounts  not paid when due.  Such Bank will  notify
          Borrower of any event  occurring after the date of this Agreement that
          will entitle such Bank to compensation pursuant to this Paragraph 2.13
          as  promptly as  practicable  after it obtains  knowledge  thereof and
          determines to request such  compensation,  and such compensation shall
          not be charged for any period more than three (3) months  prior to the
          date of such notice.

          A  certificate  of such Bank  setting  forth such amount or amounts as
     shall be  necessary  to  compensate  such Bank or its  holding  company  as
     specified  above shall be  delivered  to Borrower  and shall be  conclusive
     absent  manifest  error,  if calculated and charged in a manner  consistent
     with  similar  charges  made by such  Bank to its  other  customers  having
     similar  arrangements  with  such  Bank.  Borrower  shall pay such Bank the
     amount shown as due on any such  certificate  delivered by such Bank within
     ten (10) days  after its  receipt  of the same.  

          Failure on the part of any Bank to demand  compensation  for increased
     costs or reduction  in amounts  received or  receivable  or  reductions  in
     return on capital with respect to any period shall not  constitute a waiver
     of such  Bank's  right to demand  compensation  with  respect  to any other
     period except as otherwise limited by the terms of this Paragraph 2.13.


<PAGE>


                                   SECTION 2A

                                LETTERS OF CREDIT

          2A.1 Availability of Credits.  Subject to the terms and conditions set
     forth  herein,  Banks  shall  from  time to time  prior to the  Three  Year
     Commitment Termination Date participate in the issuance by Agent of Letters
     of  Credit  for  the  account  of  Borrower  on  the  following  terms  and
     conditions:

          (a) at the time of  issuance  of the Letter of Credit,  the sum of the
     amount  available  to be drawn  under  such  Letter of Credit and all other
     Letters of Credit then outstanding  hereunder plus any  unreimbursed  draws
     under  Letters of Credit,  plus the  outstanding  principal  balance of the
     Three Year Loan,  shall not  exceed the Three Year  Commitment;  

          (b) at the time of  issuance  of the  Letter  of  Credit,  the  amount
     available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit and all other  Letters of
     Credit then outstanding hereunder plus any unreimbursed draws under Letters
     of  Credit  shall  not  exceed,  in the  aggregate,  the  Letter  of Credit
     Sublimit;

          (c) the final  expiration date of each Letter of Credit shall be on or
     before  the  earlier  of (i) one year,  in the case of  standby  Letters of
     Credit,  and one  hundred  eighty  (180) days,  in the case of  documentary
     Letters of Credit, from the date of issuance thereof or (ii) the Three Year
     Commitment Termination Date;

          (d) there  shall not exist at the time of  issuance  of the  Letter of
     Credit, or as a result thereof,  any Default or Event of Default hereunder;
     and

          (e) each  Letter of  Credit  issued  under  this  Section  2A shall be
     utilized by Borrower for legitimate  purposes in the ordinary course of its
     business.

          2A.2  Commitment  Availability.  The amount  available under the Three
     Year  Commitment  as from time to time in effect  shall be  reduced  by the
     amount  available to be drawn under all  outstanding  Letters of Credit and
     unreimbursed  amounts of any draws under  Letters of Credit.  The amount by
     which the Three Year  Commitment  is so reduced  shall not be available for
     Advances under Paragraph 2.6 hereof,  except Advances  thereunder which are
     made to  reimburse  Bank for draws under the Letters of Credit as permitted
     pursuant to Paragraph 2A.4(b) hereof.

          2A.3. Approval and Issuance



<PAGE>


          (a)  Borrower  shall  provide  Agent not less than three (3)  Business
     Days' prior written  notice of each request for the issuance of a Letter of
     Credit by delivery of a Letter of Credit  Request Form in the form attached
     as Exhibit B-1 hereto and Agent's Letter of Credit  Application in the form
     attached  as  Exhibit  B-2  hereto.  Each  Letter  of Credit  Request  Form
     submitted  by  Borrower  to Agent  requesting  the  issuance of a Letter of
     Credit shall be certified  by the chief  financial  officer or treasurer of
     Borrower  and shall,  in  addition to the matters  described  in  Paragraph
     2.7(a) hereof,  list all Letters of Credit  outstanding  for the account of
     Borrower at that time and,  for each  Letter of Credit so listed,  its face
     amount,  outstanding  undrawn  balance and  expiration  date. It shall be a
     condition  to the  issuance  of any Letter of Credit  that Agent shall have
     received a Letter of Credit  Request Form and Letter of Credit  Application
     as described above and that the conditions set forth in Paragraph 4.2 shall
     be satisfied.

          (b) Agent  will  promptly  provide to  Lenders  written or  telephonic
     notification  of Agent's  receipt of the Letter of Credit  Request Form and
     the Letter of Credit  Application  which  shall state (i) the amount of the
     Letter of Credit  requested and (ii) the  expiration  date of the requested
     Letter of Credit.

          2A.4. Obligations of the Borrower

          (a) Borrower  agrees to pay to Agent in connection with each Letter of
     Credit issued hereunder:

                                    (i)     immediately upon the demand of Agent
          on behalf of Banks,  the  amount  paid by Banks  with  respect to such
          Letter of Credit;

                                    (ii)  immediately  upon demand of Agent, the
          amount of any draft presented purporting to be drawn under such Letter
     of Credit provided that the draft and accompanying documents conform to the
     terms of the Letter of Credit but  subject to the terms of  Paragraph  2A.7
     (whether  or not Agent has at such time  honored  such draft) and any other
     amounts paid thereunder (it being  understood that Agent is not required to
     make demand upon or proceed against any Bank or other party or to resort to
     any collateral before obtaining payment from Borrowers);

                                    (iii) in advance  upon the date of  issuance
          or extension  of any Letter of Credit,  a  non-refundable  fee for the
     benefit  of Banks in  accordance  with each Banks  percentage  share of the
     Three  Year  Commitment  as  set  forth  on  Schedule  1  attached  hereto,
     calculated on the face amount of such standby Letter of Credit for the term
     of such Letter of Credit at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin
     for a Libor Portion under the Three Year Loan as set forth in Paragraph 2.6
     hereof;
                                    (iv) on the date of  issuance of each Letter
          of Credit and on the effective date of any renewal or extension of any
     Letter of Credit a fee of one-eighth of one percent (0.00125%) per annum on
     the outstanding face amount of such Letter of Credit,  payable to Agent for
     its own account; and



<PAGE>


                                    (v)     interest on any indebtedness 
          outstanding  with respect to such Letter of Credit,  whether for funds
     paid on drafts on such Letter of Credit or otherwise (but such indebtedness
     shall  not  include  undrawn  balances  of such  Letter  of  Credit  issued
     hereunder) at the rate set forth in Paragraph  2.5(b)(i)(A) hereof from the
     date of payment by Agent (if not reimbursed by Borrower on the same day) to
     the date one (1) Business Day after notice to Borrower of such payment, and
     thereafter at the rate applicable to Portions bearing interest based on the
     Base Rate under Paragraph 2.5(b)(ii) hereof; interest under this clause (v)
     shall be paid at the times and in the  manner  set forth in  Paragraph  2.6
     hereof,  and shall  accrue on  amounts  paid on a Letter of Credit  (if not
     reimbursed  by Borrower on the same day) from the date of payment by Agent,
     whether  or not  demand is made,  until  such  amounts  are  reimbursed  by
     Borrower whether before, at or after demand.

                           (b)      On or before the Three Year Commitment 
          Termination  Date,  in the absence of a Default or Event of Default at
     such time,  and subject to the  provisions of Paragraph  2.6 hereof,  Banks
     hereby agree to advance funds to Borrower under the Three Year Loan to make
     the payments  required under Paragraphs  2A.4(a)(i) and (ii) hereof. If any
     payment  by Agent of a draft  drawn  under a Letter  of  Credit  is for any
     reason  (including  without  limitation the occurrence or continuation of a
     Default or Event of Default  hereunder) not  reimbursed  prior to or on the
     date of such payment,  the amount of such payment shall thereupon be deemed
     for  purposes   hereof  an  advance  under   Paragraph  2.7  hereof.   Such
     reimbursement  obligation  shall be  repayable,  prepayable,  and otherwise
     subject  to all the terms and  conditions  thereof as if  advanced  by Bank
     pursuant to Paragraph 2.7 hereof (but without duplication).

                  2A.5.  Payment by Banks on Letters of Credit

                           (a)      With respect to each Letter of Credit, each 
          Bank agrees that it is irrevocably obligated to pay to Agent, for each
     such Letter of Credit, such Bank's Pro Rata Share of each and every payment
     made or to be made by Agent under such Letter of Credit  (each such payment
     to be made, a "LOC  Contribution").  Each Bank's LOC Contribution  shall be
     due from such Bank  immediately  upon,  and in any event no later  than the
     same day as,  receipt  of  written  notice  (which  may be sent by telex or
     telecopier)  from Agent (except that if such notice is received  after 3:00
     p.m. on any Business  Day,  payment may be made on the  following  Business
     Day, together with interest equal to the effective rate for overnight funds
     in New York as reported by the  Federal  Reserve  Bank of New York for such
     day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business
     Day))  that (i) it has made a payment  or (ii) a draft  has been  presented
     purporting to be drawn on a Letter of Credit issued hereunder. Such payment
     shall be made at Agent's offices in immediately available federal funds.



<PAGE>


                           (b)      The obligation of each Bank to make its LOC 
          Contribution hereunder is absolute, continuing and unconditional,  and
     Agent  shall not be required  first to make demand upon or proceed  against
     Borrowers or any guarantor or surety,  or any others liable with respect to
     the  applicable  Letter of Credit and shall not be required first to resort
     to any  Collateral.  LOC  Contributions  shall be made  without  regard  to
     termination of this Agreement or the Commitment,  the existence of an Event
     of Default or Default hereunder, the acceleration of indebtedness hereunder
     or any other event or circumstance.

                  2A.6.  Collateral Security

                           (a)      On the termination of the Three Year 
               Commitment  or the  occurrence  of an Event of Default,  Required
               Banks  may  require  (and in the  case  of an  Event  of  Default
               occurring   under   Paragraph   8.1(i)   it  shall  be   required
               automatically) that Borrower deliver to Agent, for the benefit of
               Banks,  cash or U.S.  Treasury Bills with  maturities of not more
               than 90 days from the date of delivery  (discounted in accordance
               with  customary  banking  practice to present  value to determine
               amount)  in an  amount  equal  at all  times to one  hundred  ten
               percent (110%)of the outstanding undrawn amount of all Letters of
               Credit,  such cash or U.S. Treasury Bills and all interest earned
               thereon to  constitute  cash  collateral  for all such Letters of
               Credit. At such time as such collateral is required to be and has
               not been  deposited,  Agent  and any Bank  shall be  entitled  to
               liquidate  such of the other  collateral for the Loan (if any) or
               any other  assets of Borrower or any  Guarantor  as may be in the
               possession  of such Bank, as is necessary or  appropriate  in its
               sole judgment so as to create such cash collateral.

                           (b)      Any cash collateral deposited under 
               subparagraph (a) above, and all interest earned thereon, shall be
               held by Agent and invested and  reinvested at the expense and the
               written  direction  of  Borrower,  in U.S.  Treasury  Bills  with
               maturities  of no more  than  ninety  (90)  days from the date of
               investment.

                  2A.7  General Terms of Credits. The  following  terms and  
               conditions   apply  with   respect  to  each   Letter  of  Credit
               notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein:

                           (a)      Borrower assumes all risks of the acts or 
               omissions  of the  beneficiary  of each  Letter  of  Credit  with
               respect to the use of the Letter of Credit or with respect to the
               beneficiary's  obligations to Borrower.  Neither Agent nor any of
               the Banks,  nor any of their  respective  officers or  directors,
               shall be liable or responsible for, and Borrower hereby agrees to
               indemnify  and hold  Agent and Banks  harmless  (except  for such
               party's  respective gross negligence or willful  misconduct) with
               respect to: (i) the use which may be made of the Letter of Credit
               or for any acts or omissions  of the  beneficiary  in  connection
               therewith;  (ii) the accuracy,  truth,  validity,  sufficiency or
               genuineness of documents,  or of any endorsement thereon, even if
               such documents  should in fact prove to be in any or all respects
               false, misleading, inaccurate, invalid, insufficient, fraudulent,
               or forged; (iii) any other circumstances  whatsoever in making or
               failing to make  payment  under a Letter of  Credit;  or (iv) any
               inaccuracy,  interruption,  error  or delay  in  transmission  or
               delivery of  correspondence  or documents  by post,  telegraph or
               otherwise. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing,
               Agent may  accept  documents  that  appear on their face to be in
               order,   without   responsibility   for  further   investigation,
               regardless of any notice or information to the contrary.



<PAGE>


                           (b)      Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect 
to any Letter of Credit,  Borrower shall have a claim against  Agent,  and Agent
shall be liable to  Borrower,  to the  extent,  but only to the  extent,  of any
direct,  as opposed to indirect or  consequential,  damages suffered by Borrower
caused by the Agent's willful misconduct or gross negligence.

                           (c)      To the extent not inconsistent with this 
Agreement,  the Uniform  Customs and  Practices  for  Documentary  Credits (1993
Revision),  International  Chamber of Commerce  Publication  No. 500, are hereby
made a part of this Agreement  with respect to  obligations  in connection  with
each Letter of Credit.


                                    SECTION 3

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                  Borrower represents and warrants to Banks as follows:

                  3.1  Organization and Good Standing.

               Each Company is a corporation  or other legal entity as set forth
          on Exhibit D attached  hereto,  duly formed and validly existing under
          the laws of the  jurisdiction of its formation as set forth in Exhibit
          D, and each has the power and  authority  to carry on its  business as
          now  conducted  and,  except as to failures  to qualify  which do not,
          either singly or in the aggregate,  have a Material Adverse Effect, is
          qualified  to do business  in all other  states in which the nature of
          its  business  or  the  ownership  of  its  properties  requires  such
          qualification.

                  3.2  Power and Authority:  Validity of Agreement.

               Each Company has the power and authority under applicable law and
          under its organizational  documents to enter into and perform the Loan
          Documents  to the extent that it is a party  thereto;  and all actions
          necessary or  appropriate  for the execution and  performance  by each
          Company  of the Loan  Documents  have  been  taken,  and,  upon  their
          execution,  the same will constitute the valid and binding obligations
          of each Company to the extent it is a party  thereto,  enforceable  in
          accordance  with their  terms,  except as such  enforceability  may be
          limited  by  bankruptcy  or  equitable  principles  applicable  to the
          enforcement of creditors' rights generally.

                  3.3  No Violation of Laws or Agreements.

               The making and  performance of the Loan Documents by each Company
          will not violate any  provisions  of any law or  regulation,  federal,
          state or local, or its partnership agreement,  or result in any breach
          or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement
          or instruments by which any Company or its property may be bound.

                  3.4  Material Contracts.

               Except as set forth on Exhibit D attached hereto, there exists no
          material default under any contracts material to the businesses of the
          Companies.


<PAGE>



                  3.5  Compliance

               (a) Each of the  Companies is in compliance  with all  applicable
          laws and  regulations,  federal,  state and local  (including  without
          limitation those  administered by the Local  Authorities),  except for
          such  failure  to  comply  as  would  not,  either  singly  or in  the
          aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;

               (b) The Companies possess all the franchises,  permits, licenses,
          certificates  of  compliance  and  approval  and grants of  authority,
          necessary  or  required in the  conduct of the  Companies'  respective
          businesses as of the date hereof;  and except as identified on Exhibit
          D attached hereto, as of the date hereof all such franchises, permits,
          licenses,  certificates and grants are valid, binding, enforceable and
          subsisting  without any defaults  thereunder  or  enforceable  adverse
          limitations  thereon and are not subject to any  proceedings or claims
          opposing the issuance,  development  or use thereof or contesting  the
          validity  thereof,  except to the extent that the failure to obtain or
          maintain  any of the  foregoing  would  not,  either  singly or in the
          aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and

               (c) No  authorization,  consent,  approval,  waiver,  license  or
          formal  exemptions  from, nor any filing,  declaration or registration
          with, any court, governmental agency or regulatory authority (federal,
          state  or  local)  or  non-governmental  entity,  under  the  terms of
          contracts or  otherwise,  is required by the Companies by reason of or
          in connection  with the  Companies'  execution and  performance of the
          Loan Documents, except those which have been obtained.

                 3.6  Litigation.

               Thereare  no  actions,  suits,  proceedings  or claims  which are
          pending or, to the best of the  Companies'  knowledge or  information,
          threatened  against any Company which,  if adversely  resolved,  would
          have a Material Adverse Effect. 

                 3.7 Title to Assests.

               Each of the Companies has good and marketable title to all of its
          properties  and assets  material to the conduct of its business,  free
          and  clear  of  any  liens  and  encumbrances  except  the  liens  and
          encumbrances  permitted pursuant to Paragraph 6.4 hereof and the liens
          and security  interests  identified on Exhibit D attached hereto.  All
          such  assets  are  fully  covered  by  the  insurance  required  under
          Paragraph 5.8 hereof.

                  3.8  Accuracy of Information; Full Disclosure



<PAGE>


              (a) All  information  furnished to Banks  concerning the financial
          condition of the Companies  including  Borrower's annual  consolidated
          financial  statement  for  the  period  ending  August  31,  1996  and
          Borrower's  interim  consolidated  financial  statements dated May 31,
          1997,  copies of which have been furnished to Banks, has been prepared
          in accordance  with GAAP and fairly  present in all material  respects
          the  financial  condition of the Companies as of the dates and for the
          periods  covered  and  discloses  all  liabilities  of  the  Companies
          required to be disclosed in accordance with GAAP,  except that interim
          statements  do  not  have   footnotes  and  are  subject  to  year-end
          adjustments;  and there  has been no  material  adverse  change in the
          financial condition or business of the Companies from the date of such
          statements to the date hereof; and

               (b) All financial statements and other documents furnished by the
          Companies  to Banks  pursuant  to this  Agreement  and the other  Loan
          Documents do not and will not contain any untrue statement of material
          fact or omit to state a material  fact  necessary in order to make the
          statements contained herein and therein not misleading.  The Companies
          have  disclosed  to the  Banks  in  writing  any and all  facts  which
          materially and adversely affect the business,  properties,  operations
          or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Companies considered as a
          whole, or the Companies'  ability to perform their  obligations  under
          this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

                  3.9  Taxes and Assessments

              (a) Each Company has duly and timely filed all information and tax
          returns and reports with any  federal,  state,  or local  governmental
          taxing  authority,  body or agency,  and all taxes,  including without
          limitation income, gross receipts, sales, use, excise, withholding and
          any other taxes, and any governmental charges, penalties,  interest or
          fines with respect thereto, due and payable by any Company,  have been
          paid,  withheld or  reserved  for in  accordance  with GAAP or, to the
          extent they relate to periods on or prior to the date of the financial
          statements  referenced in Paragraphs 5.2 and 5.3 hereof, are reflected
          as a liability on the financial statements in accordance with GAAP.

               (b) Each  Company has properly  withheld all amounts  required by
          law to be withheld for income taxes and  unemployment  taxes including
          without  limitation,  all  amounts  required  with  respect  to social
          security and unemployment compensation, relating to its employees, and
          has  remitted  such  withheld  amounts  in  a  timely  manner  to  the
          appropriate taxing authority, agency or body.

                 3.10  Indebtedness.

               The  Companies  have no  presently  outstanding  Indebtedness  or
          obligations,  including  contingent  obligations and obligations under
          leases  of  property  from  others,   except  the   Indebtedness   and
          obligations  described  in  Exhibit  D  hereto  or in  the  Companies'
          financial  statements  which have been furnished to Banks prior to the
          date  hereof  pursuant  to  Paragraph  3.8  hereof,  and  indebtedness
          permitted pursuant to Paragraph 6.1 hereof.

                 3.11  Management Agreements

               No Company is a party to any management or consulting  agreements
          for the provision of senior executive  services to such Company (other
          than employment  agreements with officers of the Companies)  except as
          described on Exhibit D hereto.



<PAGE>


                 3.12  Investments

               Borrower and each direct and indirect  Subsidiary  of Borrower is
          identified on Exhibit D attached hereto, which indicates the number of
          shares and classes of the capital stock or partnership  interests,  as
          applicable,  of Borrower and each such  Subsidiary,  and the ownership
          thereof.  No Company has any other  Subsidiaries or any investments in
          or loans to any other  individuals  or  business  entities  except for
          loans and  investments  permitted  pursuant to  Paragraphs  6.3 or 6.8
          hereof.

                  3.13  ERISA

               Each of the Companies  and each ERISA  Affiliate is in compliance
          in all material  respects with all applicable  provisions of ERISA and
          the regulations promulgated thereunder; and,

               (a) No Company nor any ERISA  Affiliate  maintains or contributes
          to or has  maintained or  contributed  to any  multiemployer  plan (as
          defined in section 4001 of ERISA) under which any Company or any ERISA
          affiliate  could have any  withdrawal  liability  which is  reasonably
          likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

               (b) No Company nor any ERISA Affiliate, sponsors or maintains any
          Plan under which there is an accumulated funding deficiency within the
          meaning  of  ss.412  of the  Code,  whether  or not  waived  which  is
          reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

               (c) The  aggregate  liability  for  accrued  benefits  and  other
          ancillary  benefits  under each defined  benefit  pension Plan that is
          sponsored  or  maintained  by  any  Company  or  any  ERISA  Affiliate
          (determined on the basis of the actuarial  assumptions  prescribed for
          valuing  benefits under  terminating  single-employer  defined benefit
          plans  under  Title IV of ERISA)  does not exceed the  aggregate  fair
          market  value of the assets under each such  defined  benefit  pension
          Plan by an  amount  which  is  reasonably  likely  to have a  Material
          Adverse Effect;

               (d) The  aggregate  liability  of each  Company,  and each  ERISA
          Affiliate  arising  out of or  relating  to a  failure  of any Plan to
          comply  with the  provisions  of ERISA or the  Code,  is not an amount
          which is reasonably  likely to have a Material  Adverse  Effect on any
          Company; and

               (e) There does not exist any unfunded  liability  (determined  on
          the basis of  actuarial  assumptions  utilized  by the actuary for the
          Plan in  preparing  the most recent  Annual  Report) of any Company or
          ERISA  Affiliate  under  any Plan  providing  post-retirement  life or
          health benefits which is reasonably  likely to have a Material Adverse
          Effect.

                 3.14  Fees and Commissions

               The Companies owe no brokers' or finders' fees or  commissions of
          any kind,  and know of no claim for any  brokers' or finders'  fees or
          commissions,   in  connection   with  the  Companies'   obtaining  the
          Commitment or the Loan from Banks, except those provided herein.


<PAGE>



                 3.15  No Extension of Credit for Securities

The  Companies  are not now,  nor at any time have they been
engaged principally,  or as one of their respective important activities, in the
business of extending or arranging for the extension of credit,  for the purpose
of  purchasing or carrying any margin stock or margin  securities;  nor will the
proceeds of the Loan be used by any Company  directly  or  indirectly,  for such
purposes.

                  3.16  Hazardous Wastes, Substances and Petroleum Products.

               Except as otherwise set forth on Exhibit D attached hereto:

               (a) Each  Company  (i) has  received  all  permits  and filed all
          notifications  required by the Environmental Control Statutes to carry
          on its  respective  business(es);  and (ii) is in compliance  with all
          Environmental Control Statutes.

               (b) Each  Company has given any written or oral notice to the EPA
          or any state or local  agency with regard to any actual or  imminently
          threatened Release of Hazardous Substances on properties owned, leased
          or operated by such Company or used in connection  with the conduct of
          its business and operations.

               (c)  No  Company  has  received  notice  that  it is  potentially
          responsible   for   clean-up,   remediation,   costs  of  clean-up  or
          remediation,  fines  or  penalties  with  respect  to  any  actual  or
          imminently  threatened Release of Hazardous Substances pursuant to any
          Environmental Control Statute.

                  3.17  Solvency

               To the best of each Company's knowledge,  excluding  intercompany
          indebtedness,  each Company is, and after receipt and  application  of
          the first Advance under this  Agreement will be, solvent such that (i)
          the fair value of its assets  (including  without  limitation the fair
          salable  value of the goodwill and other  intangible  property of such
          Company)  is  greater  than  the  total  amount  of  its  liabilities,
          including without limitation, contingent liabilities, (ii) the present
          fair salable value of its assets  (including  without  limitation  the
          fair salable  value of the goodwill and other  intangible  property of
          such Company) is not less than the amount that will be required to pay
          the  probable  liability  on their debts as they become  absolute  and
          matured,  and (iii) they are able to realize upon their assets and pay
          their debts and other  liabilities,  contingent  obligations and other
          commitments  as they  mature  in the  normal  course of  business.  No
          Company  intends  to,  nor  believes  that it  will,  incur  debts  or
          liabilities  beyond its  ability to pay as such debts and  liabilities
          mature,  and no Company is engaged in a business  or  transaction,  or
          about to engage in a business or  transaction,  for which its property
          would   constitute   unreasonably   small  capital  after  giving  due
          consideration  to the prevailing  practice and industry in which it is
          engaged.  For purposes of this Paragraph 3.17, in computing the amount
          of  contingent  liabilities  at any  time,  it is  intended  that such
          liabilities  will be computed at the amount which, in light of all the
          facts and circumstances  existing at such time,  represents the amount
          that reasonably can be expected to become an actual matured  liability
          of the applicable Company.


<PAGE>


               Each  Company  hereby  agrees that to the extent a Company  shall
          have  paid  more  than its  proportionate  share of any  payment  made
          hereunder or under the  Guaranty,  such  Company  shall be entitled to
          seek and receive  contribution  from and against any other Company who
          has not paid its proportionate share of such payment; provided however
          such  Company  shall  not seek any such  contribution  from any  other
          Company until the Loans have been paid in full and all  Commitments of
          the Banks  hereunder  have been  terminated.  The  provisions  of this
          paragraph shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of
          any Company to the Agent and the Banks and each  Company  shall remain
          liable  to the  Agent  and  the  Banks  for  the  full  amount  of its
          obligations hereunder and under the Guaranty.

                  3.18  Employee Controversies.

               There are no material  controversies pending or, to the knowledge
          of the Companies,  threatened or  anticipated  between any Company and
          any of its  respective  employees,  and there  are no labor  disputes,
          grievances,  arbitration proceedings or any strikes, work stoppages or
          slowdowns pending, or to the Companies' knowledge,  threatened between
          any Company and its respective employees and representatives, which in
          either event could impair the ability of the Company to perform  their
          obligations  under the Loan  Documents,  or which might  reasonably be
          expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                 3.19  Government Contracting.

               No Company has  transferred or received any rights or obligations
          with  respect to any contract  with any federal or state  governmental
          agency or  instrumentality  in violation of the federal  Assignment of
          Claims Act or related federal or state laws, rules or regulations.  No
          Company  nor any  employee of any  Company  has been  proposed  for or
          received  notice of intended  suspension  or  debarment  from  federal
          contracting pursuant to Part 9 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations,
          nor has any similar event occurred under  comparable state laws, rules
          or  regulations   relating  to  contracting  with  state  governmental
          entities.  No Company has  received  notice of cure or of default with
          respect to any contract with a governmental  agency, nor any claim for
          excess reprocurement costs.


                                    SECTION 4

                                   CONDITIONS

                 4.1  Effectiveness

               The  effectiveness  of this Agreement shall be subject to Agent's
          receipt of the following  documents and  satisfaction of the following
          conditions, each in form and substance satisfactory to Banks:

               (a) Promissory Notes. The Notes duly executed by Borrower.

               (b) Guaranty. A Guaranty Agreement executed by each Subsidiary of
          Borrower in favor of Banks.



<PAGE>


               (c)  Authorization  Documents.  A certificate of the secretary of
          each Company  attaching and  certifying as to (i) the  certificate  or
          articles of incorporation and bylaws or other organizational documents
          of such Company;  (ii)  resolutions or other evidence of authorization
          by the board of  directors  or other  governing  body of such  Company
          authorizing  its execution and full  performance of Loan Documents and
          all  other  documents  and  actions  required  hereunder;   and  (iii)
          incumbency  certificates  setting  forth the name,  title and specimen
          signature of each officer of such Company who is authorized to execute
          the Loan Documents on behalf of such entity.

               (d)  Good  Standing.   Certificates   of  good  standing  or  the
          equivalent for each Company for which such  certificates are available
          in its  state  of  formation  and  each of the  states  in which it is
          qualified to do business.

               (e) Opinion of Counsel.  An opinion  letter from  counsel for the
          Companies, as may be reasonably satisfactory to Banks.

               (f)  Compliance  and Borrowing  Base  Certificates.  A Compliance
          Certificate in the form of Exhibit F attached hereto  calculated as of
          the end of the most recent  fiscal  quarter of the  Borrower for which
          such certificates would be required hereunder.

               (g) Fees and Expenses.  Payment of all fees required by Paragraph
          2.12 hereof.

               (h) Searches.  Uniform Commercial Code, tax and judgment searches
          against the  Companies  in those  offices and  jurisdictions  as Agent
          shall reasonably request.

               (i)  Financial  Projections.  Projections  for  Borrower  and its
          consolidated  Subsidiary  for the  period  through  fiscal  year 2000,
          certified by the chief financial officer of Borrower as constituting a
          good  faith  projection   based  upon   assumptions   believed  to  be
          reasonable.

               (j)  Consents.  Receipt of all required  consents  and  approvals
          under applicable law or contract.

               (k) Pay-Off of Existing Loan. Payment in full of all indebtedness
          and obligations of Borrower under the Existing Credit  Agreement,  and
          release of all liens and encumbrances thereunder.

               (l)  Other   Documents.   Such  additional   documents  as  Agent
          reasonably may request.



<PAGE>


                 4.2  Advances.

               The  obligation of Banks to make Advances under the Commitment or
          issue Letters of Credit shall be subject to Borrower's compliance with
          Paragraph  2.7 or  2A.3  hereof,  as  applicable,  and it  shall  be a
          condition to Banks'  obligation  hereunder to make any such Advance or
          issue  such  Letter  of  Credit  that  (a)  the   representations  and
          warranties set forth herein and in the other Loan  Documents  shall be
          true and correct as if made on the date of such  Advance or  issuance,
          (b) no Event of Default or Default  shall have  occurred  and not have
          been  waived on the date of such  Advance or  issuance or be caused by
          such Advance or issuance, (c) all fees required pursuant to Paragraphs
          2.11 and 2.12  hereof  have been  paid as and when due,  and (d) there
          shall  have been no  Material  Adverse  Effect  since the date of this
          Agreement,  and no event or circumstance  (or combination of events or
          circumstances)  shall have occurred which is reasonably likely to have
          a Material Adverse Effect.

                                    SECTION 5

                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

                  Borrower  covenants and agrees that so long as the  Commitment
of Banks to Borrower or any  Indebtedness  of Borrower to Banks is  outstanding,
unless  Required Banks have otherwise  agreed in writing,  each of the Companies
will (and with respect to Paragraph 5.13, will cause each ERISA Affiliate) to:

                 5.1  Existence and Good Standing.

               Preserve  and  maintain  (a)  its  existence  as  a  corporation,
          partnership  or  other  legal  entity,  as  applicable,  and its  good
          standing  in all  states  in which it  conducts  business  and (b) the
          effectiveness and validity of all its franchises,  licenses,  permits,
          certificates  of  compliance  or grants of  authority  required in the
          conduct of its business,  except for such instances of ineffectiveness
          or invalidity as would not, either singly or in the aggregate,  have a
          Material Adverse Effect.

                  5.2  Interim Financial Statements.

               Furnish to Agent (with  sufficient  copies for each Bank)  within
          forty-five  (45) days of the end of each of the first three  quarterly
          periods  in  each  fiscal  year  of  Borrower,   unaudited   quarterly
          consolidated financial statements, in form and substance as reasonably
          required by Agent,  including (i) a consolidated balance sheet, (ii) a
          consolidated statement of income, and (iii) a statement of cash flows,
          prepared in accordance  with GAAP  consistently  applied  (except that
          such interim  statements need not contain footnotes and may be subject
          to year-end adjustments).



<PAGE>


                  5.3  Annual Financial Statements.

               Furnish to Agent (with  sufficient  copies for each Bank)  within
          ninety  (90)  days  after  the  close  of  each  fiscal  year  audited
          consolidated  annual financial  statements,  including the information
          required under Paragraph 5.2 hereof,  which financial statements shall
          be prepared in  accordance  with GAAP and shall be  certified  without
          qualification  (except  with  respect  to  changes in GAAP as to which
          Borrower's independent certified public accountants have concurred) by
          an   independent   certified   public   accounting   firm   reasonably
          satisfactory to Agent; and cause Agent to be furnished, at the time of
          the  completion  of the annual  audit,  with copies of any  management
          letters prepared by such accountants and with a certificate  signed by
          such  accountants  to the effect  that to the best of their  knowledge
          there exists no Event of Default or Default hereunder.

                  5.4  Compliance Certificate.

               At the time of  delivery  of  financial  statements  pursuant  to
          Paragraph 5.2 and 5.3 hereof, deliver to Agent (with sufficient copies
          for each Bank) a certificate in the form of Exhibit F attached  hereto
          executed by the chief  financial  officer or  treasurer  of  Borrower,
          showing the  calculation  of the covenants set forth in Paragraph 5.14
          through 5.17 hereof.

                   5.5  Public Information.

               Deliver to Agent (with sufficient  copies for each Bank) promptly
          upon transmission thereof,  copies of all financial statements,  proxy
          statements,  notices  and  reports,  and  copies  of any  registration
          statement  or annual or  quarterly  reports,  if any,  filed  with the
          Securities and Exchange Commission (or successor entity).

                  5.6  Books and Records.

               Keep and maintain  satisfactory and adequate books and records of
          account in accordance  with GAAP and make or cause the same to be made
          available  to Agent or its agents or nominees at any  reasonable  time
          upon reasonable notice for inspection and to make extracts thereof and
          permit  Agent or its agents or  nominees  to discuss  contents of same
          with senior  officers of the Companies and also with outside  auditors
          and accountants of the Companies.

                  5.7  Interest Rate Hedging.

               At such time as the  outstanding  principal  balance  of the Loan
          shall equal or exceed Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000),  enter into
          interest rate protection  agreements in a form acceptable to Agent and
          from one or more of the Banks or an  institution  acceptable to Agent,
          with  respect to at least twenty  percent  (20%) of the Loan and for a
          period  of at  least  two  years;  provided,  however,  that  (a)  the
          protected rate shall be no greater than 1.50% above the all-in rate on
          the date hereof;  and (b) all  documentation  for such  interest  rate
          protection  shall conform to ISDA  standards and must be acceptable to
          Agent with respect to intercreditor issues.

                  5.8  Insurance.

               Keep and  maintain  all of its  property and assets in good order
          and repair and covered by insurance  with  reputable  and  financially
          sound insurance  companies against such hazards and in such amounts as
          is customary in the industry,  under policies requiring the insurer to
          furnish  reasonable  notice  to  Agent  and  opportunity  to cure  any
          non-payment  of premiums  prior to  termination of coverage and naming
          Agent, for the benefit of Banks, as loss payee and additional insured.

                  5.9  Litigation:  Event of Default.

               Notify Agent in writing  immediately  of the  institution  of any
          litigation,  the commencement of any administrative  proceedings,  the
          happening of any event or the assertion or threat of any claim, to the
          extent that any of the foregoing, could have a Material Adverse Effect
          or the occurrence of any Event of Default or Default hereunder.



<PAGE>


                  5.10 Taxes

               Pay and discharge all taxes,  assessments  or other  governmental
          charges or levies imposed on it or any of its property or assets prior
          to the date on which any penalty for  non-payment  or late  payment is
          incurred,  unless the same are currently being contested in good faith
          by  appropriate  proceedings,  diligently  prosecuted  and  covered by
          appropriate reserves maintained in accordance with GAAP.

                  5.11  Costs and Expenses.

               Pay or reimburse Agent for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and
          reasonable   expenses   (including   but  not  limited  to  reasonable
          attorneys' fees and  disbursements)  Agent may reasonably pay or incur
          in connection  with the  preparation  and review of this Agreement and
          all waivers,  consents and amendments in connection  therewith and all
          other  documentation  related  thereto,  and the  making  of the  Loan
          hereunder,  and pay or reimburse Banks for all costs,  liabilities and
          expenses (including but not limited to reasonable  attorneys' fees and
          disbursements)  associated  with the  collection or enforcement of the
          same, including without limitation any fees and disbursements incurred
          in defense of or to retain amounts of principal, interest or fees paid
          or in connection  with any audit or examination of the Companies.  All
          obligations  provided  for in this  Paragraph  5.11 shall  survive any
          termination  of this  Agreement or the Commitment and the repayment of
          the Loan.

                  5. 12  Compliance; Notification

               (a) Comply in all  material  respects  with all local,  state and
          federal laws and  regulations  applicable  to its business (and in all
          respects with the Environmental  Control Statutes),  including without
          limitation  the federal  Assignment  of Claims Act and any  comparable
          state  laws,   all  laws  and   regulations   relating  to  government
          contracting,  and all laws and  regulations of the Local  Authorities,
          and with the provisions and  requirements of all franchises,  permits,
          certificates  of  compliance,  approval and need issued by  regulatory
          authorities  and with  other  like  grants  of  authority  held by any
          Company;  and  notify  Agent  immediately  in detail of any  actual or
          alleged  failure  to comply  with or  perform,  breach,  violation  or
          default under any such laws or  regulations  or under the terms of any
          of  such  franchises,  licenses  or  grants  of  authority,  or of the
          occurrence or existence of any facts or  circumstances  which with the
          passage of time, the giving of notice or otherwise could create such a
          breach,  violation or default or could occasion the termination of any
          of such  franchises,  licenses or grants of  authority,  to the extent
          that any of the foregoing could have a Material Adverse Effect.



<PAGE>


               (b)  With  respect  to  the   Environmental   Control   Statutes,
          immediately  notify Agent when, in connection  with the conduct of the
          Companies' business(es) or operations, any person (including,  without
          limitation, EPA or any state or local agency) provides oral or written
          notification to any Company,  or any Company  otherwise becomes aware,
          of a  condition  with  regard to an actual  or  imminently  threatened
          Release of Hazardous  Substances which could reasonably be expected to
          have a Material Adverse Effect; and notify Agent in detail immediately
          upon the receipt by a Company of an assertion  of liability  under the
          Environmental  Control  Statutes,  of any actual or alleged failure to
          comply with,  failure to perform,  breach,  violation or default under
          any such statutes or regulations which could reasonably be expected to
          have a Material  Adverse  Effect or of the  occurrence or existence of
          any facts, events or circumstances which with the passage of time, the
          giving of  notice,  or both,  could  create  such a failure to breach,
          violation or default.

                  5.13  ERISA.

               (a) Comply in all material  respects with the provisions of ERISA
          to the extent  applicable to any Plan  maintained for the employees of
          any  Company  or any ERISA  Affiliate;  (b) do or cause to be done all
          such acts and things  that are  required  to  maintain  the  qualified
          status of each Plan and tax exempt  status of each trust  forming part
          of  such  Plan;  (c)  not  incur  any  material   accumulated  funding
          deficiency   (within  the   meaning  of  ERISA  and  the   regulations
          promulgated  thereunder),  or any  material  liability to the PBGC (as
          established by ERISA);  (d) not permit any event to occur with respect
          to any Plan  sponsored  by any Company or any ERISA  Affiliate  (i) as
          described  in  Section  4042 of ERISA or (ii)  which may result in the
          imposition of a lien on its properties or assets; and (e) notify Agent
          in  writing  promptly  after it has come to the  attention  of  senior
          management  of any Company of the written  assertion  or threat of any
          event described in Section 4042 of ERISA (relating to the soundness of
          a  Plan)  (including  any  "reportable  event"  described  in  Section
          4042(a)(3)  of  ERISA) or the  PBGC's  ability  to  assert a  material
          liability  against it or impose a lien on any Company's,  or any ERISA
          Affiliate's properties or assets; and (f) refrain from engaging in any
          prohibited  transactions or actions causing  possible  liability under
          Section 502 of ERISA.

                 5.14  Maximum Debt to Capitalization Ratio.

               Maintain at all times a Debt to Capitalization Ratio for Borrower
          and its consolidated Subsidiaries of not greater than 0.50 to 1.

                 5.15  Maximum Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio.

               Maintain at all times a ratio of (a) Funded Debt of Borrower  and
          its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  to (b)  EBITDA  of  Borrower  and its
          Consolidated  Subsidiaries for the most recent Rolling Period,  of not
          greater than 3.00 to 1.

                 5.16  Minimum Tangible Net Worth.

               Maintain  at all times  Tangible  Net Worth of  Borrower  and its
          consolidated  Subsidiaries  in an amount  not less  than the  Required
          Tangible Net Worth.

                 5.17  Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

               Maintain at all times a Fixed Charge  Coverage Ratio for Borrower
          and its consolidated Subsidiaries of not less than 1.75 to 1.

                  5.18   Management Changes.

               Notify Agent in writing  within ten (10)  Business Days after any
          change of the senior executive management of Borrower.

                  5.19  Transactions Among Affiliates.

               Cause all  transactions  between and among it and its Affiliates,
          other than transactions  among the Companies,  to be on an arms-length
          basis  and on  such  terms  and  conditions  as are  customary  in the
          applicable industry between and among unrelated entities.



<PAGE>


                   5.20  Joinders.

               If any  Subsidiary  becomes  a  Material  Subsidiary  or if a new
          Material  Subsidiary  is  formed  or  acquired,  cause  such  Material
          Subsidiary  to execute and deliver a joinder to the  Guaranty and such
          other  documents  as  Agent  may  reasonably   require  in  connection
          therewith,  including without limitation secretary's  certificates and
          opinions of counsel.

                  5.21  Year 2000  Compliance.  

               The Companies shall take all action  necessary to assure that the
          Companies'  computer-based systems are able to operate and effectively
          process  dates on or after  January 1, 2000.  At the request of Banks,
          the Companies  shall provide Banks  assurances  acceptable to Banks of
          the Companies' Year 2000 compatability

                 5.22  Other Information.

               Provide  any  Bank  with any  other  documents  and  information,
          financial or otherwise, reasonably requested by such Bank from time to
          time. 

                                   SECTION 6

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

               So long as any  Commitment  or any  Indebtedness  of  Borrower to
          Banks remains  outstanding  hereunder,  Borrower  covenants and agrees
          that without Required Banks' prior written consent,  each Company will
          not:

                  6.1  Indebtedness.

               Borrow any  monies or create or permit to exist any  Indebtedness
          except:  (i) borrowings from Banks hereunder;  (ii) trade Indebtedness
          in the normal and  ordinary  course of  business  for value  received;
          (iii) Indebtedness under the ASIDA Bonds and the SouthTrust Term Loan,
          provided,  that the aggregate principal thereof shall not be increased
          after  the  date of this  Agreement;  and  (iv)  additional  unsecured
          Indebtedness  or  Indebtedness  incurred to purchase or lease fixed or
          capital assets in an aggregate  principal amount which,  together with
          guarantees  permitted pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(iii) hereof,  does not
          exceed ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) at any time.

                  6.2  Guaranties.

               Guarantee  or assume or be or agree to become  liable in any way,
          either  directly or indirectly,  for any  Indebtedness or liability of
          others except:  (i) to endorse checks or drafts in the ordinary course
          of  business,  (ii) a Company may  guaranty or  otherwise  agree to be
          liable for  obligations  of any other  Company,  and (iii)  additional
          guarantees by one or more  Companies of  Indebtedness  in an aggregate
          principal amount which, together with Indebtedness  permitted pursuant
          to  Paragraph  6.1(iv)  hereof,  does not exceed Ten  Million  Dollars
          ($10,000,000).



<PAGE>


                 6.3  Loans.

               Make any loans or advances to others; provided, however, that (a)
          a Company may make loans and advances to any other Company and (b) the
          Companies may make  investments in companies that are not subsidiaries
          to the extent permitted pursuant to Paragraph 6.8(b) hereof.

                  6.4  Liens and Encumbrances.

               Create,  permit or suffer the creation or existence of any liens,
          security  interests,  or any  other  encumbrances  on  (including  any
          conditional  sales  arrangement  with respect to) any of its property,
          real or personal,  except the security interests in favor of the Agent
          on behalf of Banks as  security  for the Loan,  and  except  (i) liens
          arising  in  favor  of  sellers  or  lessors  for   indebtedness   and
          obligations  incurred to  purchase  or lease  fixed or capital  assets
          permitted under Paragraph 6.1(iv) hereof, provided, however, that such
          liens secure only the indebtedness and obligations  created thereunder
          and are limited to the assets purchased or leased pursuant thereto and
          the proceeds thereof;  (ii) mechanic's and workman's liens,  liens for
          taxes,  assessments or other governmental charges,  federal,  state or
          local,  which are then  being  currently  contested  in good  faith by
          appropriate  proceedings  and  are  covered  by  appropriate  reserves
          maintained  in  accordance  with GAAP;  (iii)  pledges or  deposits to
          secure   obligations   under  workmen's   compensation,   unemployment
          insurance  or  social  security  laws  or  similar  legislation;  (iv)
          deposits  to secure  surety,  appeal or custom  bonds  required in the
          ordinary  course of business  and (v) the liens in favor of IBM Credit
          Corp.   disclosed  on  Exhibit  D  attached  hereto,   securing  trade
          indebtedness from IBM to Nichols TXEN Corporation  (formerly  Computer
          Services  Corporation),  provided,  that such liens  shall be released
          within thirty (30) days after the date hereof.

                  6.5  Additional Negative Pledge.

               Agree or covenant with or promise any person or entity other than
          the  Banks  that it will  not  pledge  its  assets  or  properties  or
          otherwise grant any liens,  security  interests or encumbrances on its
          property.

                  6.6  Restricted Payments.

               Make any Restricted Payments, unless there is no Default or Event
          of Default  hereunder at such time, and such payment will not create a
          Default or Event of Default.

                  6.7  Transfer of Assets; Liquidation

               (a) Sell,  lease,  transfer  or  otherwise  dispose of all or any
          portion of its assets, real or personal,  other than such transactions
          in the normal and ordinary course of business for value received; or

               (b) discontinue, liquidate, or change in any material respect any
          substantial part of its operations or business(es).



<PAGE>


                  6.8  Acquisitions and Investments.

               Purchase or otherwise acquire  (including  without  limitation by
          way of  share  exchange)  any part or  amount  of the  capital  stock,
          partnership  interests,  or assets of, or make any investments in, any
          other firm or corporation;  or enter into any new business  activities
          or ventures not directly related to its present business;  or merge or
          consolidate with or into any other firm or corporation;  or create any
          Subsidiary;  provided,  however that in the absence of a Default or an
          Event of  Default at such time and if such  transaction  will not give
          rise to a Default or an Event of Default:

               (a) the  Companies  may make a Permitted  Acquisition  and create
          Subsidiaries,  provided  that (i) Borrower  provides to Agent,  with a
          copy to its  counsel,  not less than  thirty  (30) days prior  written
          notice of the proposed Permitted Acquisition or Subsidiary creation in
          the form of Exhibit G  attached  hereto,  including,  in the case of a
          Permitted  Acquisition with respect to which the Acquisition  Price is
          in excess of Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000),  the following
          information:

               (A)  a narrative  description of the proposed  acquisition  which
                    demonstrates it to be a Permitted Acquisition, and describes
                    the business to be  acquired,  the legal  structure  for the
                    acquisition    (including    identification   of   any   new
                    subsidiaries  that will  result from the  transaction),  the
                    acquisition   price  to  be  paid  and  form  thereof,   the
                    anticipated  closing date, the anticipated  borrowings under
                    the Commitment in connection  therewith,  and other material
                    features of the proposed acquisition;

               (B)  copies of the financial statements, if available, or federal
                    income tax  returns  if not,  dated as of the three (3) most
                    recently  ended fiscal years of such  business or the seller
                    of such assets;

               (C)  pro forma financial statements of the business or assets and
                    Borrower and its consolidated  Subsidiaries giving effect to
                    the proposed  acquisition on an historical basis for the two
                    most  recent   fiscal   quarters   for  which  a  Compliance
                    Certificate  has been delivered and on a projected basis for
                    the period ending on the Three Year  Commitment  Termination
                    Date,   including  the  information   required  pursuant  to
                    Paragraph  5.2 and showing all  adjustments  which have been
                    made in  connection  with  such pro  forma  statements,  and
                    demonstrating  compliance  with the  covenants  set forth in
                    Paragraph  5.14  through  5.17 as of the end of each  fiscal
                    quarter; and

               (D)  such additional  documents as Agent may reasonably  request,
                    each of the foregoing to be in form and substance reasonably
                    satisfactory to Agent;

(ii) Borrower  complies with the terms and  conditions of Paragraph 5.20 hereof,
and (iii)  taking into account any  supplement  or amendment to Exhibit D hereto
which is reasonably acceptable to Required Banks, all of the representations and
warranties  set forth herein are true and correct  prior to and  following  such
Permitted Acquisition or the creation of such Subsidiary; and

              (b) the Companies may make  investments  in companies that are not
          Subsidiaries,  provided that the aggregate amount of such investments,
          whether as debt,  equity or  otherwise,  shall not exceed  Twenty-Five
          Million Dollars ($25,000,000).



<PAGE>


                  6.9  Payments to Affiliates.

               Pay any salaries, compensation, management fees, consulting fees,
          service fees,  licensing fees, or other similar payments to Affiliates
          of any Company other than on an  arms-length  basis for value,  and on
          terms and  conditions  as are  customary in the  industry  between and
          among unrelated entities.

                  6.10  Amendments to Documents.

               Amend or modify the ASIDA Bonds or the SouthTrust Term Loan.

                  6.11  Use of Proceeds.

               Use any of the proceeds of the Loan,  directly or indirectly,  to
          purchase or carry margin securities within the meaning of Regulation U
          of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System;  or engage as
          its principal  business in the  extension of credit for  purchasing or
          carrying such securities.

                                   SECTION 7

                   ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL AND RIGHT OF SET-OFF

               Each Bank is hereby  authorized at any time and from time to time
          following the  occurrence and during the  continuation  of an Event of
          Default hereunder,  to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set-off
          and apply any and all  deposits  (general or special,  time or demand,
          provisional or final) at any time held and other  indebtedness  at any
          time  owing by such  Bank to or for the  credit  or the  account  of a
          Company  against  any and all of the  obligations  of a Company now or
          hereafter  existing  under  this  Agreement,  the  Notes  or the  Loan
          Documents,  irrespective  of  whether  such Bank  shall  have made any
          demand  under  this   Agreement  or  such  Notes  and  although   such
          obligations may be unmatured and  irrespective of whether such Bank is
          otherwise  fully  secured.  Each Bank  agrees  promptly  to notify the
          applicable Company after any such set-off and application made by such
          Bank;  provided,  however,  that the failure to give such notice shall
          not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of
          Banks under this  Section  Seven are in  addition to other  rights and
          remedies  (including,  without  limitation,  other  rights of set-off)
          which Banks may have.

                                    SECTION 8

                                     DEFAULT

                  8.1  Events of Default.

               Each  of the  following  events  shall  be an  Event  of  Default
          hereunder:

               (a) If  Borrower  shall fail to pay when due any  installment  of
          principal  or any  interest,  fees,  costs,  expenses or any other sum
          payable to Banks or Agent hereunder; or



<PAGE>


               (b)  If  any   representation  or  warranty  made  herein  or  in
          connection herewith or in any statement, certificate or other document
          furnished  hereunder is false or  misleading  in any material  respect
          when made; or

               (c)  If  any  Company  shall  default  (after  expiration  of any
          applicable cure or grace periods) in the payment or performance of any
          obligation  or  Indebtedness  to  another  either  singly  or  in  the
          aggregate in excess of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000),  whether now
          or hereafter incurred; or

               (d) If there  shall be a default  in or failure to observe at any
          test date the  covenants  set forth in  Paragraphs  5.14  through 5.17
          hereof or in Section 6 hereof; or

               (e) If any Company shall default in the  performance of any other
          agreement  or  covenant  contained  herein  (other than as provided in
          subparagraphs  (a), (b) or (d) above) or in any  document  executed or
          delivered in connection  herewith,  including without  limitation with
          respect to any Collateral, and such default shall continue uncured for
          twenty (20) days after notice thereof to Borrower given by Agent; or

               (f) If the Chairman,  Chief Executive  Officer or Chief Financial
          Officer of the Borrower as of the date of this  Agreement  shall cease
          to serve in such  capacity,  unless  within  ninety (90) days Agent is
          notified in writing of the  identity  and  qualifications  of a person
          with  experience in the business of Borrower to serve in such capacity
          and such new  management  is not  objected  to in writing by  Required
          Banks within  sixty (60) days of such notice,  or if objected to, then
          within  ninety  (90) days after such  objection  Agent is  notified in
          writing  of  another  such  person  given  such   authority  and  such
          management  is  not  objected  to  within  sixty  (60)  days  of  such
          subsequent notice; or



<PAGE>


               (g) If:  (i) any person or group  within  the  meaning of Section
          13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934
          Act") and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, other than
          any person  described in Rule 13d-1(b)(i) (D) or (E) which is eligible
          to file a Schedule  13G in lieu of a Schedule 13D (only for so long as
          such person is so eligible),  shall have beneficial  ownership (within
          the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the 1934 Act), directly or indirectly, of
          securities  of Borrower  (or other  securities  convertible  into such
          securities)representing  twenty  percent (20%) of the combined  voting
          power of all  securities of Borrower  entitled to vote in the election
          of directors  (hereinafter called a "Controlling  Person");  or (ii) a
          majority of the Board of  Directors  of  Borrower  shall cease for any
          reason to  consist  of (A)  individuals  who on the date  hereof  were
          serving as directors of Borrower or (B) individuals  who  subsequently
          become  members  of the  Board  if such  individuals'  nomination  for
          election  or  election  to the board is  recommended  or approved by a
          majority of the Board of Directors of Borrower. For purposes of clause
          (i) above, a person or group shall not be a Controlling Person if such
          person  or group  holds  voting  power in good  faith  and not for the
          purpose of  circumventing  this  Paragraph  8.1(g) as an agent,  bank,
          broker,  nominee,  trustee,  or holder of revocable  proxies  given in
          response to a  solicitation  pursuant to the 1934 Act, for one or more
          beneficial  owners  who do not  individually,  or, if they are a group
          acting in concert,  as a group,  have the voting  power  specified  in
          clause (i) above; or

               (h) If custody or control of any substantial part of the property
          of any  Company  shall be  assumed by any  governmental  agency or any
          court of competent  jurisdiction  at the instance of any  governmental
          agency;  if any license or franchise of a Company  shall be suspended,
          revoked,  not renewed or otherwise  terminated the loss of which would
          reasonably  be  expected  to have a Material  Adverse  Effect;  if any
          company or any employee of any Company shall have been proposed for or
          received  notice of intended  suspension  or  debarment  from  federal
          contracting pursuant to Part 9 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations,
          of if any similar event shall have  occurred  under  comparable  state
          laws;  or if any  governmental  regulatory  authority or judicial body
          shall make any other final non-appealable  determination the effect of
          which would have Material Adverse Effect; or

               (i) If any Company becomes insolvent, bankrupt or generally fails
          to pay its debts as such debts become due; is adjudicated insolvent or
          bankrupt;  admits in writing its inability to pay its debts;  or shall
          suffer a custodian, receiver or trustee for it or substantially all of
          its  property  to be  appointed;  makes a general  assignment  for the
          benefit of creditors;  or suffers proceedings under any law related to
          bankruptcy,    insolvency,    liquidation   or   the   reorganization,
          readjustment or the release of debtors to be instituted against it; if
          proceedings   under  any  law  related  to   bankruptcy,   insolvency,
          liquidation,  or the  reorganization,  readjustment  or the release of
          debtors is  instituted  or commenced by any Company;  if any order for
          relief is entered relating to any of the foregoing proceedings; if any
          Company shall call a meeting of its creditors with a view to arranging
          a composition  or adjustment of its debts;  or if any Company shall by
          any act or failure to act  indicate  its  consent  to,  approval of or
          acquiescence in any of the foregoing; or

               (j) any event or  condition  shall occur or exist with respect to
          any activity or substance  regulated under the  Environmental  Control
          Statutes  and as a result of such event or  condition,  the  Companies
          have incurred or in the opinion of Borrower are  reasonably  likely to
          incur  liabilities in the aggregate in excess of Five Million  Dollars
          ($5,000,000); or

               (k) if any judgment,  writ, warrant or attachment or execution or
          similar  process  which  calls for payment or  presents  liability  in
          excess of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) shall be rendered,  issued
          or levied  against any  Company or its  respective  property  and such
          process  shall  not be  paid,  waived,  stayed,  vacated,  discharged,
          settled,  satisfied or fully bonded  within thirty (30) days after its
          issuance or levy unless such  judgment is covered by insurance and the
          insurer has acknowledged coverage in writing with respect thereto.



<PAGE>


                  8.2  Remedies.

               Upon  the  happening  of any  Event  of  Default  and at any time
          thereafter,  and by notice by Agent on  behalf  of  Required  Banks to
          Borrower (except if an Event of Default  described in Paragraph 8.1(i)
          shall occur in which case  acceleration of the Loan and termination of
          the Commitment shall occur  automatically  without notice),  the Agent
          shall, at the request of the Required Banks, and may, with the consent
          of the Required Banks, (i) terminate the Short Term Commitment  and/or
          the Three Year Commitment, and (ii) declare the entire unpaid balance,
          principal,  interest,  fees, and other amounts of all  indebtedness of
          Borrower to Banks,  hereunder or otherwise,  to be immediately due and
          payable.  Upon  such  declaration,  Agent  and  Banks  shall  have the
          immediate  right to  enforce  or  realize  on any  collateral  granted
          therefor in any manner or order it deems  expedient  without regard to
          any equitable  principles  of marshaling or otherwise.  In addition to
          any rights granted hereunder or in any of the Loan Documents delivered
          in connection herewith,  Agent and Banks shall have all the rights and
          remedies  granted  by any  applicable  law,  all  of  which  shall  be
          cumulative in nature. 

                                   SECTION 9

                                AGENCY PROVISIONS

                  This  Section  sets  forth the  relative  rights and duties of
Agent and Banks  respecting  the Loan and, with the exception of Paragraphs  9.3
and 9.15  hereof,  does not confer any  enforceable  rights on Borrower  against
Banks or create on the part of Banks any duties or obligations to Borrower.

                  9.1  Application of Payments.

               Agent shall apply all payments of principal, interest, commitment
          fee or  other  amounts  hereunder  made to Agent  by or on  behalf  of
          Borrower  with  respect to the Loan to Banks on the basis of their Pro
          Rata Shares of the outstanding  principal  balance of the Loan, except
          the  fees  payable  under  Paragraph  2.12 and  Paragraph  2A.4(a)(iv)
          hereof,  which shall be paid  solely to Agent.  Such  distribution  of
          payments shall be made promptly in federal funds immediately available
          at the office of each Bank set forth above.

                  9.2  Set-Off.

               In the event a Bank,  by  exercise  of its right of  set-off,  or
          otherwise, receives any payment of principal or interest, in an amount
          greater than its Pro Rata Share of such payment  based upon the Banks'
          respective  shares of  principal  Indebtedness  outstanding  hereunder
          immediately before such payment, such Bank shall purchase a portion of
          the Indebtedness hereunder owing to each other Bank so that after such
          purchase  each  Bank  shall  hold  its  Pro  Rata  Share  of  all  the
          Indebtedness then outstanding  hereunder,  provided that if all or any
          portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such Bank,
          such purchase  shall be rescinded and the purchase  price  restored to
          the extent of any such recovery, but without interest.



<PAGE>


                  9.3  Modifications and Waivers.

               No modification or amendment hereof,  consent hereunder or waiver
          of any Event of Default shall be effective  except by written  consent
          of the Required Banks; provided,  however, that the written consent of
          all Banks shall be required to (i) modify,  amend,  waive,  discharge,
          terminate  or  suspend  compliance  with  (A)  any  rate  of  interest
          applicable  to the Loan to the extent it is proposed to be  decreased,
          (B) the amount of the  Commitment  to the extent it is  proposed to be
          increased,  or the Banks' respective  shares thereof;  (C) the date or
          amounts of payment of the Loan or  interest  thereon,  to  postpone or
          decrease  payment  thereof,  (D)  the  commitment  fee  set  forth  in
          Paragraph 2.11 hereof or other amounts  payable by Borrower  hereunder
          except if payable  solely to the Agent,  to the extent any such amount
          is  proposed to be  decreased  or  postponed,  (E) the  definition  of
          Required  Banks,  (F) this Paragraph 9.3, or (G) the definition of Pro
          Rata Share; or (ii) release any Guarantor.

                  9.4  Obligations Several.

               The obligations of the Banks hereunder are several, and each Bank
          hereunder  shall not be responsible  for the  obligations of the other
          Banks  hereunder,  nor will the  failure of one Bank to perform any of
          its obligations hereunder relieve the other Banks from the performance
          of their respective obligations hereunder.

                  9.5  Banks' Representations.

               Each Bank  represents and warrants to the other Banks that (i) it
          has been furnished all information it has requested for the purpose of
          evaluating its proposed  participation under this Agreement;  and (ii)
          it has  decided  to enter  into  this  Agreement  on the  basis of its
          independent review and credit analysis of Borrower, this Agreement and
          the documentation in connection  therewith and has not relied for such
          analysis on any information or analysis provided by any other Bank.

                  9.6  Investigation.

               No Bank shall have any  obligation  to the others to  investigate
          the condition of Borrower or any of the Collateral or any other matter
          concerning the Loan.

                  9.7  Powers of Agent.

               Agent  shall  have and may  exercise  those  powers  specifically
          delegated to Agent herein, together with such powers as are reasonably
          incidental thereto.

                 9.8  General Duties of Agent, Immunity and Indemnity.

               Upon receipt of notices and reports  delivered by Borrower to the
          Agent under this Agreement,  the Agent shall promptly deliver the same
          in the form received to the Banks.  Required Banks shall also have the
          right to request  Agent to inspect  Borrower's  books and  records and
          take the other steps  provided in Paragraph 5.6 hereof.  In performing
          its  duties as Agent  hereunder,  Agent  will take the same care as it
          takes in  connection  with  loans  in  which  it alone is  interested,
          subject to the limitations on liabilities  contained herein;  provided
          that Agent shall not be  obligated  to  ascertain or inquire as to the
          performance  of any of the terms,  covenants or  conditions  hereof by
          Borrower. Neither Agent nor any of its directors,  officers, agents or
          employees,  shall be liable for any action or  omission by any of them
          hereunder or in  connection  herewith  except for gross  negligence or
          willful  misconduct.  Subject  to such  exception,  each of the  Banks
          hereby  indemnifies  Agent (in its  capacity as Agent) on the basis of
          such Bank's Pro Rata  Share,  against any  liability,  claim,  loss or
          expense  arising from or relating to any action taken or omitted to be
          taken with respect to this  Agreement,  any other Loan Document or the
          transactions  contemplated thereby or Borrower, to the extent that the
          Agent has not been reimbursed therefor by Borrower,  without affecting
          any obligation of Borrower to reimburse.



<PAGE>


                  9.9  No Responsibility for Representations or Validity, etc.

               Each Bank agrees that Agent shall not be  responsible to any Bank
          for any representations,  statements, or warranties of Borrower herein
          or in  the  other  Loan  Documents.  Neither  Agent  nor  any  of  its
          directors, officers, employees or agents, shall be responsible for the
          validity, effectiveness,  sufficiency, perfection or enforceability of
          this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or any collateral,  or any
          documents  relating  thereto  or for  the  priority  of any of  Banks'
          security interests in any such collateral.

                  9.10  Action on Instruction of Banks; Right to Indemnity.

               Agent  shall act upon  written  instruction  of Banks or Required
          Banks, as appropriate, and in all cases Agent shall be fully protected
          in acting or refraining from acting  hereunder in accordance with such
          written instructions to it signed by Required Banks unless the consent
          of all the Banks is expressly  required  hereunder in which case Agent
          shall be so protected when acting in accordance with such instructions
          from all the Banks.  Such instructions and any action taken or failure
          to act pursuant  thereto  shall be binding on all the Banks,  provided
          that except as otherwise  provided herein,  Agent may act hereunder in
          its own discretion without requesting such instructions.

                  9.11  Employment of Agents.

               In connection  with its  activities  hereunder,  Agent may employ
          agents and attorneys-in-fact and shall not be answerable, except as to
          money or securities  received by it or its authorized  agents, for the
          default or  misconduct  of agents or  attorneys-in-fact  selected with
          reasonable care.

                  9.12  Reliance on Documents.

               Agent  shall be  entitled  to rely upon (a) any paper or document
          believed  by it to be genuine  and  correct and to have been signed or
          sent by the proper  person or persons  and (b) upon the opinion of its
          counsel with respect to legal matters.

                  9.13  Agent's Rights as a Bank.

               With respect to their share of the indebtedness hereunder,  Agent
          shall have the same rights and powers  hereunder as any other Bank and
          may exercise  the same as though it were not Agent.  Each of the Banks
          may accept  deposits  from and  generally  engage in other  banking or
          trust  business  with  Borrower  as if it  were  not  Agent  or a Bank
          hereunder.

                  9.14  Expenses.

               Each of the Banks shall  reimburse Agent from time to time at the
          request of Agent for its Pro Rata Share of any  expenses  incurred  by
          Agent in connection  with the  performance of its functions  hereunder
          without  affecting any  obligation of Borrower to reimburse,  provided
          however that in the event Banks shall reimburse Agent for expenses for
          which Borrower  subsequently  reimburses Agent, then Agent shall remit
          to each Bank the  respective  amount  received  from such Bank against
          such expenses.



<PAGE>


                  9.15  Resignation of Agent.  

               Agent may at any time  resign  its  position  as  Agent,  without
          affecting  its position as a Bank, by giving  written  notice to Banks
          and Borrower.  Such resignation shall take effect upon the appointment
          of a successor  agent in accordance  with this Paragraph  9.15. In the
          event Agent shall resign, Required Banks with the consent of Borrower,
          which consent will not be unreasonably withheld,  shall appoint a Bank
          as successor  Agent.  If within thirty (30) days of the Agent's notice
          of resignation  no successor  agent shall have been appointed by Banks
          and accepted  such  appointment,  then Agent,  in its  discretion  may
          appoint any other Bank with banking powers as a successor agent.

                  9.16  Successor Agent.

               The successor  Agent  appointed  pursuant to Paragraph 9.15 shall
          execute  and deliver to its  predecessor  and Banks an  instrument  in
          writing  accepting such  appointment,  and thereupon  such  successor,
          without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested
          with  all  the  properties,  rights,  duties  and  obligations  of its
          predecessor   Agent.  The  predecessor  Agent  shall  deliver  to  its
          successor Agent forthwith all Collateral, documents and moneys held by
          it as  Agent,  if any,  whereupon  such  predecessor  Agent  shall  be
          discharged  from  its  duties  and  obligations  as Agent  under  this
          Agreement.

                  9.17  Collateral Security.

               Agent will hold,  administer  and manage any  Collateral  pledged
          from  time to time  hereunder  either  in its own  name or as Agent on
          behalf of the  Banks,  but each Bank  shall  hold a direct,  undivided
          pro-rata  beneficial  interest  therein,  on the basis of its Pro Rata
          Share, by reason of and as evidenced by this Agreement.

                  9.18  Enformcement by Agent.

               All rights of action under this Agreement and under the Notes and
          all rights to the  Collateral  hereunder  may be enforced by Agent and
          any suit or  proceeding  instituted  by Agent in  furtherance  of such
          enforcement  shall  be  brought  in its  name as  Agent,  without  the
          necessity of joining as plaintiffs or defendants any other Banks,  and
          the recovery of any judgment shall be for the benefit of Banks subject
          to the expenses of Agent. 

                                   SECTION 10

                                  MISCELLANEOUS



<PAGE>


                  10.1  Indemnification and Release Provisions.

               Borrower  hereby  agrees to defend  Agent and each Bank and their
          directors, officers, agents, employees and counsel from, and hold each
          of them harmless against, any and all losses,  liabilities  (including
          without  limitation  settlement  costs and  amounts,  transfer  taxes,
          documentary  taxes, or assessments or charges made by any governmental
          authority),  claims, damages, interest judgments,  costs, or expenses,
          including  without  limitation  reasonable fees and  disbursements  of
          counsel,  incurred by any of them arising out of or in connection with
          or by reason of this Agreement, the Commitment, the making of the Loan
          or any collateral therefor,  other than those resulting primarily from
          any such party's own wilful misconduct or gross negligence,  including
          without limitation, any and all losses, liabilities,  claims, damages,
          interests,  judgments,  costs or expenses relating to or arising under
          any  Environmental  Control  Statute  or the  application  of any such
          Statute to any of the Companies' properties or assets. Borrower hereby
          releases Agent and each Bank and their  directors,  officers,  agents,
          employees and counsel from any and all claims for loss, damages, costs
          or  expenses  caused or alleged to be caused by any act or omission on
          the part of any of them other than those resulting  primarily from any
          such  party's  own  wilful   misconduct  or  gross   negligence.   All
          obligations  provided  for in this  Paragraph  10.1 shall  survive any
          termination  of this  Agreement or the Commitment and the repayment of
          the Loan.

                  10.2  Participations and Assignments.

               Borrower  hereby  acknowledges  and agrees that a Bank may at any
          time:  (a) grant  participations  in all or any portion of its Maximum
          Principal  Amount  of the Loan or of its  right,  title  and  interest
          therein or in or to this Agreement (collectively, "Participations") to
          any other lending  office or to any other bank or lending  institution
          ("Participants");  provided, however, that: (i) all amounts payable by
          Borrower hereunder shall be determined as if such Bank had not granted
          such Participation;  and (ii) any agreement pursuant to which any Bank
          may grant a  Participation:  (x) shall  provide  that such Bank  shall
          retain the sole right and responsibility to enforce the obligations of
          Borrower hereunder including, without limitation, the right to approve
          any  amendment,  modification  or  waiver  of any  provisions  of this
          Agreement;  (y) may  provide  that  such  Bank  will not  agree to any
          modification,  amendment  or  waiver  of this  Agreement  without  the
          consent of the Participant if such  modification,  amendment or waiver
          would require  approval of all Banks pursuant to Paragraph 9.3 hereof;
          and (z) shall not relieve such Bank from its obligations,  which shall
          remain absolute, to make Advances hereunder; and (b) assign its rights
          and  obligations  under the Commitment and the Loan (i) to any Federal
          Reserve  Bank,  (ii) to any  Affiliate of such  Lender,  or (iii) with
          notice to Borrower and Agent  together  with the payment to Agent of a
          $3,500  transfer fee, to any other  financial  institution,  provided,
          that (x) any such  assignment  under this  clause  (iii) shall be in a
          minimum amount of Five Million  Dollars  ($5,000,000),  and (y) in the
          absence of an Event of Default  hereunder  no Bank shall  assign under
          this clause (iii) more than forty-nine percent (49%) of its rights and
          obligations  hereunder.  Any grant of an  assignment  pursuant to this
          Paragraph  10.2  shall be pro rata as to the  Short  Term Loan and the
          Three Year Loan.  Borrower  may not assign or  otherwise  transfer its
          rights or obligation  under this  Agreement  without the prior written
          consent of Banks.

                  10.3  Binding and Government Law.

               This  Agreement and all  documents  executed  hereunder  shall be
          binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties  hereto and
          their respective successors and assigns and, except as may be required
          by mandatory  provisions  of applicable  law,  shall be governed as to
          their  validity,   interpretation  and  effect  by  the  laws  of  the
          Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

                  10.4  Survival.

               All  agreements,  representations,  warranties  and  covenants of
          Borrower  contained herein or in any documentation  required hereunder
          shall  survive the  execution of this  Agreement and the making of the
          Loan hereunder,  and except for Paragraphs 5.11 and 10.1 which provide
          otherwise  will  continue  in full  force  and  effect  as long as any
          indebtedness  or  other   obligation  of  Borrower  to  Banks  remains
          outstanding.



<PAGE>


                  10.5  No Waiver; Delay.

               If Banks shall waive any power, right or remedy arising hereunder
          or under any  applicable  law, such waiver shall not be deemed to be a
          waiver upon the later  occurrence  or recurrence of any of said events
          with respect to Banks. No delay by Banks in the exercise of any power,
          right or remedy  shall,  under  any  circumstances,  constitute  or be
          deemed to be a waiver,  express or implied,  of the same and no course
          of dealing  between the parties  hereto  shall  constitute a waiver of
          Banks' powers,  rights or remedies.  The remedies  herein provided are
          cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

                  10.6  Modification;Waiver.  

               Except as otherwise  provided in this Agreement,  no modification
          or  amendment  hereof,  or  waiver  or  consent  hereunder,  shall  be
          effective  unless made in a writing signed by appropriate  officers of
          the parties hereto.

                  10.7  Headings.

               The  various   headings  in  this   Agreement  are  inserted  for
          convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of
          this Agreement or any provision hereof.

                  10.8  Notices.

               Any  notice,   request  or  consent  required   hereunder  or  in
          connection herewith shall be deemed satisfactorily given if in writing
          and delivered by hand,  mailed  (registered or certified mail) or sent
          by  facsimile  transmission  to Agent or Borrower at their  respective
          addresses or telecopier  number set forth below,  or to Banks at their
          respective  addresses  or  telecopier  numbers set forth on Schedule 1
          attached hereto, or to any party at such other addresses or telecopier
          numbers as may be given by any party to the others in writing:

                  if to Borrower:

                  Nichols Research Corporation
                  4040 Memorial Parkway, South
                  Huntsville, Alabama  35802-1326
                  Attention:  Allen Dillard
                  Telecopier:  (205) 650-2240

                  if to Agent:

                  CoreStates Bank, N.A.
                  1345 Chestnut Street
                  FC 1-8-3-12
                  Philadelphia, PA  19107
                  Attention:  Karen Leaf
                  Telecopier:  (215) 973-6745

                  with a copy to:

                  Pepper, Hamilton & Scheetz LLP
                  3000 Two Logan Square
                  Philadelphia, PA  19103
                  Attention:  Lisa D. Kabnick, Esquire
                  Telecopier: (215) 981-4750


<PAGE>


                  10.9  Payment on Non-Business Days.

               Whenever any payment to be made  hereunder  shall be stated to be
          due on a day other than a Business  Day,  such  payment may be made on
          the next succeeding Business Day, provided however that such extension
          of time  shall be  included  in the  computation  of  interest  due in
          conjunction with such payment or other fees due hereunder, as the case
          may be.

                  10.10  Time of Day.

               All time of day  restrictions  imposed herein shall be calculated
          using Agent's local time.

                  10.11  Severability.

               If any provision of this Agreement or the application  thereof to
          any person or circumstance  shall be invalid or  unenforceable  to any
          extent,  the remainder of this  Agreement and the  application of such
          provisions  to other  persons or  circumstances  shall not be affected
          thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

                 10.12  Counterparts.

               This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with
          the same effect as if all the signatures on such counterparts appeared
          on one document,  and each such  counterpart  shall be deemed to be an
          original.

                 10.13  Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process.

               Each Company irrevocably appoints each officer of Borrower as its
          attorney  upon whom may be served any  notice,  process or pleading in
          any action or  proceeding  against it arising out of or in  connection
          with this Agreement,  the Notes, the Loan Documents or any collateral;
          each Company hereby consents that any action or proceeding  against it
          be commenced and  maintained in any court within the  Commonwealth  of
          Pennsylvania  or in the United States  District  Court for the Eastern
          District  of  Pennsylvania  by service  of  process on any  officer of
          Borrower;  and each Company agrees that the courts of the Commonwealth
          of  Pennsylvania  and the United States District Court for the Eastern
          District of Pennsylvania  shall have  jurisdiction with respect to the
          subject  matter  hereof  and  the  person  of  each  Company  and  any
          collateral.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Agent,  in its absolute
          discretion  may also initiate  proceedings  in the courts of any other
          jurisdiction  in which any Company may be found or in which any of its
          properties or collateral may be located.

                  10.14  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

               EACH OF THE PARTIES  HERETO HEREBY  KNOWINGLY,  VOLUNTARILY,  AND
          INTENTIONALLY  WAIVES  ANY  RIGHTS  IT MAY  HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN
          RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION  BASED HEREON OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN
          CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE NOTES OR OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR
          ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING,  STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR
          WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF AGENT OR BANKS.  THIS  PROVISION  IS A MATERIAL
          INDUCEMENT FOR BANKS' ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

                  10.15  ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.

               BORROWER  ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT IT HAS HAD THE ASSISTANCE OF COUNSEL
          IN THE REVIEW  AND  EXECUTION  OF THIS  AGREEMENT  AND,  SPECIFICALLY,
          PARAGRAPH 10.14 HEREOF, AND FURTHER  ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE MEANING AND
          EFFECT OF THE FOREGOING WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL HAVE BEEN FULLY EXPLAINED
          TO BORROWER BY SUCH COUNSEL.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned,  by their duly authorized
officers,  as  applicable,  have executed this  Agreement the day and year first
above written.

Attest:                                            NICHOLS RESEARCH CORPORATION



By:  Patsy L. Hattox                               By:  Allen E. Dillard
     ---------------                                    ----------------
     Name: Patsy L. Hattox                              Name: Allen E. Dillard
     Title: Secretary                                   Title:VP


                                                  CORESTATES BANK, N.A., for 
                                                  itself and as Agent


                                                  By:  Karen Leaf
                                                       ----------
                                                       Name:Karen Leaf
                                                       Title:Vice President


                                                   SOUTHTRUST BANK, N.A.


                                                   By: Meloe K. Barfield
                                                       -----------------
                                                       Name: Meloe K. Barkfield
                                                       Title:Vice President

                                      
                                                   AMSOUTH BANK


                                                   By:  David W. Cochran
                                                        ----------------
                                                        Name:  David W. Cochran
                                                        Title: Vice President

                             [EXECUTIONS CONTINUED]

                                                  SUNTRUST BANK, NASHVILLE, N.A.


                                                  By:Thomas W. Powell
                                                     ----------------
                                                     Name: Thomas W. Powell
                                                     Title:First Vice President


                                                  FIRST UNION COMMERCIAL 
                                                  CORPORATION

                                                  By: Chris Hetterly
                                                      ---------------
                                                      Name: Chris Hetterly
                                                      Title:Vice President

NOTE:  Schedules available upon request.





                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT




                                  By and Among

                            Welkin Associates, Ltd.,

                          Nichols Research Corporation

                                       and

                                Carl W. Monk, Jr.



                              Dated: July 28, 1998














<PAGE>

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS  AGREEMENT is entered into on the 28th day of July,  1998, by Carl
W. Monk, Jr.,  residing at 35795 Dunthorpe  Lane,  Purcellville,  Virginia 20132
(herein called the "Employee"), Welkin Associates, Ltd., a Virginia corporation,
with a principal place of business located at 4801 Stonecroft  Boulevard,  Suite
210,  Chantilly,  Virginia 20151 (herein called "Welkin"),  and Nichols Research
Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation  ("Nichols"),  whose address is 4040 South
Memorial  Parkway,   Huntsville,   Alabama  35802.   Unless  otherwise  defined,
capitalized  terms used herein shall have the meaning  ascribed to such terms in
the Merger Agreement as hereinafter defined.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS,  Nichols,  WAL  Acquisition  Company,  Inc.,  a  wholly  owned
subsidiary of Nichols  ("WAL"),  and Welkin have entered into and consummated an
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of June 26, 1998 (the "Merger  Agreement")
whereby  WAL  merged  with  and  into  Welkin  with  Welkin  as  the   surviving
corporation;

         WHEREAS, as a result of  the  merger  Welkin  became   a   wholly-owned
subsidiary of Nichols;

         WHEREAS,  the Employee was a shareholder  of Welkin prior to the merger
and as a result of the merger Employee became a shareholder of Nichols;

         WHEREAS, prior to the merger Employee was an employee of Welkin;

         WHEREAS, the Employee's continued employment with Welkin was a material
inducement to WAL and Nichols to enter into the Merger Agreement;

         WHEREAS, Welkin is engaged in the business of providing engineering and
management  services to national  intelligence  organizations  with  emphasis on
systems  engineering,  processing  and  analysis,  mission  utility  assessment,
systems   acquisition,   and  tactical   operations  and  support  (the  "Welkin
Business"); and

         WHEREAS,  Welkin  desires to obtain the  services  of the  Employee  as
President  of Welkin and the  Employee  is willing to render  such  services  to
Welkin upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual  promises  set forth
herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:



<PAGE>



                                                    
1.       Duties.

         Subject to the terms and  provisions of this  Agreement,  Welkin hereby
employs  Employee and Employee hereby accepts  employment by Welkin as President
of Welkin.  The Employee's duties shall include the duties and  responsibilities
identified on Schedule I attached hereto.  The Employee shall perform such other
tasks and duties as may be assigned by Welkin from time to time, consistent with
the  Employee's  training and  experience  and with the position of President of
Welkin. The Employee shall devote his full time, attention, skill and efforts to
the tasks and duties assigned by Welkin. The Employee shall carry out his duties
under the general  supervision of the Board of Directors of Welkin. The Employee
hereby agrees to undertake such travel as may be required in the  performance of
his duties.  The reasonable  travel expenses of the Employee shall be reimbursed
in accordance  with Welkin's  reimbursement  policy in effect from time to time.
The Employee  shall not be required to relocate from the  Washington,  D.C. area
without his  consent.  For this  purpose the  Washington,  D.C.  area shall mean
Washington, D.C. and an area within seventy-five (75) mile radius of Washington,
D.C. (the "D.C. Area").

2.       Compensation.

         (a) Base Salary. Welkin shall pay the Employee a base monthly salary of
Sixteen Thousand Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($16,250.00) per month payable during
the Term of Employment,  as hereinafter defined, in accordance with the standard
payroll  practices of Welkin.  Such salary may be increased from time to time in
the  discretion  of the  Welkin  Board  of  Directors  consistent  with  Nichols
executive compensation practices.

         (b) Bonus  Compensation.  The Employee shall be eligible to participate
in the Nichols  bonus plan on the same basis as other  executives of Nichols and
its affiliates. It is estimated that the bonus will be approximately $35,000.00.

         (c) Stock Options. Employee shall be granted the option to purchase ten
thousand  (10,000) shares of Nichols stock at the fair market value per share of
such  stock on the date  hereof  pursuant  to the  terms and  conditions  of the
Nichols  Research  Corporation  1997 Stock Option Plan, as maintained by Nichols
from time to time.

         (d) Fringe Benefits.  The Employee's current employee benefits shall be
continued,  or converted to or replaced by the employee  benefit  plans,  as set
forth in the Merger Agreement.

3.       Term of Employment.

         This  Agreement  shall  commence on the date hereof and shall end three
(3) years from such date (the "Term of Employment"),  unless terminated  earlier
as provided in Section 4 below.



<PAGE>


4.       Termination Before Expiration of Term of Employment.

         The  termination of the  employment of the Employee  during the initial
Term of Employment may occur in one of the following ways:

         (a)      By Welkin, for Cause. Termination by Welkin shall be deemed to
be for cause only upon:

          (i)  Employee's  conviction  of or  pleading  guilty  to a  felony  or
     debarment regarding federal contracts; 
          (ii) Willful and repeated refusal or
     failure by the Employee, without reasonable excuse or proper authorization,
     to  carry  out  any  reasonable  instructions  of  Welkin  consistent  with
     Employee's rights or duties as set forth in this Agreement;  
          (iii) Material breach of this  Agreement;  
          (iv) The Employee's  willful  misconduct in the execution of his 
     duties,  including without  limitation breach of fiduciary duty,  
     dishonesty,  theft of company  property or the breach of the duty of
     loyalty owed Welkin.

         If Welkin  intends to terminate for cause,  Welkin shall provide notice
to Employee  of intent to  terminate  his  employment,  stating the  termination
provision in this Agreement  relied upon and setting forth in reasonable  detail
the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the
provisions so indicated,  and shall provide Employee with an opportunity to cure
the alleged  default or breach within thirty (30) days of receipt of the notice,
provided  that if the matter is not curable  within such thirty (30) day period,
the  Employee  shall  not  be  deemed  in  default  if  the  Employee  commences
immediately  to cure the matter and proceeds  diligently  thereafter to complete
the cure,  further  provided  that the alleged  breach or default  must be cured
within  ninety (90) days of receipt of the notice.  Welkin shall not be required
to give more than one notice with  respect to the same  matter.  Notwithstanding
the  foregoing,  no notice and no cure right shall be required  with  respect to
termination for cause under 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(iv).

         (b) By Welkin, Without Cause. Any termination of Employee by Welkin for
reasons other than as set forth in subsections  4(a), (e), (f) or (g) shall be a
termination  without  cause.  Welkin may  terminate  the  employment of Employee
without cause by thirty (30) days prior written notice at any time.



<PAGE>


         (c) By Employee, for Good Reason.  Termination by the Employee shall be
deemed for Good Reason only  because of (i) a material  breach by Welkin of this
Agreement  (including  without  limitation  the  provisions  of  Sections 1 or 2
hereof),  or (ii) a Change of Control  (as defined  below).  "Change of Control"
shall mean any capital reorganization, reclassification,  consolidation, merger,
sale of capital stock,  sale of all or  substantially  all of Welkin's assets or
similar transaction which is effected in such a way that holders of Common Stock
of  Welkin  are  entitled  to  receive  (either   directly  or  upon  subsequent
liquidation)  stock,  securities  or assets with  respect to or in exchange  for
Common Stock of Welkin.  In all cases in which Employee intends to terminate for
Good  Reason,  the  Employee  shall  provide  Welkin  with  notice  of intent to
terminate this Agreement,  stating the facts and circumstances  giving rise to a
breach of this Agreement  claimed to provide a basis for  termination  under the
provisions so indicated,  and shall provide  Welkin with an  opportunity to cure
the alleged  default or breach within thirty (30) days of receipt of the notice,
provided  that if the matter is not curable  within such thirty (30) day period,
Welkin  shall not be deemed in default if it commences  immediately  to cure the
matter and proceeds diligently thereafter to complete the cure, further provided
that the  alleged  breach or default  must be cured  within  ninety (90) days of
receipt of the notice. Employee shall not be required to give more than one such
notice with respect to the same matter.

         (d) By the Employee,  Without Good Reason.  Any termination by Employee
for reasons other than as set forth in  subsections  4(c),  (e), (f), (g) or (h)
shall be a  termination  without Good Reason.  The  Employee may  terminate  his
employment without Good Reason upon thirty (30) days prior written notice at any
time.

         (e) Death of the Employee.  This  Agreement  shall  terminate  upon the
death of the Employee.

         (f)  Disability  of  Employee.  If,  during the Term of  Employment,  a
physician  selected by Welkin and the Employee  determines that the Employee has
become  physically  or  mentally  disabled  so as to be  unable to carry out the
normal and usual duties of his  employment for six (6)  continuous  months,  and
reasonable  accommodation  cannot be made to allow the  Employee  to continue to
perform his duties full-time,  his employment hereunder may be terminated at the
election of Welkin or the Employee.

         (g)  Mutual  Consent.  The  parties  by mutual  consent  may  terminate
Employee's employment.

         (h) Family Hardship.  If, during the Term of Employment,  an Employee's
spouse becomes employed outside the D.C. Area and as a result the Employee moves
from  the  D.C.  Area,  or if a  spouse  or  child  of the  Employee  suffers  a
life-threatening  illness or injury reasonably  expected to extend for more than
120 days,  the Employee may  voluntarily  terminate  employment  hereunder  upon
thirty (30) days prior written notice.

5.       Consequences of Termination.

         The  termination  of the  employment of Employee  pursuant to Section 4
above will cause the following results:


<PAGE>


         (a) For Cause  Termination.  If the  termination is by Welkin for cause
under  Section  4(a)  above,  Welkin will pay the  Employee at the next  payroll
payment date after the date of termination  any unpaid base monthly salary under
Section  2(a)  prorated  to the date of  termination,  the amount of any accrued
annual vacation pay to which he may be entitled under Welkin's vacation plan and
benefits,  with such  compensation  and  benefits (if any) paid only through the
date termination occurs.

         (b)  Termination  Without  Good Reason or Family  Hardship;  Liquidated
Damages from the Employee.  If termination is by Employee without Good Reason or
without  Family  Hardship  under Section 4(d) above,  the Employee  shall pay to
Welkin,  as  liquidated  damages,  and not as a penalty  an amount  equal to the
product of the base monthly salary under Section 2(a) on the date of termination
multiplied  by the  lesser  of (i) six (6) or (ii)  the  number  of full  months
remaining  until  the end of the  initial  Term of  Employment.  The  liquidated
damages  shall be paid in 12 equal,  consecutive  monthly  installments  without
interest  commencing 30 days after  termination,  provided  that, if any monthly
installment  is not paid  within 10 days  after  notice of  default,  the entire
amount  of  liquidated  damages  shall  be  paid in lump  sum  immediately.  The
liquidated damages may be prepaid.

         (c)  Payments  on  Termination   Without  Cause  or  for  Good  Reason;
Liquidated  Damages from Welkin.  If the  termination is by Welkin without cause
under  Section 4(b) above,  or is by the Employee for Good Reason under  Section
4(c) above,  Welkin  shall pay to the  Employee,  in addition to the amounts set
forth in 5(a) above, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, an amount equal
to (i) the product of the base monthly  salary under Section 2(a) on the date of
termination multiplied by the lesser of (A) six (6), or (B) the number of months
remaining  until the initial  Term of  Employment,  plus the bonus  compensation
otherwise  payable to the  Employee  under  Section 2(b) over the portion of the
bonus  measurement  period  elapsed on the date of  termination.  The liquidated
damages shall be paid in six (6) equal, consecutive monthly installments without
interest  commencing 30 days after  termination,  provided  that, if any monthly
installment  is not paid  within 10 days  after  notice of  default,  the entire
amount  of  liquidated  damages  shall  be  paid in lump  sum  immediately.  The
liquidated damages may be prepaid.

         (d) Mutual Grounds for Termination or Consent.  If the parties mutually
agree to terminate  under Section 4(g),  neither party shall owe the other party
the liquidated damages set forth above in Sections 5(b) or 5(c).

         (e) Death or Disability or Family Hardship. In the event of termination
of employment on account of the Employee's death,  disability or family hardship
as provided in Sections 4(e), (f) or (h), the following provisions will apply:



<PAGE>


                   (i)     Upon  his  death,  the  Employee's   estate  will  be
                           entitled  to receive  the amount set forth in Section
                           5(a)  and the  benefits  set  forth  in any  plans of
                           Welkin  then  in  effect  and  applicable  under  the
                           circumstances.  The  Employee or his estate  shall be
                           entitled to no other  compensation or benefits in the
                           event of death other than the right of the Employee's
                           estate  to   exercise   any  or  all  stock   options
                           exercisable  but not yet exercised  during the period
                           of three (3) months after the date of death.

                  (ii)     Upon  termination on account of disability,  Employee
                           will be  entitled  to receive the amount set forth in
                           Section  5(a) and the benefits set forth in any plans
                           of Welkin  then in effect  and  applicable  under the
                           circumstances.   The   Employee   or   his   personal
                           representative   shall  be   entitled   to  no  other
                           compensation  or benefits in the event of disability,
                           except   as   provided   in  the   Nichols   Research
                           Corporation 1997 Stock Option Plan, if any.

                  (iii)    Upon termination on account of family  hardship,  the
                           Employee  will be  entitled to receive the amount set
                           forth in Section  5(a) and the  benefits set forth in
                           any plans of Welkin  then in  effect  and  applicable
                           under the circumstances. The Employee or his personal
                           representative   shall  be   entitled   to  no  other
                           compensation  or benefits in the event of disability,
                           except   as   provided   in  the   Nichols   Research
                           Corporation 1997 Stock Option Plan, if any.

         (f)  Mitigation.  The  Employee  shall not be required to mitigate  the
amount of payment provided for in this Section 5 by seeking employment.

         (g)  Termination   After  Initial  Term.  After  the  initial  Term  of
Employment, only the amounts specified in Section 5(a) shall be due the Employee
upon  termination  and  neither  party  shall be liable  for any  other  payment
hereunder.

6.       Non-Disclosure Covenants and Proprietary Matters.



<PAGE>


         (a)  Nondisclosure of Confidential  Information.  Unless  authorized or
instructed in writing by Welkin,  the Employee shall not,  except as required in
the  conduct  of  Welkin's  business  or in  response  to a lawful  subpoena  or
discovery  order or as may  otherwise be required by law,  disclose to others or
use any of  Welkin's  inventions  or  discoveries  or its  respective  secret or
confidential  information or data (oral,  written,  or in machine readable form)
which the Employee has obtained prior to entering into this  Agreement,  whether
as an employee,  officer, director or shareholder of Welkin or may obtain during
the  course  of or in  connection  with the  Employee's  employment  under  this
Agreement  (or  employment  or  affiliation  with any company that  transfers to
Welkin  such  information  or data),  including  such  inventions,  discoveries,
information  or  data  relating  to  machines,  equipment,   products,  systems,
software,  contracts,  contract performance,  research or development,  designs,
computations,  formulas, manufacturing procedures, prices and earnings, customer
lists,  and  suppliers,  whether or not developed by the Employee,  by others in
Welkin or obtained by Welkin from third parties,  and irrespective of whether or
not such  inventions,  discoveries,  information,  knowledge  or data  have been
identified by Welkin as secret or  confidential,  unless and until,  and then to
the  extent  and  only  to  the  extent  that,  such  inventions,   discoveries,
information,  knowledge or data become available to the public otherwise than by
the Employee's act or omission.

         (b) Patents.  The Employee agrees to disclose  immediately to Welkin or
any  persons  designated  by it and to  transfer  and assign to  Welkin,  or its
successors or assigns,  all of Employee's  rights,  title and interest in and to
any inventions made,  discovered,  or first reduced to practice by the Employee,
solely or jointly with others,  during the Term of Employment  (either during or
outside of the Employee's  working hours and either on or off Welkin's  premises
as it relates to the subject matter of employment),  which  inventions are made,
discovered or conceived either in the course of such employment, or with the use
of Welkin's time,  material,  facilities or funds, or which are directly related
to any  investigations  or  obligations  undertaken by Welkin;  and the Employee
hereby  grants  and  agrees to grant the right to  Welkin  and its  nominees  to
obtain,  for its own  benefit  and in its own  name  (entirely  at its  expense)
patents  and patent  applications  including  original,  continuation,  reissue,
utility and design patents, and applications,  patents of addition, confirmation
patents,  registration  patents,  petty patents,  utility models,  and all other
types of patents and the like,  and all renewals and  extensions  of any of them
for those  inventions in any and all  countries;  and the Employee  shall assist
Welkin,  at Welkin's  expense,  without  further  charge  during the term of the
Employee's employment, and after termination of the Employee's employment to the
extent such  assistance  does not  unreasonably  interfere  with the  Employee's
performance of subsequent  employment,  at the same base salary rate  (excluding
any bonuses, incentive or deferred compensation or other benefits and based upon
a forty  hour work week) as during  the last year of the  Employee's  employment
(determined on an hourly basis for this purpose),  through counsel designated by
Welkin, to execute,  acknowledge, and deliver all such further papers, including
assignments,  applications  for Letters  Patent (of the United  States or of any
foreign  country),  oaths,  disclaimers or other instruments and to perform such
further  acts,   including  giving  testimony  or  furnishing  evidence  in  the
prosecution  or  defense  of  appeals,  interferences,  suits and  controversies
relating to any aforesaid  inventions as may  reasonably be deemed  necessary by
Welkin or its nominees to effectuate  the vesting or perfecting in Welkin or its
nominees  of  all  right,   title  and  interest  in  and  to  said  inventions,
applications and patents.



<PAGE>


         (c) Copyrights.  The Employee agrees to disclose  immediately to Welkin
or any persons  designated by it and to assign to Welkin,  at its option, or its
successors or assigns, all works of authorship, including all writings, computer
programs,  software, and firmware,  written or created by the Employee solely or
jointly  with  others,  during the course of his  employment  by Welkin  (either
during or outside of the Employee's  working hours and either on or off Welkin's
premises as it relates to the  subject  matter of  employment),  which works are
made or conceived  either in the course of such  employment,  or with the use of
Welkin's time,  material,  facilities or funds, or which are directly related to
any investigations or obligations  undertaken by Welkin; and the Employee hereby
agrees  that all such  works are works  made for  hire,  of which  Welkin is the
author and the beneficiary of all rights and protections  afforded by the law of
copyright  in any and all states and  countries;  and the  Employee  will assist
Welkin at  Welkin's  expense  without  further  charges  during  the term of his
employment,  and  after  termination  of  his  employment  to  the  extent  such
assistance does not  unreasonably  interfere with the Employee's  performance of
subsequent  employment,  at the same base salary rate  (excluding  any  bonuses,
incentive or deferred compensation or other benefits) as during the last year of
his employment  (determined on an hourly basis for this purpose assuming a forty
hour work week), through counsel designated by Welkin, to execute,  acknowledge,
and deliver all such further papers,  including  assignments,  applications  for
copyright registration (in the United States or in any foreign country),  oaths,
disclaimers or other  instruments,  and to perform such further acts,  including
giving  testimony  or  furnishing  evidence  in the  prosecution  or  defense of
appeals, interferences, suits and controversies relating to any aforesaid works,
as may be deemed  necessary  by  Welkin or by its  nominees  to  effectuate  the
vesting or  perfecting  in Welkin or its  nominees of all rights and interest in
and to said works and copies thereof,  including the exclusive rights of copying
and distribution.

         (d) Records.  The Employee shall keep complete,  accurate and authentic
accounts,  notes,  data  and  records  of all  inventions  made,  discovered  or
developed  and all works of  authorship  written or created by the  Employee  as
aforesaid in the manner and form requested by Welkin.

         (e) Return of Welkin Property. All computer or other hardware, computer
software,  computer  programs,  source  codes,  object  codes,  magnetic  tapes,
printouts,   samples,  notes,  records,  reports,  documents,   customer  lists,
photographs,  catalogues  and  other  writings,  whether  copyrightable  or not,
relating to or dealing with  Welkin's  business  and plans,  and those of others
entrusted to Welkin,  which are prepared or created by the Employee or which may
come  into his  possession  during  or as a result  of his  employment,  are the
property of Welkin, as applicable,  and upon termination of his employment,  the
Employee agrees to return all such computer software,  computer programs, source
codes,  object  codes,  magnetic  tapes,  printouts,  samples,  notes,  records,
reports, documents, customer lists, photographs, catalogues and writings and all
copies  thereof to Welkin.  The Employee is not  required to turn over  personal
notes unnecessary and unrelated to the Welkin business.



<PAGE>


7.  Non-Solicitation  and  Non-Competition.  During the "Restriction Period" (as
hereinafter  defined) and within the "Territory" (as hereinafter  defined),  the
Employee shall not directly or  indirectly,  compete with Welkin or Nichols with
respect to the Welkin  Business only, and the Employee shall not (i) solicit the
business  of Welkin  from any  customer  of Welkin or any entity  controlled  by
Welkin; (ii) directly or indirectly,  hire any employees of Welkin or any entity
controlled by or controlling  Welkin or cause any entity with which the Employee
is affiliated to hire any such employees of Welkin;  (iii) engage in,  represent
in any way or be connected with, as a consultant,  officer,  director,  partner,
employee,  sales  representative,  proprietor,  member,  stockholder (except for
stock  ownership of less than 1% in a publicly owned  corporation) or otherwise,
any business  competing  with the Welkin  Business as conducted by Welkin on the
date hereof or during the period of Employee's  employment by Welkin. During the
Restriction Period and after termination of Employee's employment,  Employee may
be employed by Welkin or its affiliates as an independent  consultant upon terms
and conditions mutually acceptable to the parties.

         As used herein,  the  "Restriction  Period" shall mean the period while
the Employee is employed by Welkin and a period of twenty-four (24) months after
the date of  termination  of the  Employee's  employment.  As used  herein,  the
"Territory"  shall mean the United  States of America  and any other  country in
which  Welkin does  business as of or after the date  hereof  while  Employee is
employed by Welkin or Nichols and its  subsidiaries.  As used  herein,  the term
"employees"  shall  mean  persons  who  are,  at the time in  question,  current
employees of Welkin or its affiliates or who were,  within six (6) months of the
date of the prohibited hiring,  employees of Welkin or its affiliates.  For this
purpose, affiliates of Welkin shall include Nichols and its subsidiaries.

8.       No Conflict.

         Employee represents and warrants that he is not a party to or otherwise
subject to or bound by the terms of any  contract,  agreement  or  understanding
which in any manner would limit or  otherwise  affect his ability to perform his
obligations hereunder,  including without limitation any contract,  agreement or
understanding  containing  terms and  provisions  similar in any manner to those
contained in Sections 6 and 7 hereof.

9.       Survival of Covenants; Effect.

         (a) Remedy.  The  covenants  on the part of the  Employee  contained or
referred  to in  Sections  6 and 7  above  shall  survive  termination  of  this
Agreement,  and the  existence  of any claim or cause of action of the  Employee
against Welkin, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise.  The Employee
agrees that a remedy at law for any breach of the foregoing  covenants contained
or referred to in Sections 6 and 7 would be inadequate, that Welkin would suffer
irreparable  harm as a result and that  Welkin  shall be entitled to a temporary
and permanent  injunction or an order for specific performance of such covenants
without the necessity of proving actual damage to Welkin and without the posting
of any bond or other  security.  Any breach  (whether or not material) by Welkin
shall not release the Employee from his obligations under Sections 6 and 7.

         (b)  Reasonableness.  The Employee hereby  represents and  acknowledges
that Welkin is relying on the  covenants  in  Sections 6 and 7 in entering  into
this  Agreement  and  that the  restrictions  in  Sections  6 and 7 are fair and
reasonable.  The  Employee  acknowledges  that  Welkin  presently  intends to do
business  throughout  the  United  States and that the  geographic  scope of the
covenants in Section 7 is  reasonable  and necessary to protect the interests of
Welkin. The Employee  acknowledges that the restrictions in Sections 6 and 7 are
a material inducement to Nichols to enter into the Merger Agreement.



<PAGE>


         (c) Intent.  It is the intent of the  parties  that the  provisions  of
Sections 6 and 7 shall be enforced to the fullest extent  permissible  under the
laws and public policies of each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. If
any particular  provision of Sections 6 and 7 shall be adjudicated to be invalid
or unenforceable,  such provision(s) of Sections 6 and 7 shall be deemed amended
to provide  restrictions  to the fullest extent  permissible and consistent with
applicable law and policies, and such amendment shall apply only with respect to
the particular  jurisdiction in which such  adjudication is made. If such deemed
amendment is not allowed by the  adjudicating  body,  the  offending  provision,
only,  shall be  deleted  and the  remainder  of  Sections  6 and 7 shall not be
affected.

10.      Assignment.

         The rights  and  obligations  of Welkin  under  this  Agreement  may be
assigned or delegated by Welkin to any affiliate of Welkin or to any  successors
in  interest  of Welkin or of that part of the  business of Welkin to which this
Agreement applies so long as the duties of Employee are not materially affected.
Any other  assignment of this  Agreement  shall  require the written  consent of
Employee. After the date hereof, Welkin may change its name and such name change
shall not affect the rights and duties of the parties hereto. This Agreement may
not be  assigned  and any duties of the  Employee  may not be  delegated  by the
Employee,  but any amounts  owing to the Employee  upon his death shall inure to
the  benefit  of his  estate.  In the  event of any  merger  or other  corporate
reorganization of Welkin wherein Welkin is not the surviving entity,  provisions
reasonably  satisfactory  to Employee  shall be made to ensure the Employee that
the  compensation  and  other  benefits  of this  Agreement  are not  diminished
thereby.

11.      Notices.

         All notices or other  communications which may be or are required to be
given,  served  or sent by  either  party to the other  party  pursuant  to this
Agreement  shall be in  writing,  addressed  to  its/his  residence  or place of
business as set forth above, and shall be mailed by first-class  certified mail,
return receipt requested, postage prepaid, next-day air delivery, or transmitted
by  facsimiles or hand  delivery.  Such notice or other  communication  shall be
deemed  sufficiently  given,  served,  sent or received for all purposes at such
time as it is delivered to the  addressee or at such time as delivery is refused
by the  addressee  upon  presentation.  Each  party may  designate  by notice in
writing an address to which any notice or  communication  may  thereafter  be so
given, served or sent.

12.      Applicable Law Jurisdiction.

         This  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by,  construed  and  enforced  in
accordance with the internal substantive laws and not the choice of law rules of
the State of Delaware.



<PAGE>


13. Effectiveness/Interpretation.

         The  parties  acknowledge  and  agree  that  this  Agreement  has  been
negotiated  at  arm's  length  between   parties   equally   sophisticated   and
knowledgeable in the matters dealt with herein.  Each party has been represented
by counsel  of its or his own  choosing.  Accordingly,  any rule of law or legal
decision that would require  interpretation of any ambiguities in this Agreement
against the party that drafted it is not applicable and is waived.

14.      Severability.

         If any of the articles, sections,  paragraphs, clauses or provisions of
this  Agreement  shall  be held by a court of last  resort  to be  invalid,  the
remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

15.      Entire Agreement.

         The  foregoing  contains  the  entire  agreement  between  the  parties
relating  to the  subject  matter of this  Agreement,  and may not be altered or
amended except by an instrument in writing  approved by Welkin and signed by the
parties  hereto,  and this  Agreement  supersedes all prior  understandings  and
agreements  relating to employment of the Employee by Welkin.  The waiver of any
rights under this Agreement on any one or more occasions  shall not constitute a
waiver on any subsequent occasion.

16.  Arbitration.  Any dispute  among the parties  shall be submitted to binding
arbitration  in  accordance  with  Chapter 1, Title 9 of the United  States Code
(United  States  Arbitration  Act).  Arbitration  shall be  administered  by the
American  Arbitration  Association  ("AAA") in  accordance  with its  Commercial
Arbitration Rules.

         (a)      Situs.  The situs of the arbitration shall be Washington, D.C.

         (b) Number and  Qualification of Arbitrators.  The arbitration shall be
decided  by a panel  of three  (3)  neutral  arbitrators.  AAA  shall  recommend
arbitrators  from its commercial  panel.  Each party shall  promptly  appoint an
arbitrator.  The two (2) party-appointed  arbitrators shall jointly and promptly
appoint  the  third  arbitrator,  who  shall act as  chairperson  of the  panel.
Recognizing intent of the parties to obtain impartial, independent decisions and
rulings,  each arbitrator shall disclose to the parties and to the other members
of the panel, any  professional,  familial or social  relationships,  present or
past,  with any party or  counsel.  Any  party  may  challenge  in  writing  the
appointment or continued  service of any  arbitrator  for lack of  independence,
partiality  or any other  case  likely to impair  such  arbitrator's  ability to
render  a fair  and  equitable  decision.  Where  such  challenge  is made to an
arbitrator,  the AAA shall  uphold or dismiss  the  challenge.  In the event the
challenge is upheld,  such  arbitrator  shall cease to be a member of the panel.
Any arbitrator may be removed upon agreement of the parties.


<PAGE>


         (c)  Remedies.  All  decisions or rulings of the panel,  as well as any
interim or final award,  shall be pursuant to the majority vote of the three (3)
arbitrators  comprising  the panel.  Except as limited in this  Section  16, the
arbitrators  shall have  authority to award any remedy or relief that a court of
Delaware  could  award  or  grant,  including,   without  limitation,   specific
performance  of any  obligation  created under this  Employment  Agreement,  the
issuance  of an  injunction,  pre-judgment  or  post-judgment  interest,  or the
imposition of sanctions for abuse or frustration of the arbitration process. The
arbitrators  shall  have no  authority  to award  punitive  damages or any other
damages not measured by the prevailing party's actual damages.

         (d) Fees and Expenses.  The  arbitrators  shall have the discretion and
authority  to  award to the  prevailing  party,  if any,  as  determined  by the
arbitrators,  all of its costs and fees, in such amounts as the arbitrators deem
just.  "Costs  and  Fees"  means  all  reasonable   pre-award  expenses  of  the
arbitration,  including  the  arbitrators'  fees,  administrative  fees,  travel
expenses, other out-of-pocket expenses, witness fees and attorneys' fees.

         (e) Finality  and  Enforcement.  Any decision or award  rendered by the
arbitrators shall be final, binding and conclusive.  The parties hereby agree to
submit to the personal  jurisdiction  of the courts of the State of Delaware for
the enforcement of the award.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Welkin and Nichols have caused this Agreement to be
executed by its duly  authorized  officers and the Employee has hereunto set his
hand as of the date first above written.

                                  WELKIN ASSOCIATES, LTD., a Virginia
                                  corporation


                                  By: Patsy L. Hattox
                                      ---------------
                                  Its:Secretary/Treasurer


                                  NICHOLS RESEARCH CORPORATION,
                                  a Delaware corporation


                                  By:  Patsy L. Hattox
                                       ---------------
                                       Patsy L. Hattox, Vice President


                                  Carl W. Monk, Jr.
                                  ------------------------------------------
                                  Carl W. Monk, Jr., Employee

NOTE:  Schedules available upon request.





                  AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT



                            NICHOLS TXEN CORPORATION

                                       AND

                               THOMAS L. PATTERSON




                               Dated: June 1, 1998


<PAGE>


                  AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO TO EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT,  dated December 16,
1994, as amended August 29, 1997 (the "Employment  Agreement"),  is entered into
on this the 1st day of June, 1998, by NICHOLS TXEN  CORPORATION,  formerly known
as NICHOLS  SELECT  CORPORATION,  a Delaware  corporation  and the wholly  owned
subsidiary  of NRC  ("Nichols  TXEN"),  and Thomas L.  Patterson,  ("Employee").
Unless otherwise  defined,  capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning
ascribed  to  such  terms  in  the  Employment  Agreement  or  Merger  Agreement
(hereinafter defined).

                                                W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS,   Nichols  Research   Corporation   ("NRC"),   NICHOLS  SELECT
CORPORATION  ("Nichols  Select"),  a wholly owned  subsidiary of NRC, TXEN, Inc.
("TXEN"), and the holders of all of the $0.002 par value Class A Common Stock of
TXEN (the  "Shareholders")  entered into and  consummated an Agreement of Merger
dated as of August 27, 1997 (the  "Merger  Agreement")  whereby TXEN merged with
and into Nichols Select with Nichols Select as the surviving corporation;

         WHEREAS, Nichols Select changed its   name  to  Nichols  TXEN after the
merger;

         WHEREAS, Employee entered into the Employment Agreement with TXEN which
has been assumed by Nichols TXEN; and

         WHEREAS,  Nichols  TXEN,  and  Employee  mutually  desire  to amend the
Employment Agreement;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants  herein
contained,  the undersigned parties do hereby amend the Employment  Agreement as
follows:

                  1.  Section  1(a) is hereby  deleted in its entirety and a new
         Section 1(a) is hereby substituted as follows:



<PAGE>


                           Nichols TXEN agrees to employ the  Employee,  and the
                           Employee agrees to accept  employment by Nichols TXEN
                           on a part-time basis averaging approximately 20 hours
                           per week  beginning  June 1, 1998, and ending January
                           31,  1999,  at the hourly  rate of  Seventy-Five  and
                           60/100   Dollars   ($75.60),   which   shall  be  the
                           Employee's base salary.  Effective  February 1, 1999,
                           the  Employee   shall  work  on  a  part-time   basis
                           averaging approximately ten (10) hours per week at an
                           hourly  rate  of  Seventy-Nine   and  08/100  Dollars
                           ($79.08), which shall be the Employee's base salary.

                  2.  Section  1(d) is hereby  deleted in its entirety and a new
         Section 1(d) is hereby substituted as follows:

                           Employee   shall  be  employed  in  the  position  of
                           Chairman of the Board of  Directors  of Nichols  TXEN
                           until such time as he is removed  from that  position
                           by death, resignation,  or action of the Nichols TXEN
                           Board of Directors.  Employee's  duties shall include
                           the  duties  and   responsibilities   identified   on
                           Schedule I-A  attached  hereto.  The  Employee  shall
                           perform  such  other  tasks  and  duties  as  may  be
                           reasonably  assigned  by Nichols  TXEN,  from time to
                           time.

                  3. Section 5 entitled Fringe Benefits is hereby deleted in its
         entirety and a new Section 5 is hereby substituted as follows:



<PAGE>


                                                 
                           Employee  shall   participate  in  any  group  health
                           insurance,  vacation, and sick leave plans, and other
                           benefits available to part-time  employees of Nichols
                           TXEN in  accordance  with their terms and  conditions
                           which may be amended or terminated by Nichols TXEN at
                           any time. In addition,  the Employee shall be allowed
                           to purchase the  prevailing  Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield
                           group  coverage  offered to  full-time  employees  by
                           directly  reimbursing  the Company on a monthly basis
                           for the cost of the premiums  therefor.  Employee may
                           continue this purchase of health care coverage at the
                           applicable   monthly  insured  rate  until  the  plan
                           terminates  or until  the  Employee  attains  age 65,
                           whichever  occurs first. If the Employee's  spouse is
                           younger  than  the  Employee,  then  his  spouse  may
                           continue  to  purchase  such  insurance  by paying to
                           Nichols TXEN the premium cost for individual coverage
                           until age 65 or until the plan terminates,  whichever
                           occurs first. If group health insurance coverage with
                           Blue Cross/Blue Shield is terminated and group health
                           insurance  coverage is placed with  another  insurer,
                           health  maintenance   organization  (HMO),  or  other
                           provider  of  such  coverage,  the  Employee  and his
                           spouse shall be entitled to obtain  health  insurance
                           coverage by paying the premium  cost  therefor in the
                           same  manner as  permitted  with  respect to the Blue
                           Cross/Blue Shield plan,  provided such insurer,  HMO,
                           or other  provider  approves  such  participation  by
                           Employee and/or his spouse.

         Except as amended above, the Employment  Agreement shall remain in full
force and effect according to its terms and conditions.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have hereunto  executed this Amendment
Number Two to Employment Agreement on the date and year first above written.

                                         NICHOLS TXEN CORPORATION


                                         By:Paul D. Reaves
                                            --------------
                                            PAUL D. REAVES
                                            Its:  Chief Executive Officer


                                         Thomas L. Patterson
                                         -------------------
                                         Thomas L. Patterson, Employee







                                   TXEN, INC.

                       ==================================

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                                      with
                                 PAUL D. REAVES

                        =================================



                            Dated: December 16, 1994               


<PAGE>




                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS  AGREEMENT is entered into on the 16th day of December,  1994,  by
and    among    Paul    D.    Reaves,     residing   at   2933 Clydebank Circle,
Birmihgham,     AL      35243     (herein      called      the      "Employee"),
TXEN,  INC.  (herein  called  "TXEN")  with a principal  place of business at 10
Inverness  Center Parkway,  Suite 140,  Birmingham,  Alabama 35242,  and NICHOLS
RESEARCH  CORPORATION,  with a  principal  place  of  business  located  at 4040
Memorial Parkway South, Huntsville, Alabama 35802 (herein called "NRC").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, TXEN is engaged in the business of managed care administration
and providing information systems and services to managed care administrators;

         WHEREAS,  NRC, as  purchaser,  and TXEN,  as seller,  entered  into and
consummated a Convertible  Preferred  Stock Purchase  Agreement  dated as of the
date  hereof  (the  "Purchase  Agreement")  whereby  NRC  acquired  one share of
Preferred Stock of TXEN, and the Employee's continued employment with TXEN was a
material inducement to NRC to enter into the Purchase Agreement;

         WHEREAS, NRC has also entered into a Stock Purchase Option Agreement of
even date herewith giving NRC the option to purchase all of the capital stock of
TXEN owned by the Employee  together  with the capital  stock owned by the other
shareholders  of TXEN  provided NRC converts  the  Preferred  Stock into Class B
Common Stock; and

         WHEREAS,  TXEN and NRC desire to obtain the services of the Employee as
Executive  Vice  President  of TXEN and the  Employee  is willing to render such
services to TXEN upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual  promises  set forth
herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.       Duties and Salary.



<PAGE>





                                                     
         (a) TXEN  agrees to employ  the  Employee  and the  Employee  agrees to
accept  employment by TXEN on a full-time  basis as Executive  Vice President of
TXEN at a base salary of $5,416.66 per month plus such incentive compensation as
the Board of Directors of TXEN (the  "Board") may determine  payable  during the
Term of  Employment,  as  hereinafter  defined.  Such salary shall be subject to
increases from time to time as authorized by the Board, provided any increase in
compensation  paid to the Employee  shall  require the  affirmative  vote of the
director  or  directors  elected  to the  Board  by NRC so long as NRC  owns any
capital stock of TXEN.

         (b) The  Employee  hereby  agrees to  undertake  such  travel as may be
required in the performance of his duties. The reasonable travel expenses of the
Employee shall be reimbursed in accordance with TXEN's reimbursement  policy, in
effect from time to time.

         (c)  The  Employee  shall  carry  out  his  duties  under  the  general
supervision of the Board or its designee.

         (d) The Employee's duties shall include the duties and responsibilities
identified on Schedule I attached hereto.  The Employee shall perform such other
tasks and duties as may be assigned by TXEN, from time to time and TXEN reserves
the right to change the office and/or  position of the Employee  within TXEN, so
long as such change is mutually  acceptable.  The Employee shall devote his full
time, attention, skill and efforts to the tasks and duties assigned by TXEN. The
Employee shall not provide services,  for  compensation,  to any other person or
business entity while employed by TXEN without approval of the Board and NRC.

         (e)  The  Employee  shall  not  be  required  to  relocate  beyond  the
Birmingham, Alabama, metropolitan area without his consent.

2. Term of Employment.  This Agreement  shall commence as of the date hereof and
shall end four years from the date  hereof  (the "Term of  Employment"),  unless
terminated  earlier or extended  as  provided  herein.  Upon  expiration  of the
initial Term of Employment  unless earlier  terminated as provided  herein,  the
Term of Employment shall continue automatically  month-to-month until terminated
by either  party with at least  thirty (30) days' prior  written  notice with or
without  cause.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if NRC  purchases  all of the
capital stock of TXEN pursuant to the Stock Purchase Option  Agreement,  NRC may
elect to (1) immediately  terminate the Employee's  employment or (2) extend the
Employee's employment for thirty months after the purchase of all of the capital
stock of TXEN by NRC in which event the Term of Employment  shall be extended by
such additional period, unless terminated earlier as provided herein.

3. Termination  Before Expiration of Term of Employment.  The termination of the
employment of the Employee during the Term of Employment may occur in one of the
following ways:

         (a) By TXEN,  for Cause.  Termination by TXEN shall be deemed to be for
cause only upon:

               (i)      Employee's conviction of or pleading guilty to a felony;



<PAGE>


              (ii)         A good  faith  determination  by the  Board  that the
                           Employee  has  breached  either this  Agreement,  the
                           Purchase  Agreement  or  the  Stock  Purchase  Option
                           Agreement;

             (iii)         Refusal   or  failure   by  the   Employee,   without
                           reasonable excuse or proper  authorization,  to carry
                           out  any   reasonable   instructions   of  the  Board
                           consistent  with  Employee's  rights or duties as set
                           forth in this Agreement;

              (iv) Material  breach of this Agreement or any material  breach of
any agreement with NRC;

                  (v)      The Employee's demonstration of negligence or willful
                           misconduct in the execution of his duties,  including
                           without  limitation  breach of fiduciary  duty or the
                           duty of loyalty owed TXEN.

         If TXEN intends to terminate for cause,  TXEN shall  provide  notice to
Employee  of  intent  to  terminate  this  Agreement,  stating  the  termination
provision in this Agreement  relied upon and setting forth in reasonable  detail
the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the
provisions so indicated,  and shall provide Employee with an opportunity to cure
the alleged  default or breach within thirty (30) days of receipt of the notice,
provided  that if the matter is not curable  within such thirty (30) day period,
the  Employee  shall  not  be  deemed  in  default  if  the  Employee  commences
immediately  to cure the matter and proceeds  diligently  thereafter to complete
the cure,  further  provided  that the alleged  breach or default  must be cured
within ninety (90) days of receipt of the notice.  TXEN shall not be required to
give more than one notice with respect to the same matter.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  no notice  and no cure  right  shall be  required  with  respect  to
termination  for cause under 3(a)(i) or an act involving theft of information or
property of TXEN.

         (b) By TXEN,  Without  Cause.  Any  termination of Employee by TXEN for
reasons other than as set forth in  subsections  3(a)(i)  through  3(a)(v) above
shall be a termination  without  cause.  TXEN may  terminate  the  employment of
Employee without cause by thirty (30) days' prior written notice at any time. If
NRC purchases  all of the capital  stock of TXEN pursuant to the Stock  Purchase
Option  Agreement,  NRC may cause TXEN to terminate  the  employment of Employee
without cause  immediately after the closing of such purchase and without giving
30 days' prior notice.

         (c) By the Employee.  The Employee may by written notice  terminate his
employment at any time during the Term of Employment:

     (i)  For any reason other  than  for  Good  Reason (as defined below)  upon
          thirty (30) days' prior written notice at any time.



<PAGE>


     (ii) For "Good Reason," defined as termination because of a material breach
          by TXEN of this  Agreement  including,  without  limitation,  making a
          material  change  in  the  Employee's  duties,   responsibilities   or
          authority as set forth in this Agreement,  without his express written
          consent.  In all cases in which Employee intends to terminate for Good
          Reason,  the  Employee  shall  provide  TXEN with  notice of intent to
          terminate this Agreement,  stating the facts and circumstances  giving
          rise to a breach  of this  Agreement  claimed  to  provide a basis for
          termination under the provisions so indicated,  and shall provide TXEN
          with an  opportunity  to cure the  alleged  default  or breach  within
          thirty (30) days of receipt of the notice, provided that if the matter
          is not curable  within such thirty (30) day period,  TXEN shall not be
          deemed in default if it commences  immediately  to cure the matter and
          proceeds diligently  thereafter to complete the cure, further provided
          that the alleged  breach or default must be cured  within  ninety (90)
          days of receipt of the notice.  Employee shall not be required to give
          more than one such notice with respect to the same matter.

         (d)      Death of the Employee.

         (e)      Disability of Employee.  If, during the Term of Employment,  a
                  physician  selected by TXEN  determines  that the Employee has
                  become  physically or mentally  disabled so as to be unable to
                  carry out the normal and usual  duties of his  employment  for
                  three (3)  continuous  months,  and  reasonable  accommodation
                  cannot be made to allow the  Employee  to  continue to perform
                  his  duties  full-time,   his  employment   hereunder  may  be
                  terminated at the election of TXEN or the Employee.

4.  Consequences of  Termination.  The termination of the employment of Employee
will cause the following results:

         (a) If the  termination is by TXEN for cause, or is by the Employee for
any reason  other than for Good Reason,  TXEN will pay the Employee  within five
(5) days  after the date of  termination  any unpaid  salary,  the amount of any
accrued annual  vacation pay to which he may be entitled  under TXEN's  vacation
plan, and benefits.  All such  compensation  and benefits (if any) shall be paid
only through the date termination occurs.



<PAGE>


         (b) If the  termination is by TXEN without cause or because of death or
disability, TXEN shall pay to the Employee, in addition to the amounts set forth
in 4(a) above, an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Employee's  monthly
base salary then in effect in monthly  installments  over a  three-month  period
immediately following the termination.

         (c) If the  termination is by the Employee for Good Reason,  TXEN shall
pay to the  Employee,  in addition  to the  amounts set forth in 4(a) above,  an
amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the  Employee's  monthly base salary then
in  effect  in  monthly  installments  over  a  three-month  period  immediately
following the termination.

         (d) In the event of the Employee's  death or disability,  the following
provisions will apply:

                  (i)      Upon  his  death,  the  Employee's   estate  will  be
                           entitled  to receive  the amount set forth in Section
                           4(b) and the  benefits set forth in any plans of TXEN
                           then   in   effect   and    applicable    under   the
                           circumstances.  The  Employee or his estate  shall be
                           entitled to no other  compensation or benefits in the
                           event of death.

             (ii)          Upon  termination on account of disability,  Employee
                           will be  entitled  to receive the amount set forth in
                           Section  4(b) and the benefits set forth in any plans
                           of TXEN  then in  effect  and  applicable  under  the
                           circumstances.   The   Employee   or   his   personal
                           representative   shall  be   entitled   to  no  other
                           compensation or benefits in the event of disability.

         (e) The  Employee  shall not be  required  to  mitigate  the  amount of
payment provided for in this Section 4 by seeking employment.

         (f) The  amounts  set forth  above in this  Section 4 shall be paid and
received  in  complete  discharge  of any other  obligation  of TXEN (or NRC) to
Employee resulting from termination of his employment.

5.       Fringe Benefits.

         The Employee shall participate in any group health insurance,  vacation
and sick leave plans, and other benefit plans available to all employees of TXEN
in accordance with their terms and conditions which may be amended or terminated
by TXEN at any time.

6.       Non-Disclosure Covenants and Proprietary Matters.



<PAGE>


         (a) Unless  authorized  or  instructed  in writing by TXEN and NRC, the
Employee shall not, except as required in the conduct of TXEN's business, during
or at any time after the Term of Employment,  disclose to others, or use, any of
NRC's or  TXEN's  inventions  or  discoveries  or  their  respective  secret  or
confidential  information or data (oral,  written,  or in machine readable form)
which the Employee  may obtain  during the course of or in  connection  with the
Employee's  employment,  including such  inventions,  discoveries,  information,
know-how or data relating to machines,  equipment,  products, systems, software,
contracts,   contract   performance,   research  and/or  development,   designs,
compositions, formulae, processes, manufacturing procedures or business methods,
whether or not developed by the  Employee,  by others in NRC or TXEN or obtained
by NRC or TXEN from  third  parties,  and  irrespective  of  whether or not such
inventions, discoveries,  information, knowledge or data have been identified by
NRC or TXEN as secret or confidential,  unless and until, and then to the extent
and  only  to  the  extent  that,  such  inventions,  discoveries,  information,
knowledge  or  data  become  available  to  the  public  otherwise  than  by the
Employee's act or omission.

         (b) The Employee shall not, except as required in the conduct of TXEN's
business,  disclose  to  others,  or  use,  any of the  information  (which,  if
disclosed  or used,  could be harmful to NRC or TXEN)  relating  to present  and
prospective  customers of NRC or TXEN,  business  dealings with such  customers,
prospective sales and advertising  programs and agreements with  representatives
or prospective representatives of NRC or TXEN, present or prospective sources of
supply or any other  business  arrangements  of NRC or TXEN,  including  but not
limited to customers, customer lists, costs, prices and earnings, whether or not
such  information  is  developed  by the  Employee,  by others in NRC or TXEN or
obtained by NRC or TXEN from third parties,  and  irrespective of whether or not
such  information has been identified by NRC or TXEN as secret or  confidential,
unless and until,  and then to the  extent  and only to the  extent  that,  such
information becomes available to the public otherwise than by the Employee's act
or omission.



<PAGE>


         (c) The Employee agrees to disclose  immediately to TXEN or any persons
designated  by it and to  assign  to  TXEN or its  successors  or  assigns,  all
inventions  made,  discovered,  or first  reduced to practice  by the  Employee,
solely or jointly with others,  during the Term of Employment or within a period
of six months from the date of termination of such employment  (either during or
outside of the Employee's  working hours and either on or off TXEN's  premises),
which inventions are made,  discovered or conceived either in the course of such
employment,  or with the use of TXEN's time,  material,  facilities or funds, or
which are directly related to any  investigations  or obligations  undertaken by
TXEN;  and the Employee  hereby grants and agrees to grant the right to TXEN and
its nominees to obtain, for its own benefit and in its own name (entirely at its
expense)  patents  and patent  applications  including  original,  continuation,
reissue,  utility and design  patents,  and  applications,  patents of addition,
confirmation patents,  registration patents, petty patents,  utility models, and
all other types of patents and the like,  and all renewals and extensions of any
of them for those  inventions in any and all  countries;  and the Employee shall
assist TXEN, at TXEN's  expense,  without  further charge during the term of the
Employee's employment, and after termination of the Employee's employment at the
same base salary rate (excluding any bonuses, incentive or deferred compensation
or other benefits and based upon a forty hour work week) as during the last year
of the Employee's  employment  (determined on an hourly basis for this purpose),
through  counsel  designated by TXEN, to execute,  acknowledge,  and deliver all
such further papers, including assignments,  applications for Letters Patent (of
the  United  States or of any  foreign  country),  oaths,  disclaimers  or other
instruments  and to perform such further  acts,  including  giving  testimony or
furnishing  evidence in the  prosecution  or defense of appeals,  interferences,
suits and controversies  relating to any aforesaid  inventions as may reasonably
be deemed  necessary  by TXEN or its  nominees  to  effectuate  the  vesting  or
perfecting  in TXEN or its  nominees of all right,  title and interest in and to
said inventions,  applications and patents.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the
Employee  need not take any action called for under this Section 6(c) which will
cause undue personal hardship to the Employee.

         (d) The Employee agrees to disclose  immediately to TXEN or any persons
designated  by it and to assign to TXEN,  at its option,  or its  successors  or
assigns,  all works of authorship,  including all writings,  computer  programs,
software,  and  firmware,  written or created by the Employee  solely or jointly
with  others,  during the course of his  employment  by TXEN  (either  during or
outside of the Employee's  working hours and either on or off TXEN's  premises),
which works are made or conceived  either in the course of such  employment,  or
with the use of  TXEN's  time,  material,  facilities  or  funds,  or which  are
directly related to any  investigations  or obligations  undertaken by TXEN; and
the Employee hereby agrees that all such works are works made for hire, of which
TXEN is the author and the beneficiary of all rights and protections afforded by
the law of copyright in any and all countries; and the Employee will assist TXEN
at TXEN's expense without further charges during the term of his employment, and
after  termination of his employment at the same base salary rate (excluding any
bonuses,  incentive or deferred  compensation  or other  benefits) as during the
last year of his  employment  (determined  on an hourly  basis for this  purpose
assuming  a forty  hour work  week),  through  counsel  designated  by TXEN,  to
execute,   acknowledge,   and  deliver  all  such  further   papers,   including
assignments, applications for copyright registration (in the United States or in
any foreign country),  oaths,  disclaimers or other instruments,  and to perform
such further acts,  including  giving  testimony or  furnishing  evidence in the
prosecution  or  defense  of  appeals,  interferences,  suits and  controversies
relating to any aforesaid  works,  as may be deemed  necessary by TXEN or by its
nominees to effectuate  the vesting or perfecting in TXEN or its nominees of all
rights  and  interest  in and to said works and copies  thereof,  including  the
exclusive rights of copying and distribution.



<PAGE>


         (e) The Employee shall keep complete,  accurate and authentic accounts,
notes, data and records of all inventions made,  discovered or developed and all
works of  authorship  written or created by the  Employee  as  aforesaid  in the
manner and form requested by TXEN.

         (f)  All  computer  or  other  hardware,  computer  software,  computer
programs, source codes, object codes, magnetic tapes, printouts, samples, notes,
records, reports, documents,  customer lists, photographs,  catalogues and other
writings,  whether  copyrightable or not,  relating to or dealing with TXEN's or
NRC's  business and plans,  and those of others  entrusted to TXEN or NRC, which
are  prepared or created by the  Employee or which may come into his  possession
during or as a result of his  employment,  are the  property  of TXEN or NRC, as
applicable,  and upon  termination  of his  employment,  the Employee  agrees to
return all such computer  software,  computer  programs,  source  codes,  object
codes, magnetic tapes, printouts,  samples, notes, records, reports,  documents,
customer lists,  photographs,  catalogues and writings and all copies thereof to
TXEN or NRC.

7.  Non-Solicitation  and  Non-Competition.  During the  Restriction  Period (as
hereinafter defined) within the United States of America, the Employee shall not
directly or indirectly:

         (a)  Solicit  the  business  of TXEN from any  customer  of TXEN or any
entity  controlled  by TXEN or solicit any employees of TXEN to leave the employ
of TXEN.

         (b) Directly or indirectly,  hire any employees or former  employees of
TXEN or any entity controlled by TXEN within one year of the date of termination
of his  employment  with TXEN or cause any  entity  with which the  Employee  is
affiliated to hire any such employees or former employees of TXEN.

         (c)  Engage  in,  represent  in  any  way  or  be  connected  with,  as
consultant,   officer,   director,   partner,  employee,  sales  representative,
proprietor, stockholder or otherwise (except for the ownership of a less than 1%
stock  interest  in a  publicly-traded  corporation  where  Employee is not in a
management or control  position),  any business  competing  with the business of
TXEN as conducted by TXEN on the date hereof or during the period of  Employee's
employment by TXEN.

         (d) As used herein,  the Restriction Period shall mean the period while
the Employee is employed by TXEN and the following periods:

                  (i)  36   months  after  the  date  the  Employee ceases to be
         employed by TXEN and/or

                  (ii) 36 months after NRC purchases all of the capital stock of
         TXEN pursuant to the Stock Purchase Option Agreement.



<PAGE>


         The  above  periods  in  sections  7(d)(i)  and  7(d)(ii)  shall not be
mutually exclusive. For example, if NRC purchases the capital stock of TXEN more
than 36 months after the Employee ceases to be employed by TXEN, the Restriction
Period of 7(d)(ii)  shall apply even  though the  Restriction  Period of 7(d)(i)
also applied. Similarly, if the Employee ceases to be employed by TXEN more than
36 months after NRC purchases the capital stock of TXEN, the Restriction  Period
of section  7(d)(i) shall apply even though the  Restriction  Period of 7(d)(ii)
also applied.

8. No Conflict.  Employee  represents  and warrants that he is not a party to or
otherwise  subject  to or  bound  by the  terms of any  contract,  agreement  or
understanding which in any manner would limit or otherwise affect his ability to
perform his obligations  hereunder,  including without  limitation any contract,
agreement or understanding containing terms and provisions similar in any manner
to those contained in Sections 6 and 7 hereof.  Employee  covenants to indemnify
and hold NRC, TXEN and any of their affiliates harmless from any cost or damages
(including  attorneys'  fees and  expenses)  resulting  from any  breach  of the
provisions of this Agreement.

9.       Survival of Covenants, Effect.

         (a) The covenants on the part of the Employee  contained or referred to
in Sections 6 and 7 above shall survive  termination of this Agreement,  and the
existence of any claim or cause of action of the  Employee  against TXEN or NRC,
whether  predicated on this Agreement or otherwise.  The Employee  agrees that a
remedy at law for any breach of the foregoing covenants contained or referred to
in  Sections  6 and 7 would  be  inadequate,  that  TXEN  and NRC  would  suffer
irreparable  harm as a result and that NRC and/or  TXEN shall be  entitled  to a
temporary and permanent  injunction or an order for specific performance of such
covenants  without the  necessity  of proving  actual  damage to NRC or TXEN and
without the posting of any bond or other security.  Any breach of this Agreement
by TXEN or NRC  shall  not  release  the  Employee  from his  obligations  under
Sections 6 and 7 hereof.

         (b) The Employee hereby  represents and acknowledges  that NRC and TXEN
are relying on the covenants in Sections 6 and 7 in entering into this Agreement
and the Purchase  Agreement and other  agreements  related  thereto and that the
restrictions  in  Sections  6  and 7  are  fair  and  reasonable.  The  Employee
acknowledges  that TXEN does business  throughout the United States and that the
geographic  scope of the  covenants  in Section 7 is  therefore  reasonable  and
necessary to protect the interests of TXEN.



<PAGE>


         (c) It is the intent of the parties that the  provisions  of Sections 6
and 7 shall be  enforced to the fullest  extent  permissible  under the laws and
public  policies of each  jurisdiction  in which  enforcement is sought.  If any
particular  provision of Sections 6 and 7 shall be  adjudicated to be invalid or
unenforceable,  such provision(s) of Sections 6 and 7 shall be deemed amended to
provide  restrictions  to the fullest extent  permissible  and  consistent  with
applicable law and policies, and such amendment shall apply only with respect to
the particular  jurisdiction in which such  adjudication is made. If such deemed
amendment is not allowed by the  adjudicating  body,  the  offending  provision,
only,  shall be  deleted  and the  remainder  of  Sections  6 and 7 shall not be
effected.

10.      Assignment.

         The rights and obligations of TXEN under this Agreement may be assigned
by TXEN to NRC or to any other successors in interest of TXEN and/or NRC of that
part of the business of TXEN or NRC to which this Agreement  applies or to their
respective affiliates.  This Agreement may not be assigned and any duties of the
Employee  may not be  delegated by the  Employee,  but any amounts  owing to the
Employee upon his death shall inure to the benefit of his estate.

11.      Notices.

         All notices or other  communications which may be or are required to be
given,  served  or sent by  either  party to the other  party  pursuant  to this
Agreement  shall be in  writing,  addressed  to  its/his  residence  or place of
business as set forth above, and shall be mailed by first-class  certified mail,
return receipt requested, postage prepaid, next-day air delivery, or transmitted
by  facsimiles or hand  delivery.  Such notice or other  communication  shall be
deemed  sufficiently  given,  served,  sent or received for all purposes at such
time as it is delivered to the  addressee or at such time as delivery is refused
by the  addressee  upon  presentation.  Each  party may  designate  by notice in
writing an address to which any notice or  communication  may  thereafter  be so
given,  served or sent.  Any notice or other  communication  sent by Employee to
TXEN shall also be sent,  at the same time,  to NRC.  Notices hand  delivered to
TXEN or NRC  must be  delivered  to an  officer  of TXEN  and NRC and all  other
notices shall be sent to the attention of the Board,  in the case of TXEN, or to
the President, in the case of NRC.

12.      Applicable Law Jurisdiction.

         This  Agreement  has  been  negotiated  and  executed  in the  State of
Alabama,  and it shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with
the  internal  substantive  laws and not the choice of law rules of the State of
Alabama.

13. Effectiveness/Interpretation.



<PAGE>


         The  parties  acknowledge  and  agree  that  this  Agreement  has  been
negotiated  at  arm's  length  between   parties   equally   sophisticated   and
knowledgeable in the matters dealt with herein.  Each party has been represented
by counsel  of its or his own  choosing.  Accordingly,  any rule of law or legal
decision that would require  interpretation  of any ambiguities in the Agreement
against the party that drafted it is not applicable and is waived.

14.      Third Party Beneficiary.

         NRC is a third party  beneficiary  to this entire  Agreement  but shall
have no liability to pay the  compensation due Employee and to perform the other
obligations  of  TXEN  hereunder.  NRC is  not a  guarantor  of any of the  TXEN
obligations hereunder.

15.      Severability.

         If any of the articles, sections,  paragraphs, clauses or provisions of
this  Agreement  shall  be held by a court of last  resort  to be  invalid,  the
remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

16.      Entire Agreement.

         The  foregoing  contains  the  entire  agreement  between  the  parties
relating  to the  subject  matter of this  Agreement,  and may not be altered or
amended  except by an instrument in writing  approved by TXEN and NRC and signed
by the parties hereto,  and this Agreement  supersedes all prior  understandings
and  agreements  relating to  employment  of the  Employee by TXEN.  The parties
acknowledge  that any  prior  oral or  written  agreements  between  NRC and the
Employee,  if any,  are hereby  terminated.  The  parties  acknowledge  that the
Employee  and NRC have  also  entered  into the  Purchase  Agreement  and  Stock
Purchase  Option  Agreement which shall be in addition to and not in lieu of the
provisions of this Agreement.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  TXEN and NRC have  caused  this  Agreement  to be
executed by their duly authorized officers and the Employee has hereunto set his
hand as of the date first above written.

                         TXEN, INC.


                         By:Thomas L. Patterson
                            -------------------
                            Thomas L. Patterson, President


                         NICHOLS RESEARCH CORPORATION


                         By:Louis Rachmeler
                            ---------------
                         Its:VP Acquisitions
                             ---------------

                         Paul D. Reaves
                         ---------------
                         Paul D. Reaves, Employee

NOTE:  Schedules available upon request.


<PAGE>



                        AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT



                           NICHOLS SELECT CORPORATION

                                       AND

                                 PAUL D. REAVES




                             Dated: August 29, 1997


<PAGE>



                        AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS AMENDMENT TO CERTAIN EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, dated 16th of December,
1994,  entered  into on this the 29th day of August,  1997,  by  NICHOLS  SELECT
CORPORATION,  a Delaware  corporation  and the wholly  owned  subsidiary  of NRC
("SELECT")  and  Paul  D.  Reaves   ("Employee").   Unless  otherwise   defined,
capitalized  terms used herein shall have the meaning  ascribed to such terms in
the Employment Agreement or the Merger Agreement (hereinafter defined).

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS,  Nichols Research Corporation ("NRC"),  SELECT, a wholly owned
subsidiary of NRC, TXEN, Inc. ("TXEN"), and the holders of all of the $0.002 par
value Class A Common  Stock of TXEN (the  "Shareholders")  have entered into and
consummated  an  Agreement  of Merger  dated as of August 27, 1997 (the  "Merger
Agreement") whereby TXEN merged with and into SELECT;

         WHEREAS, the Employee's continued employment with SELECT was a material
inducement to SELECT and NRC to enter into the Merger Agreement;

         WHEREAS, the Employee owned Class A Common Stock of TXEN and received a
portion of the Merger Consideration;

         WHEREAS,  NRC, pursuant to Section 2 of the Employment  Agreement,  has
elected to extend  Employee's Term of Employment after the Effective Date of the
merger of TXEN into SELECT; and

         WHEREAS, NRC,SELECT and Employee mutually desire that Employee continue
to be employed by SELECT;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants  herein
contained,  the undersigned parties do hereby amend the Employment  Agreement as
follows:

                  1. SELECT agrees to the continued  employment of the Employee,
         and the Employee agrees to accept  continued  employment by SELECT on a
         full-time basis as Senior Vice President of SELECT with the same Duties
         and  Salary  as set  forth in the  Employment  Agreement,  except  that
         Employee shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of SELECT.

                  2. Section 2 of said  Employment  Agreement is amended to read
         as follows:



<PAGE>

                           2. Term of Employment.  This Agreement shall commence
                           as of the Effective Date of the Merger  Agreement and
                           shall end thirty  (30)  months  from the date  hereof
                           (the "Term of Employment"), unless terminated earlier
                           or extended as provided herein.

                           3. Unless    the   context  requires  otherwise,  all
                           references to TXEN, Inc., in the Employment Agreement
                           shall mean SELECT.

         Except as amended above, the Employment  Agreement shall remain in full
force and effect according to its terms and conditions.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have hereunto  executed this Amendment
to Employment Agreement on the date and year first above written.

                                            NICHOLS SELECT CORPORATION


                                            By:  Michael J. Mruz
                                                 ---------------
                                                 Michael J. Mruz,
                                            Its: Chief Executive Officer

                                            Paul D. Reaves
                                            --------------
                                            Paul D. Reaves, Employee













                           NICHOLS SELECT CORPORATION




                                  H. GREY WOOD

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT





                             Dated: August 29, 1997                     

<PAGE>

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS  AGREEMENT is entered into on the 29th day of August, 1997,  by H.
Grey Wood, residing at 3549 Chippenham, Birmingham, Alabama 35242 (herein called
the  "Employee"),  and Nichols  SELECT  Corporation,  with a principal  place of
business  located at 4040  Memorial  Parkway  South,  Huntsville,  Alabama 35802
(herein called  "SELECT").  Unless  otherwise  defined,  capitalized  terms used
herein shall have the meaning  ascribed to such terms in the Merger Agreement as
hereinafter defined.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS,  Nichols Research Corporation ("NRC"),  SELECT, a wholly owned
subsidiary of NRC, TXEN, Inc. ("TXEN"), and the holders of all of the $0.002 par
value Class A Common  Stock of TXEN (the  "Shareholders")  have entered into and
consummated  an  Agreement  of Merger  dated as of August 27, 1997 (the  "Merger
Agreement") whereby TXEN merged with and into SELECT;

         WHEREAS, the Employee's continued employment with SELECT was a material
inducement to SELECT and NRC to enter into the Merger Agreement;

         WHEREAS,  Employee  owned Class A Common  Stock of TXEN and  received a
portion of the Merger Consideration;

         WHEREAS,   SELECT  is  engaged   in  the   business   of  health   care
administration  and  providing  information  systems and services to health care
providers and administrators throughout the United States; and

         WHEREAS,  SELECT desires to obtain the services of the Employee as Vice
President  and General  Manager of SELECT and the  Employee is willing to render
such services to SELECT upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual  promises  set forth
herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.       Duties and Salary.



<PAGE>

         (a) SELECT  agrees to employ the Employee  and the  Employee  agrees to
accept  employment by SELECT on a full-time  basis as Vice President and General
Manager of SELECT at a base salary of $10,416.67  per month plus such  incentive
compensation  as the Board of  Directors of SELECT (the  "Board") may  determine
payable during the Term of Employment, as hereinafter defined. Such salary shall
be subject to increases from time to time as authorized by the Board.

         (b) The  Employee  hereby  agrees to  undertake  such  travel as may be
required in the performance of his duties. The reasonable travel expenses of the
Employee shall be reimbursed in accordance with SELECT's  reimbursement  policy,
in effect from time to time.
         (c)  The  Employee  shall  carry  out  his  duties  under  the  general
supervision of the Board or its designee.

         (d) The Employee's duties shall include the duties and responsibilities
identified on Schedule I attached hereto.  The Employee shall perform such other
tasks and  duties as may be  assigned  by  SELECT,  from time to time and SELECT
reserves the right to change the office and/or  position of the Employee  within
SELECT, so long as such change is mutually acceptable. The Employee shall devote
his full time, attention,  skill and efforts to the tasks and duties assigned by
SELECT. The Employee shall not provide services, for compensation,  to any other
person or  business  entity  while  employed by SELECT  without  approval of the
Board.

         (e)  The  Employee  shall  not  be  required  to  relocate  beyond  the
Birmingham, Alabama, metropolitan area without his consent.

2. Term of Employment. This Agreement shall commence as of the effective date of
the Merger Agreement and shall end two years from the date thereof (the "Term of
Employment"),  unless  terminated  earlier or extended as provided herein.  Upon
expiration  of the initial  Term of  Employment  unless  earlier  terminated  as
provided   herein,   the  Term  of  Employment   shall  continue   automatically
month-to-month  until terminated by either party with at least thirty (30) days'
prior written notice with or without cause.

3. Termination  Before Expiration of Term of Employment.  The termination of the
employment of the Employee during the Term of Employment may occur in one of the
following ways:

         (a) By SELECT,  for Cause.  Termination by SELECT shall be deemed to be
for cause only upon:

               (i)      Employee's conviction of or pleading guilty to a felony;

               (ii)     A good  faith  determination  by the  Board  that the
                        Employee  has breached  this  Agreement or the Merger
                        Agreement;

               (iii)    Refusal   or  failure   by  the   Employee,   without
                        reasonable excuse or proper  authorization,  to carry
                        out  any   reasonable   instructions   of  the  Board
                        consistent  with  Employee's  rights or duties as set
                        forth in this Agreement;



<PAGE>


                  (iv)     Material  breach of this  Agreement  or any  material
                           breach of any agreement with SELECT or NRC;

                  (v)      The Employee's demonstration of negligence or willful
                           misconduct in the execution of his duties,  including
                           without  limitation  breach of fiduciary  duty or the
                           duty of loyalty owed SELECT.

         If SELECT  intends to terminate for cause,  SELECT shall provide notice
to Employee  of intent to  terminate  this  Agreement,  stating the  termination
provision in this Agreement  relied upon and setting forth in reasonable  detail
the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the
provisions so indicated,  and shall provide Employee with an opportunity to cure
the alleged  default or breach within thirty (30) days of receipt of the notice,
provided  that if the matter is not curable  within such thirty (30) day period,
the  Employee  shall  not  be  deemed  in  default  if  the  Employee  commences
immediately  to cure the matter and proceeds  diligently  thereafter to complete
the cure,  further  provided  that the alleged  breach or default  must be cured
within  ninety (90) days of receipt of the notice.  SELECT shall not be required
to give more than one notice with  respect to the same  matter.  Notwithstanding
the  foregoing,  no notice and no cure right shall be required  with  respect to
termination  for cause under 3(a)(i) or an act involving theft of information or
property of SELECT.

         (b) By SELECT, Without Cause. Any termination of Employee by SELECT for
reasons other than as set forth in  subsections  3(a)(i)  through  3(a)(v) above
shall be a termination  without  cause.  SELECT may terminate the  employment of
Employee without cause by thirty (30) days prior written notice at any time.

         (c) By the Employee.  The Employee may by written notice  terminate his
employment at any time during the Term of Employment:

          (i) For any reason other than for Good Reason (as defined  below) upon
     thirty (30) days prior  written  notice at any time.  <PAGE> 

          (ii) For "Good Reason,"  defined as termination  because of a material
     breach by SELECT of this Agreement including,  without limitation,  making 
     a material change in the Employee's duties, responsibilities,  or authority
     as  set forth  in this Agreement,  without  his  express  written  consent.
     In all cases in  which Employee  intends to terminate for Good Reason,  the
     Employee shall   provide  SELECT  with  notice  of intent to terminate this
     Agreement, stating   the facts and  circumstances  giving  rise to a breach
     of this  Agreement  claimed  to provide a basis for  termination  under the
     provisions so  indicated,   and shall  provide  SELECT with an  opportunity
     to cure the alleged  default or breach  within  thirty (30) days of receipt
     of the  notice,  provided  that if  the matter  is  not curable within such
     thirty (30) day   period,  SELECT   shall   not  be deemed in default if it
     commences immediately to cure the matter and proceeds diligently thereafter
     to complete the cure, further provided that the  alleged  breach or default
     must be cured  within  ninety (90) days of receipt of the notice. Employee
     shall not be required to give more than one such notice with respect to the
     same matter.

         (d)      Death of the Employee.

         (e)      Disability of Employee.  If, during the Term of Employment,  a
                  physician  selected by SELECT determines that the Employee has
                  become  physically or mentally  disabled so as to be unable to
                  carry out the normal and usual  duties of his  employment  for
                  three (3)  continuous  months,  and  reasonable  accommodation
                  cannot be made to allow the  Employee  to  continue to perform
                  his  duties  full-time,   his  employment   hereunder  may  be
                  terminated at the election of SELECT or the Employee.

4.  Consequences of  Termination.  The termination of the employment of Employee
will cause the following results:

         (a) If the  termination  is by SELECT for cause,  or is by the Employee
for any reason other than for Good Reason,  SELECT will pay the Employee  within
five (5) days after the date of termination any unpaid salary, the amount of any
accrued annual vacation pay to which he may be entitled under SELECT's  vacation
plan and  benefits.  All such  compensation  and benefits (if any) shall be paid
only through the date termination occurs.

         (b) If the  termination  is by SELECT without cause or because of death
or disability,  SELECT shall pay to the Employee, in addition to the amounts set
forth in 4(a) above, an amount equal to the Employee's  monthly base salary then
in effect over a six-month period immediately following the termination.

         (c) If the termination is by the Employee for Good Reason, SELECT shall
pay to the  Employee,  in addition  to the  amounts set forth in 4(a) above,  an
amount  equal to the  Employee's  monthly  base  salary  then in  effect  over a
six-month period immediately following the termination.

         (d) In the event of the Employee's  death or disability,  the following
provisions will apply:

                  (i)      Upon  his  death,  the  Employee's   estate  will  be
                           entitled  to receive  the amount set forth in Section
                           4(b)  and the  benefits  set  forth  in any  plans of
                           SELECT  then  in  effect  and  applicable  under  the
                           circumstances.  The  Employee or his estate  shall be
                           entitled to no other  compensation or benefits in the
                           event of death.



<PAGE>


                  (ii)     Upon  termination on account of disability,  Employee
                           will be  entitled  to receive the amount set forth in
                           Section  4(b) and the benefits set forth in any plans
                           of SELECT  then in effect  and  applicable  under the
                           circumstances.   The   Employee   or   his   personal
                           representative   shall  be   entitled   to  no  other
                           compensation or benefits in the event of disability.

         (e) The  Employee  shall not be  required  to  mitigate  the  amount of
payment provided for in this Section 4 by seeking employment.

         (f) The  amounts  set forth  above in this  Section 4 shall be paid and
received in complete  discharge  of any other  obligation  of SELECT to Employee
resulting from termination of his employment.

5.       Fringe Benefits.

         The Employee shall participate in any group health insurance,  vacation
and sick leave plans,  and other  benefit  plans  available to all  employees of
SELECT in  accordance  with their terms and  conditions  which may be amended or
terminated by SELECT at any time.  Effective on August 31, 1997,  Employee shall
receive an incentive  stock option grant to purchase  8,000 shares of NRC Common
Stock under the terms and provisions of the Nichols  Research  Corporation  1991
Incentive Stock Option Plan.

6.       Nondisclosure Covenants and Proprietary Matters.

         (a) Unless authorized or instructed in writing by SELECT,  the Employee
shall not, except as required in the conduct of SELECT's business,  during or at
any time  after the Term of  Employment,  disclose  to  others,  or use,  any of
SELECT's  inventions or discoveries or their  respective  secret or confidential
information  or data  (oral,  written,  or in machine  readable  form) which the
Employee may obtain  during the course of or in connection  with the  Employee's
employment,  including such inventions,  discoveries,  information,  know-how or
data relating to machines,  equipment,  products, systems, software,  contracts,
contract  performance,   research  and/or  development,  designs,  compositions,
formulae,  processes,  manufacturing  procedures or business methods, whether or
not  developed by the  Employee,  by others in SELECT or obtained by SELECT from
third parties, and irrespective of whether or not such inventions,  discoveries,
information,  knowledge  or data  have  been  identified  by SELECT as secret or
confidential,  unless and  until,  and then to the extent and only to the extent
that,  such  inventions,  discoveries,  information,  knowledge  or data  become
available to the public otherwise than by the Employee's act or omission.



<PAGE>


         (b) The  Employee  shall  not,  except as  required  in the  conduct of
SELECT's business, disclose to others, or use, any of the information (which, if
disclosed  or  used,  could  be  harmful  to  SELECT  relating  to  present  and
prospective  customers  of  SELECT,   business  dealings  with  such  customers,
prospective sales and advertising  programs and agreements with  representatives
or prospective  representatives  of SELECT,  present or  prospective  sources of
supply or any other business  arrangements of SELECT,  including but not limited
to customers,  customer lists, costs,  prices and earnings,  whether or not such
information  is  developed by the  Employee,  by others in SELECT or obtained by
SELECT from third parties,  and  irrespective of whether or not such information
has been identified by SELECT as secret or  confidential,  unless and until, and
then to the  extent  and  only to the  extent  that,  such  information  becomes
available to the public otherwise than by the Employee's act or omission.

         (c) The  Employee  agrees  to  disclose  immediately  to  SELECT or any
persons  designated by it and to assign to SELECT or its  successors or assigns,
all inventions made,  discovered,  or first reduced to practice by the Employee,
solely or jointly with others,  during the Term of Employment or within a period
of six months from the date of termination of such employment  (either during or
outside of the Employee's working hours and either on or off SELECT's premises),
which inventions are made,  discovered or conceived either in the course of such
employment, or with the use of SELECT's time, material,  facilities or funds, or
which are directly related to any  investigations  or obligations  undertaken by
SELECT;  and the Employee  hereby grants and agrees to grant the right to SELECT
and its nominees to obtain, for its own benefit and in its own name (entirely at
its expense) patents and patent applications  including original,  continuation,
reissue,  utility and design  patents,  and  applications,  patents of addition,
confirmation patents,  registration patents, petty patents,  utility models, and
all other types of patents and the like,  and all renewals and extensions of any
of them for those  inventions in any and all  countries;  and the Employee shall
assist SELECT,  at SELECT's  expense,  without further charge during the term of
the Employee's employment, and after termination of the Employee's employment at
the same  base  salary  rate  (excluding  any  bonuses,  incentive  or  deferred
compensation  or other benefits and based upon a forty hour work week) as during
the last year of the  Employee's  employment  (determined on an hourly basis for
this purpose),  through counsel  designated by SELECT, to execute,  acknowledge,
and deliver all such further papers,  including  assignments,  applications  for
Letters  Patent  (of  the  United  States  or of any  foreign  country),  oaths,
disclaimers  or other  instruments  and to perform such further acts,  including
giving  testimony  or  furnishing  evidence  in the  prosecution  or  defense of
appeals,  interferences,  suits  and  controversies  relating  to any  aforesaid
inventions as may  reasonably  be deemed  necessary by SELECT or its nominees to
effectuate  the vesting or  perfecting  in SELECT or its  nominees of all right,
title  and  interest  in and  to  said  inventions,  applications  and  patents.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Employee need not take any action called for
under  this  Section  6(c)  which  will cause  undue  personal  hardship  to the
Employee.



<PAGE>


         (d) The  Employee  agrees  to  disclose  immediately  to  SELECT or any
persons  designated  by it and to  assign  to  SELECT,  at  its  option,  or its
successors or assigns, all works of authorship, including all writings, computer
programs,  software, and firmware,  written or created by the Employee solely or
jointly  with  others,  during the course of his  employment  by SELECT  (either
during or outside of the Employee's  working hours and either on or off SELECT's
premises),  which  works  are made or  conceived  either  in the  course of such
employment, or with the use of SELECT's time, material,  facilities or funds, or
which are directly related to any  investigations  or obligations  undertaken by
SELECT;  and the Employee  hereby  agrees that all such works are works made for
hire,  of which  SELECT is the  author  and the  beneficiary  of all  rights and
protections  afforded by the law of copyright in any and all countries;  and the
Employee will assist SELECT at SELECT's  expense  without further charges during
the term of his employment,  and after termination of his employment at the same
base salary rate (excluding any bonuses,  incentive or deferred  compensation or
other  benefits)  as during the last year of his  employment  (determined  on an
hourly basis for this purpose assuming a forty hour work week),  through counsel
designated  by SELECT,  to execute,  acknowledge,  and deliver all such  further
papers,  including assignments,  applications for copyright registration (in the
United  States  or  in  any  foreign  country),   oaths,  disclaimers  or  other
instruments,  and to perform such further acts,  including  giving  testimony or
furnishing  evidence in the  prosecution  or defense of appeals,  interferences,
suits  and  controversies  relating  to any  aforesaid  works,  as may be deemed
necessary by SELECT or by its nominees to  effectuate  the vesting or perfecting
in SELECT or its  nominees  of all rights and  interest in and to said works and
copies thereof, including the exclusive rights of copying and distribution.

         (e) The Employee shall keep complete,  accurate and authentic accounts,
notes, data and records of all inventions made,  discovered or developed and all
works of  authorship  written or created by the  Employee  as  aforesaid  in the
manner and form requested by SELECT.

         (f)  All  computer  or  other  hardware,  computer  software,  computer
programs, source codes, object codes, magnetic tapes, printouts, samples, notes,
records, reports, documents,  customer lists, photographs,  catalogues and other
writings,  whether  copyrightable  or not,  relating to or dealing with SELECT's
business and plans, and those of others entrusted to SELECT,  which are prepared
or created by the Employee or which may come into his possession  during or as a
result of his employment,  are the property of SELECT,  as applicable,  and upon
termination of his  employment,  the Employee agrees to return all such computer
software,  computer  programs,  source  codes,  object  codes,  magnetic  tapes,
printouts,   samples,  notes,  records,  reports,  documents,   customer  lists,
photographs, catalogues and writings and all copies thereof to SELECT.

7.  Nonsolicitation  and  Noncompetition.  During  the  Restriction  Period  (as
hereinafter defined) within the United States of America, the Employee shall not
directly or indirectly:

         (a) Solicit the  business of SELECT from any  customer of SELECT or any
entity  controlled  by SELECT or solicit  any  employees  of SELECT to leave the
employ of SELECT.

         (b) Hire any  employees  or former  employees  of SELECT or any  entity
controlled  by  SELECT  within  one  year  of the  date  of  termination  of his
employment with SELECT or cause any entity with which the Employee is affiliated
to hire any such  employees  or former  employees  of SELECT  unless such former
employee has not been employed by SELECT within 180 days of the hire date.



<PAGE>


         (c)  Engage  in,  represent  in  any  way  or  be  connected  with,  as
consultant,   officer,   director,   partner,  employee,  sales  representative,
proprietor,  stockholder  or otherwise  (except for the ownership of a less than
one percent (1%) stock interest in a publicly traded  corporation where Employee
is not in a management or control  position),  any business  competing  with the
business  of SELECT as  conducted  by  SELECT on the date  hereof or during  the
period of Employee's employment by SELECT.

         (d) As used herein,  the Restriction Period shall mean the period while
the  Employee is  employed  by SELECT and twelve (12) months  after the date the
employee ceases to be employed by SELECT.

8. No Conflict.  Employee  represents  and warrants that he is not a party to or
otherwise  subject  to or  bound  by the  terms of any  contract,  agreement  or
understanding which in any manner would limit or otherwise affect his ability to
perform his obligations  hereunder,  including without  limitation any contract,
agreement or understanding containing terms and provisions similar in any manner
to those contained in Sections 6 and 7 hereof.  Employee  covenants to indemnify
and hold  SELECT  and any of its  affiliates  harmless  from any cost or damages
(including  attorneys'  fees and  expenses)  resulting  from any  breach  of the
provisions of this Agreement.

9.       Survival of Covenants, Effect.

         (a) The covenants on the part of the Employee  contained or referred to
in Sections 6 and 7 above shall survive  termination of this Agreement,  and the
existence  of any  claim or cause of  action  of the  Employee  against  SELECT,
whether  predicated on this Agreement or otherwise.  The Employee  agrees that a
remedy at law for any breach of the foregoing covenants contained or referred to
in Sections 6 and 7 would be  inadequate,  that SELECT would suffer  irreparable
harm as a result and that SELECT shall be entitled to a temporary  and permanent
injunction or an order for specific  performance of such  covenants  without the
necessity of proving actual damage to SELECT and without the posting of any bond
or other security.  Any breach of this Agreement by SELECT shall not release the
Employee from his obligations under Sections 6 and 7 hereof.

         (b) The Employee  hereby  represents  and  acknowledges  that SELECT is
relying on the covenants in Sections 6 and 7 in entering into this Agreement and
the  Merger  Agreement  and  other  agreements  related  thereto  and  that  the
restrictions  in  Sections  6  and 7  are  fair  and  reasonable.  The  Employee
acknowledges that SELECT does business throughout the United States and that the
geographic  scope of the  covenants  in Section 7 is  therefore  reasonable  and
necessary to protect the interests of SELECT.



<PAGE>


         (c) It is the intent of the parties that the  provisions  of Sections 6
and 7 shall be  enforced to the fullest  extent  permissible  under the laws and
public  policies of each  jurisdiction  in which  enforcement is sought.  If any
particular  provision of Sections 6 and 7 shall be  adjudicated to be invalid or
unenforceable,  such provision(s) of Sections 6 and 7 shall be deemed amended to
provide  restrictions  to the fullest extent  permissible  and  consistent  with
applicable law and policies, and such amendment shall apply only with respect to
the particular  jurisdiction in which such  adjudication is made. If such deemed
amendment is not allowed by the  adjudicating  body,  the  offending  provision,
only,  shall be  deleted  and the  remainder  of  Sections  6 and 7 shall not be
affected.

10.      Assignment.

         The rights  and  obligations  of SELECT  under  this  Agreement  may be
assigned by SELECT to any other successors in interest of SELECT of that part of
the business of SELECT to which this  Agreement  applies or to their  respective
affiliates.  This  Agreement  may not be assigned and any duties of the Employee
may not be delegated by the Employee, but any amounts owing to the Employee upon
his death shall inure to the benefit of his estate.

11.      Notices.

         All notices or other  communications which may be or are required to be
given,  served  or sent by  either  party to the other  party  pursuant  to this
Agreement  shall be in  writing,  addressed  to  its/his  residence  or place of
business as set forth above, and shall be mailed by first-class  certified mail,
return receipt requested, postage prepaid; next-day air delivery; or transmitted
by  facsimiles or hand  delivery.  Such notice or other  communication  shall be
deemed  sufficiently  given,  served,  sent or received for all purposes at such
time as it is delivered to the  addressee or at such time as delivery is refused
by the  addressee  upon  presentation.  Each  party may  designate  by notice in
writing an address to which any notice or  communication  may  thereafter  be so
given,  served or sent. Notices hand delivered to SELECT must be delivered to an
officer of SELECT and all other  notices  shall be sent to the  attention of the
Board.

12.      Applicable Law Jurisdiction.

         This  Agreement  has  been  negotiated  and  executed  in the  State of
Alabama,  and it shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with
the  internal  substantive  laws and not the choice of law rules of the State of
Alabama.

13. Effectiveness/Interpretation.

         The  parties  acknowledge  and  agree  that  this  Agreement  has  been
negotiated  at  arm's  length  between   parties   equally   sophisticated   and
knowledgeable in the matters dealt with herein.  Each party has been represented
by counsel  of its or his own  choosing.  Accordingly,  any rule of law or legal
decision that would require  interpretation  of any ambiguities in the Agreement
against the party that drafted it is not applicable and is waived.

14.      Severability.

         If any of the articles, sections,  paragraphs, clauses or provisions of
this  Agreement  shall  be held by a court of last  resort  to be  invalid,  the
remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.



<PAGE>


15.      Entire Agreement.

         The  foregoing  contains  the  entire  agreement  between  the  parties
relating  to the  subject  matter of this  Agreement,  and may not be altered or
amended except by an instrument in writing  approved by SELECT and signed by the
parties  hereto,  and this  Agreement  supersedes all prior  understandings  and
agreements  relating  to  employment  of the  Employee  by SELECT.  The  parties
acknowledge  that any prior oral or written  agreements  between  SELECT and the
Employee, if any, are hereby terminated.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  SELECT has caused this Agreement to be executed by
its duly  authorized  officers  and the Employee has hereunto set his hand as of
the date first above written.


                           NICHOLS SELECT CORPORATION


                         By:Michael J. Mruz
                            ---------------
                           Its:Chief Executive Officer
                               -----------------------

                         H. Grey Wood
                         -------------------------------
                         H. Grey Wood, Employee

NOTE:  Schedules available upon request.

<PAGE>


                                                                    EXHIBIT 21


                           SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT


                Name of Subsidiary                      State of Incorporation

1)  Communications & Systems Specialists, Inc.                   Delaware

2)  Nichols TXEN Corporation                                     Delaware

3)  NRC Technical Services Corporation                           Alabama

4)  Conway Computer Group                                        Alabama

5)  Advanced Marine Enterprises, Inc.                            Virginia

6)  Welkin Associates, Ltd.                                      Virginia

7)  Mnemonic Systems, Incorporated                               Virginia



                                                                     Exhibit 23

                         Consent of Independent Auditors


We consent to the  incorporation  by  reference  in the  following  Registration
Statements of Nichols  Research  Corporation and in the related  Prospectuses of
our report dated  October 7, 1998,  with respect to the  consolidated  financial
statements of Nichols Research  Corporation  included in the Annual Report (Form
10-K) for the year ended August 31, 1998.

     Form S-8 No. 33-13464  pertaining to the Nichols Research  Corporation 1984
Incentive Stock Option Plan;

     Form S-8, as amended,  File Nos.  33-13464 and 333-07164  pertaining to the
Nichols Research Corporation 1988 Employees' Stock Purchase Plan;

     Form S-8, as amended,  File Nos.  33-38568 and 333-29791  pertaining to the
Nichols  Research  Corporation  Non-Employee  Officer and Director  Stock Option
Plan;

     Form S-8, as amended,  File Nos.  33-44409 and 333-07160  pertaining to the
Nichols Research Corporation 1989 Incentive Stock Option Plan;

     Form S-8, as amended,  File Nos.  33-55454 and 333-07162  pertaining to the
Nichols Research Corporation 1991 Stock Option Plan;

     Form S-8 No.  333-60199  pertaining  to the Nichols  TXEN  Corporation  Key
Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan;

     Form S-8 No.  333-60193  pertaining  to the Nichols TXEN  Corporation  1996
Incentive Stock Option Plan;

     Form S-8 No.  333-61093  pertaining to the  Incentive  Stock Option Plan of
1988 of Welkin Associates, Ltd.; and

     Form S-3 No. 333-61143  pertaining to the registration of 415,689 shares of
Nichols Research  Corporation  Common Stock issued to the shareholders of Welkin
Associates, Ltd.

                                                Ernst & Young LLP

Birmingham, Alabama
November 25, 1998



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          AUG-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               AUG-31-1998
<CASH>                                          11,275
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  113,926
<ALLOWANCES>                                       534
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               131,094
<PP&E>                                          47,446
<DEPRECIATION>                                  25,011
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 224,061
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           53,110
<BONDS>                                          2,948
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           140
<OTHER-SE>                                     166,332
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   224,061
<SALES>                                        427,043
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               427,043
<CGS>                                          355,750
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  355,750
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                 4,126
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 467
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 23,724
<INCOME-TAX>                                     9,301
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             14,423
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    14,423
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     1.06
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     1.02
        

</TABLE>

                                                               EXHIBIT 99




                                           Consent


         I, the  undersigned,  hereby  consent to being  named as nominee to the
Nichols Research  Corporation Board of Directors in the Proxy Statement relative
to the Annual  Meeting of the  Shareholders  to be held  January 14,  1999,  and
hereby consent to serve as a director of Nichols Research Corporation.

Dated this 23rd day of November,1998.





                                                           Charles A. Leader
                                                           -----------------
                                                           Charles A. Leader



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission